OPERATION MIND CONTROL
By Walter Bowart
https://app.box.com/s/c0zrg5t2td
bowart_operation_mind_control.pdf
Walter Bowart was born in Omaha, Nebraska, in 1939. He was awarded a McMahon journal-ism scholarship to the University of Oklahoma and has since worked as an editor, publisher and writer. His articles have appeared in many journals including The East Village Other, the underground newspaper which he founded in 1965.
Walter Bowart lives in Tucson, Arizona, with his wife and three children.
Published in the U.S.A. by Dell Publishing Co., Inc. 1978
First published in Great Britain by Fontana 1978
Copyright © Walter Bowart 1978
Copyright © in the Foreword, Richard Condon 1978
Printed in Great Britain by
William Collins Sons & Co. Ltd, Glasgow
This book is dedicated to those who are obedient to authority. May they follow in the path of Daniel Ellsberg, L. Fletcher Prouty, Victor Marchetti, John Marks, and George OToole, become responsible, and break free from the chains of command.
“ I know of no safe depository of the ultimate powers of society but the people themselves, and if we think them not enlightened enough to exercise their control with a wholesome discretion, the remedy is not to take it from them, but to inform their discretion by education” …. Thomas Jefferson
“In the technotronic society the trend would seem to be towards the aggregation of the individual support of millions of uncoordinated citizens, easily within reach of magnetic and attractive personalities effectively exploring the latest communication techniques to manipulate emotions and control reason,” …… Zbigniew Brzezinski, National Security Advisor to USA President Jimmy Carter
Carlyle Group, BCCI , and Arbusto
http://www.abovetopsecret.com/forum/thread405236/pg1
The Bush Crime Family is the most criminal, most corrupt this nation has ever produced, from the Bush/Walker traitors of WW2 to the Silverado scam artist Neil Bush to the shadowy Mafiosi brother Marvin Bush to the ex-CIA Director Crime Family Don GHW Bush to that scumbag dry drunk drug addict in the White House who is ruining our nation. The 9-11 INSIDE JOB Attack on America is only the tip of the iceberg on what these treacherous cretins are capable of.
911 Was An Inside Job
Unfortunately boob tube addicted Americans are so easy to victimize for these polished professional criminals. Of course the entire DemoPublican Party is filled with career criminals and corrupt political hacks. The newcomer political idealists really don't stand a chance until the American majority comes to their aid. Wake up America and look around. It is the future of your children and grandchildren which is at stake here.
Candy Jones was a sex symbol during World War II.
Born Jessica Wilcox, with her catchy stage name and shapely legs she rose to a standing second only to Betty Grable as America's most popular pinup. Like other pinup girls, she was a favorite of the troops at the front, and she felt it a duty to entertain them near the battlefields. After her advertised beauty faded and she could no longer serve to raise the morale of the troops with her appearance, she served her country in another way. She served under MKULTRA as a hypno-programmed CIA courier for twelve years.
A few days later Candy was visited by a man who introduced himself as an FBI agent. He asked her about the burglary of Tunney's office, and Candy told him what she
had told both Tunney and the superintendent of the building. The FBI man then unexpectedly went over to the window ledge and picked up a microphone Candy had obtained from Allen Funt of "Candid Camera" fame. The agent wanted to know what use Candy had for the microphone. She explained that she used it to tape her models'
voices to help them develop their speech. The agent said that he'd been looking for just such a microphone to use in a surveillance job on Fifty-seventh Street. He asked Candy if she would mind if he borrowed it. Flattered that she'd been asked to help the FBI, Candy offered it for as long as it was needed. The FBI man thanked her and left with the microphone.
When he returned a month later, he was accompanied by another agent. After making casual conversation for a few minutes, the FBI men asked Candy if she would allow
them to have some of their mail delivered to her office.
There would be letters addressed to fictitious names in care of her modelling school. Some of the letters, he said, might be mailed from Europe and addressed to her, or to a specified fictitious man's name. If that happened she was supposed to call a number and report the arrival of the mail.
Candy, once again flattered, said she'd be happy to help.
Two weeks after Candy took the job with the FBI, Gene Tunney moved out of his office. The general, however, kept in touch with her all during that year. He invited her to several parties, and even sent her a Christmas card.
In the summer of 1960, Candy received a letter at her apartment from the first FBI man, and the next day the general called her at her office. Somehow he knew that she
was taking a trip to speak at the all-male Tuesday Night Supper Club in Denver, and afterwards going on to San Francisco to attend a fashion show. The general wondered
if, since she was going to California anyway, she would mind carrying a letter from a government agency. He told her the letter was to be delivered to a man who would call at her hotel and identify himself.
Again flattered to be called upon to serve her country, Candy agreed to act as a courier. The important letter was hand-delivered to Candy's office a few days after the general's phone call. There were two envelopes—a large one inside of which were her instructions and a smaller one which contained the actual letter. Candy carried the letter with her to Denver, then on to San Francisco where she
waited for her contact.
Within a few days she received a call at her hotel from a man who identified himself as Gil Jensen; it was the same man who had been Candy's doctor in the Philippines.
Jensen invited her to dinner that evening at the Mark Hopkins Hotel. During dinner Candy brought up the subject of the letter, but Jensen avoided the subject, saying that
they could better talk about it at his office the next day.
Candy protested that she had to go back to New York the next day, but Jensen would not take no for an answer.
He told her that it would be worth her while to stay on for a few days. "There's some interesting work you could do for the Central Intelligence Agency, Candy, without interfering with your business."
He told her that the work could be quite lucrative and since at that time she needed money, she decided to stay and find out what the CIA was offering.
The next day a car picked Candy up at her hotel and drove her across the Bay Bridge to the Oakland office of Dr. Jensen. That was the beginning of what Candy's biographer Donald Bain (who told Candy's story in the book The Control of Candy Jones) described as twelve years of adventure which would eventually take her to the Far East as a covert operative of the CIA.
"She would be harassed, badgered and even tortured."
Bain wrote. "Her role was small, a carrier of messages, and the fact that she chose initially to perform such duties, for pay renders the misfortunes that befell her 'occupational hazards.'
"What Candy hadn't bargained for, however, was be-coming a human guinea pig in a secret CIA scientific project in which mind control was the goal.
"She was an unwilling and unknowing laboratory subject for twelve years, and only her chance marriage saved her from the final stage of her adventure—her own suicide as choreographed by Dr. Gilbert Jensen."
In 1973 Candy Jones married an old friend, "Long John" Nebel, the host of a New York all-night radio talk show. Candy had met John in 1941, at the height of her career, when he was working as a free-lance photographer assigned by a magazine to photograph her. After losing contact with each other for more than a decade, they accidentally renewed their acquaintance and were married twenty-eight days later.
On their wedding night, John noticed that his bride was suddenly acting out of character. She had left the bed and gone into the bathroom to look in the mirror. When she returned, John said, "I saw somebody who only resembled the woman I'd married." He stressed the word "resembled" because, although the body which walked out of the bathroom belonged to Candy, the being inside it did not. Her voice was cold and distant, and her expression was cruel.
Soon the strange bitter mood passed and the warm and loving Candy returned.
The next evening Candy's strange "mood" returned.
John naturally became curious about his wife's psychohistory and began asking questions about her past. Candy told him about her contact with the FBI in 1959. She also told him that from time to time she would still have to take little trips for the government.
But from the first visit to Jensen's office Candy
had become an unwitting victim of Operation Mind Control.
But from the first visit to Jensen's office Candy had become an unwitting victim of Operation Mind Control.
Jensen had her sign a security oath which officially made her an employee of the government, and as such she forfeited her right to legal compensation for the harm done her by the ruthless mind-control operation.
Jensen also placed her against a large sheet of paper and traced her silhouette. Then he photographed her and asked her to pick a pseudonym for a new passport. She suggested her actual middle name, Arline.
In answer to Jensen's questions she revealed that her imaginary playmate had spelled her name A-r-1-e-n-e. Jensen said that he didn't care which way she spelled it and asked her to pick a last name as well. Candy suggested the name Grant, which was the last part of her grandmother's name,
Rosengrant and "Arlene Grant" was agreed upon. It would be an easy name for Candy to remember since that was the very name she had given her alter ego in childhood.
As time went on, John found that he was talking more to Arlene than to Candy. In one session John asked Arlene if she thought Jensen had in any way crippled her. Arlene
scornfully replied that Candy had not wanted to be programmed, but that she "didn't know what end was up."
John asked Arlene who had developed her, and she replied, "Mother Jensen. He hatched me like a mother hen."
Jensen had told her to come up through Candy's stomach, she said. He'd say, "A. G.! A. G.!" and Candy would experience a severe stomach pain before Arlene took over her personality. When she refused to come when she was called, Jensen would give Candy an injection, and one day he miscalculated and gave her three injections, which put Candy to sleep for fourteen hours. Jensen had quite a scare because he had a difficult time reviving her.
Under John's hypnosis, Candy revealed that she had been given a number of drugs by Jensen: possibly aminazin, reserpine, and sulfazin, as well as the "truth drugs" sodium amytal and sodium pentothal. She was programmed not to allow any doctor except Jensen to treat her, and never to allow anyone to give her thorazine, the powerful
tranquillizer.
The details of Candy's role as a mind-controlled CIA courier were pieced together from hundreds of hours of tapes of her hypnotic monologues. She worked for the CIA under her professional name Candy Jones, under the name Arlene Grant, and under her given name, Jessica Wilcox.
Candy holds that assumption to this day, even after hearing her own voice under hypnosis tell tales of physical torture, of illegal entries and exits from the country, and of the most shocking kind of abuse at the hands of the CIA.
Candy probably still would do almost anything out of this hypno-cultivated sense of patriotism.
Eventually John tried to get his wife to see a psychiatrist, but she refused, saying that if she did so she would get very sick and might even have a convulsion. Evidently Jensen had told her this. Even talking about possible therapy gave Candy severe stomach cramps.
Candy had been programmed so that she would not only be protected from foreign intelligence operations, but from everyone, the CIA included. Jensen planned to use her for some evil design of his own.
Candy Jones was, in fact, not one, but two zombies.
Candy and Arlene, sibling rivals trapped inside the same They would talk
To each other but never about each other to anyone but Jensen. They travelled together on CIA assignments, Candy Jones being the person who acted within the United States, and Arlene Grant, the persona who took over once the air plane left the country.
Someone336
Hey guys, I'm new to the board and decided to post some information I've compiled on some of George Bush's strange connections.
The first is Arbusto Energy. In Midland, Texas, in 1977, George Bush founded the small oil company called "Arbusto Energy". Investors included some very sketchy characters, such as James R. Bath and Ghaith Pharon. James R. Bath, a former member of the Texas Air National guard with Bush, acted as the director as the BCCI bank. The BCCI bank was an international bank convicted of money laundering, drug smuggling, gun running, supporting terrorism and dictatorships, and many other despicable acts. Time magazine ran an expose on them:
www.time.com...
James Bath made an investment of $500,000 representing Salem Bin Laden, the brother of Osama Bin Laden. Like Bath, Salem was also involved in the BCCI bank. When Salem died in a plane crash, his assets in Arbusto passed to Khalid Bin Mahfouz, who was charged with funding al-Qaeda.
In 1982, Arbusto became "Bush Exploration", and in September 1984 it merged with the oil company "Spectrum 7". A year later, Spectrum 7 was bought by Harken Energy. One of the major investors in Harken was one Ghaith Pharon, who, like James R. Bath and Salem Bin Laden, was deeply involved in the BCCI bank. Furthermore, along with the above mentioned Khalid Bin Mahfouz, he was an investor in the Main Bank of Houston, Texas, the director of which was James R. Bath. By a strange plot twist, another investor was John Connally, of JFK assassination fame.
So through George Bush's oil company, we can find numerous ties to both the corrupt BCCI bank, and direct ties to the Bin Laden family and al-Qaeda. Even more connections become clear when you take a look at the Carlyle Group.
Carlyle is an investment firm based in Washington, D.C, which has employed a great deal of political figures. Both George Bush Sr. and Jr. have worked for them, as well as former Secretary of State James Baker II. Famed Canadian businessman Paul Desmarais worked for them, and his company (Power Corporation of Canada), through its subsidiary Total, made deals with Saddam Huessin for oil exploration. Demarasais also sat on the board of the Barrick Gold Corporation, founded by the arms dealer Adnan Khashoggi, who's first employer was the Bin Laden family. Khashoggi was involved in both Iran Contra and the BCCI bank, and to make the connections spookier, George Bush Sr. was also in the employ of the Barrick Gold Corporation.
One member of Carlyle was Shafig Bin Laden, brother of Osama and Salem. He was in a meeting with the Carlyle Group on the morning of September 11th, 2001! The connections go back even further, however. In 1994, on behalf of Carlyle Group, George Bush Jr. visited the Bin Laden family in their home in Saudi Arabia.
The Carlyle Group profited greatly from 9/11. It owns United Defense, with whom the army signed contracts for millions and millions of dollars during the War on Terror. Another company owned by the Carlyle group is Booz Allen Hamilton, a government contractor who has done work for both the DHS and the NSA in the post 9/11 years, making gigantic profits.
I'm going to continue digging into the murky world of the Carlyle Group.
On a number of occasions Candy was sent to the Central Intelligence Agency's training ground called "The Farm."
Known to the outside world as Camp Peary, it appeared to be an ordinary military installation. There Candy learned how to search a room, and various guerrilla warfare tactics including how to commit undetectable arson. She was taught how to use a poison lipstick to take her own life, and how to use the same lipstick to kill someone else by sticking a pin inside it, then jabbing the intended victim.
She learned how to use acid as a defensive and offensive weapon. She learned how to fire various weapons, how to climb ropes, and how to write coded messages on her fingernails and cover them with polish. The training at "The Farm" was known as 3-D: "Detect, Destroy, and Demolish."
At one point Candy told her husband of an especially outrageous incident which took place at CIA headquarters in Langley, Virginia. She had been taken to an amphitheater where more than two dozen CIA men were gathered to witness a performance of Dr. Jensen's stable of zombies,
There were eight subjects scheduled for the performance and Candy was the first.
In a deep hypnotic trance, she was made to lie naked on a table. The table was wheeled before the CIA audience and Candy was introduced to the group as Laura Quidnick. She wore her Arlene wig during the entire performance.
Dr. Jensen demonstrated his complete control over the prone, disrobed figure of Candy Jones. He lit a candle and told his nude subject that she would not feel a thing. Then he shoved the burning candle deep into her vagina.
Several of the witnesses tried to break through Jensen's control, but they all failed. "Candy is perfect," Arlene told John. "Jensen proved in Virginia how impossible it was to break his control."
Piecing together such fragmented incidents of Candy's secret CIA past, John Nebel discovered that his wife had been programmed to commit suicide once Candy was no longer useful to the CIA. The self-destruct program was to be activated in Nassau. She was to check into the Paradise Beach Hotel on December 31, 1972. She'd stayed at the hotel many times before on normal business trips, so there was nothing unusual about that. But on this occasion Arlene was primed to spontaneously take over Candy's body upon receiving a phone call from Jensen. She was programmed to walk Candy's body to a steep cliff overlooking the sea and there to make a high dive. This was to be the last dive of Candy Jones' life, for from that location her body would certainly have crashed into the rocks on the beach below.
It was extremely fortunate that Candy married John Nebel on the very day she was supposed to check into the hotel. The marriage, by putting off the Nassau trip, had
short-circuited Jensen's program of suicide, which was scheduled for the same month.
But today, despite John's help in countering much of Jensen's programming, Candy is still not completely free of Jensen's control over her mind. Still, whenever she looks into a mirror, she feels Arlene struggling to take over her consciousness.
Carlyle Group, BCCI , and Arbusto
http://www.abovetopsecret.com/forum/thread405236/pg1
The Bush Crime Family is the most criminal, most corrupt this nation has ever produced, from the Bush/Walker traitors of WW2 to the Silverado scam artist Neil Bush to the shadowy Mafiosi brother Marvin Bush to the ex-CIA Director Crime Family Don GHW Bush to that scumbag dry drunk drug addict in the White House who is ruining our nation. The 9-11 INSIDE JOB Attack on America is only the tip of the iceberg on what these treacherous cretins are capable of.
Unfortunately boob tube addicted Americans are so easy to victimize for these polished professional criminals. Of course the entire DemoPublican Party is filled with career criminals and corrupt political hacks. The newcomer political idealists really don't stand a chance until the American majority comes to their aid. Wake up America and look around. It is the future of your children and grandchildren which is at stake here.
Someone336
Hey guys, I'm new to the board and decided to post some information I've compiled on some of George Bush's strange connections.
The first is Arbusto Energy. In Midland, Texas, in 1977, George Bush founded the small oil company called "Arbusto Energy". Investors included some very sketchy characters, such as James R. Bath and Ghaith Pharon. James R. Bath, a former member of the Texas Air National guard with Bush, acted as the director as the BCCI bank. The BCCI bank was an international bank convicted of money laundering, drug smuggling, gun running, supporting terrorism and dictatorships, and many other despicable acts. Time magazine ran an expose on them:
www.time.com...
James Bath made an investment of $500,000 representing Salem Bin Laden, the brother of Osama Bin Laden. Like Bath, Salem was also involved in the BCCI bank. When Salem died in a plane crash, his assets in Arbusto passed to Khalid Bin Mahfouz, who was charged with funding al-Qaeda.
In 1982, Arbusto became "Bush Exploration", and in September 1984 it merged with the oil company "Spectrum 7". A year later, Spectrum 7 was bought by Harken Energy. One of the major investors in Harken was one Ghaith Pharon, who, like James R. Bath and Salem Bin Laden, was deeply involved in the BCCI bank. Furthermore, along with the above mentioned Khalid Bin Mahfouz, he was an investor in the Main Bank of Houston, Texas, the director of which was James R. Bath. By a strange plot twist, another investor was John Connally, of JFK assassination fame.
So through George Bush's oil company, we can find numerous ties to both the corrupt BCCI bank, and direct ties to the Bin Laden family and al-Qaeda. Even more connections become clear when you take a look at the Carlyle Group.
Carlyle is an investment firm based in Washington, D.C, which has employed a great deal of political figures. Both George Bush Sr. and Jr. have worked for them, as well as former Secretary of State James Baker II. Famed Canadian businessman Paul Desmarais worked for them, and his company (Power Corporation of Canada), through its subsidiary Total, made deals with Saddam Huessin for oil exploration. Demarasais also sat on the board of the Barrick Gold Corporation, founded by the arms dealer Adnan Khashoggi, who's first employer was the Bin Laden family. Khashoggi was involved in both Iran Contra and the BCCI bank, and to make the connections spookier, George Bush Sr. was also in the employ of the Barrick Gold Corporation.
One member of Carlyle was Shafig Bin Laden, brother of Osama and Salem. He was in a meeting with the Carlyle Group on the morning of September 11th, 2001! The connections go back even further, however. In 1994, on behalf of Carlyle Group, George Bush Jr. visited the Bin Laden family in their home in Saudi Arabia.
The Carlyle Group profited greatly from 9/11. It owns United Defense, with whom the army signed contracts for millions and millions of dollars during the War on Terror. Another company owned by the Carlyle group is Booz Allen Hamilton, a government contractor who has done work for both the DHS and the NSA in the post 9/11 years, making gigantic profits.
I'm going to continue digging into the murky world of the Carlyle Group.
[edit on 26-10-2008 by Someone336]
Wayno
posted on Oct, 26 2008 @ 03:18 PM
Keep digging ... even tho the skeletons in this closet are scaring me to death. I didn't realize what a tight group these uber rich NWO gangsters are.
Someone336
posted on Oct, 26 2008 @ 04:05 PM
Thanks for the reply. I agree, this backwards world where politics and economics collide with such criminal activity is frightening. I did some research into a view of the members of the Carlyle Group:
FRANK CARLUCCI
www.defenselink.mil...
United States Secretary of Defense 1987-89. He worked for the CIA in the early 1960s, and is the former director of Wackenhut. Wackenhut is a private security contractor that has long been suspected of being a CIA front. Former directors include Clarence M. Kelly, the former director of the FBI, and Bobby Ray Inman, the former director of the NSA. Carlucci also works for the RAND corporation, which has long been accused of being a huge part of the Military Industrial Complex, and is a member of the Project for a New American Century.
www.newamericancentury.org...
From Wiki:
“The Project for the New American Century (PNAC) was an American neoconservative think tank based in Washington, D.C., co-founded in early 1997 as a non-profit educational organization by William Kristol and Robert Kagan. The PNAC's stated goal is "to promote American global leadership."[1] Fundamental to the PNAC are the views that "American leadership is both good for America and good for the world" and support for "a Reaganite policy of military strength and moral clarity."[2] It has exerted strong influence on high-level U.S. government officials in the administration of U.S President George W. Bush and strongly affected the George Bush administration's development of military and foreign policies, especially involving national security and the Iraq War.[3][4] ”
Hmm....
RANDAL QUARLES
Executive director of the IMF August 2001 - April 2002. Assistant Secretary of Treasury under George Bush.
ALLAN GOTLIEB
Member of the Trilateral Commission.
ARTHUR LEVITT
Chairman of the American Stock exchange in 1978. Chairman of the US Security and Exchange Commission 1993 - 2001. Named special advisor to AIG in 2005.
DAN SENOR
Member of the CFR.
DAVID M. MOFFET
Current CEO of Freddie Mac.
KARL OTTO POHL
Head of Bundesbank, member of the "Group of Thirty", which is "an international body of leading financiers and academics which aims to deepen understanding of economic and financial issues and to examine consequences of decisions made in the public and private sectors related to these issues." Majority of members of the G30, I've noticed, are members of IMF.
www.group30.org...
Also, this is worth looking at:
The 1001 Club - www.isgp.eu...
Salem Bin Laden was a member, as was Agha Hasan Abedi, who founded the BCCI bank. Other members include Nelson B. Hunt, a Texas oil man with ties to the Bush families, Lous Mortimer Bloomfield (founded Permindex, of JFK assassination fame), and the founder was Prince Bernard of the Netherlands, who is the man infamous for creating the Bilderberg conferences!
I am convinced that this nexus of these groups such as the Carlyle Group, the 1001 Club, BCCI, etc, are the real culprits behind 9/11. However, bigger things lurk behind the scenes, like Big Oil, the IMF, CFR, among others.
Someone336
posted on Oct, 27 2008 @ 01:07 PM
I came across some really interesting information while looking into Permindex. I noted that Nelson B. Hunt, an oil man with Bush family ties, was a member of the 1001 Club. Well, check this out:
“The principal financiers of Permindex were a number of U.S. oil companies, H.L. Hunt, Clint Murchison, John De Menil, Solidarist director of Houston, John Connally, as executor of Sid Richardson estate, Haliburton [sic] Oil Co., Sen. Robert Kerr of Okla., Troy Post of Dallas, Lloyd Cobb of New Orleans, Dr. Oechner of New Orleans, George and Herman Brown of Brown & Root, Attorney Roy M. Cohn, Chairman of the Board for Lionel Corp., New York City, Schenley Industries of New York City, Walter Dornberger, ex-Nazi general and his company, Bell Aerospace, Pan American World Airways and its subsidiary, Intercontinental Hotel Corp., Paul Raigorodsky of Claiborne Oil of New Orleans, Credit Suisse of Canada, and Heineken's Brewery of Canada and a host of other munitions makers and NASA contractors directed by the Defense Industrial Security Command. ”
911review.org...
Not only is the Hunt family named as a financier of Permindex, but John Connally is also named, and he was an investor in the Main Bank of Houston with James R. Bath and Ghaith Pharon! But most importantly, Halliburton is also named a principle financier.
Permindex seems to have some kind of strange ties to Israel. One of the founders, Louis Mortimer Bloomfield, worked for the SOE, the OSS, and the FBI before co-founding Permindex. However, he also made frequent trips to Israel and became close friends with David Ben Gurion. He was a member of the 1001 Club with Tibor Rosenbaum, who was a Mossad agent. Along with Edmond de Rothschild, he set up the BCI bank in Switzerland, which was a forerunner to the BCCI bank.
“Rosenbaum and his BCI directors laundered illegal drug and gambling money from mafia boss Meyer Lansky by investing it in real estate. Through the BCI Mossad and Permindex operations were financed and reportedly Rosenbaum was a significant stakeholder in Permindex. In the early 1960s, the BCI bought a significant stake in Henry Luce's Time Life. Permindex has been the main suspect of having coordinated the 1963 JFK murder. Edmond de Rothschild introduced Rosenbaum to Bernhard in the mid-1960s. In 1970 Bernhard invited Rosenbaum into the 1001 Club, but after Rosenbaum got in trouble for having embezzled money of the BCI, Bernhard had to expel him again. This happened in 1973-1974. In 1974, Prince Bernhard sold his Castle Warmelo to the Evlyma Trust in Liechtenstein, a subsidiary of Tibor Rosenbaum's BCI. The Trust was managed by 1001 Club member Herbert Batliner, a person later linked to laudering funds for Marcos, Mobutu, Escobar, and Helmut Kohl. ”
www.isgp.eu...
Meyer Lansky was the head of the Jewish Mafia in New York City, and 1001 Club members who had ties to him included Robert Vesco, a CIA agent and banker with ties to Prince Bernard of the Netherlands, Daniel K. Ludwig, founder of National Bulk Carriers and Bohemian Grove participant, and the above mentioned Tibor Rosenbaum
I think the connection between Permindex and Halliburton is very telling, but I'm not sure what to make of some of the other connections that the 1001 Club has to offer.
A life less ordinary
Nice comprehensive post. It seems to me that all these mysterious "coincindences" cannot be brushed off as chance. Keep up the good work!
Someone 336
posted on Oct, 29 2008 @ 03:52 PM
So I was looking into another member of the Carlyle Group, Canadian public servent Alan Gotlieb. First of all, his wife, Sondra Gotlieb was a member of Hollinger Inc, the Canadian parent company of the Sun-Times Media Group. Check out how many newspapers the Sun-Times Media Group owns:
en.wikipedia.org...
Hollinger, which has on its Board of Directors Evelyn Rothschild, was created by Canadian globalist Conrad Black, a close friend of Henry Kissinger. The two worked for an organization called National Interest, and also a company called Trireme Partner LLP.
“Trireme, set up two months after 9/11, is a venture capital company that invests in technology, goods, and services related to Homeland Security and defense. It argued that the fear of terrorism would increase the demand for such products in Europe and in countries like Saudi Arabia and Singapore. Richard Perle (good friend of former Cercle chairman Brian Crozer) is the company's managing partner, with another partner being Gerald Hillman, a friend of Perle”
The above mentioned Richard Perle was a strong advocate of the Iraq War whose influence over the Bush administration had been described as "insidious." He is also a close friend of the aforementioned arms dealer Adnan Khashoggi, who not only has ties to the Bushes and Bin Ladens, but worked with BCCI in the Iran-Contra scandal. I also learned that Conrad Black was a member of the 1001 Club and a Bilderberg participant! I also discovered that one of the directors of Hollinger was a friend of the Rothschilds and Rockefellers by the name of Paul Volcker. Volcker is a member of the Pilgrims Society, chairman of the Federal Reserve and member of a mysterious group called Le Cercle. What is Le Cercle?
“Le Cercle is a secretive, privately-funded and transnational discussion group which regularly meets in different parts of the world. It is attended by a mixture of politicians, ambassadors, bankers, shady businessmen, oil experts, editors, publishers, military officers and intelligence agents, which may or may not have retired from their official functions. The participants come from western or western-oriented countries. Many important members tend to be affiliated with the aristocratic circles in London or obscure elements within the Vatican, and accusations of links to fascism and Synarchism are anything but uncommon in this milieu”
www.isgp.eu...
The seems to be a significant overlap between Le Cercle members and that of the 1001 Club. Furthermore, Paul Volcker worked for the Barrick Gold Corporation that I mentioned earlier, with its connections to the 1001, the Bin Ladens, and the Bush family!
Going back to Allan Gotlieb, who was a director of the Trilateral Commission, I also learned he is a stronger supporter of the concept of a North American Union. On September 11th, 2002, he wrote an article entitled "Why Not A Grand Bargain With the United States?", in which he presents the idea of a partnership between the US and Canada. It can be read here:
www.canada.com...
The opening paragraph reads:
“One year after 9/11, leading commentators have weighed in on how this country should reinvent itself to meet the challenges of the international war on terrorism and our changing relationship with the United States. The following essays are the last in our five-part series. ”
Someone 336
posted on Oct, 29 2008 @ 09:48 PM
Check this out: Zbigniew Brzezinski was a member of Hollinger. Brzezinski was responsible for the initial founding and training of the mujaheddin to draw the USSR into "their own Vietnam War." Look at these quotes from him:
"This regionalization is in keeping with the Tri-Lateral Plan which calls for a gradual convergence of East and West, ultimately leading toward the goal of one world government. National sovereignty is no longer a viable concept."
"Moreover, as America becomes an increasingly multi-cultural society, we may find it more difficult to fashion a consensus on foreign policy issues, except in the circumstance of a truly massive and widely perceived direct external threat."
Brzezinski was also an associate, during the Cold War, of Jan Nowak-Jezioranski, the head of the Polish division of Radio Free Europe. Radio Free Europe was a CIA funded operation run by former Nazi spymaster Reinhard Gehlen, a member of the above mentioned Le Cercle. His partner was J. Peter Grace, a member of the 1001 Club.
Paul Volcker, Brzezinski, and Kissinger all sat on the board of Hollinger. They all also sat on the board of the RAND Corporation, which is a
“a nonprofit global policy think tank first formed to offer research and analysis to the United States armed forces. The organization has since expanded to working with other governments, private foundations, international organizations, and commercial organizations. It is known for rigorous, often-quantitative, and non-partisan[2] analysis and policy recommendations ”
en.wikipedia.org...
Members of RAND also include Frank Carlucci, who is part of the Carlyle Group, Donald Rumsfeild, and Condoleeza Rice. It was rumoured that in 1972, Richard Nixon enlisted RAND to see what the ramifications of canceling the elections, though RAND denies this.
Though the connections between people and organizations branches out further and further, we keep getting direct ties back to Bush administration and the War on Terror. By seeing the overlaps, I believe we can identify the groups of people who are truly responsible for 9/11
ipsedixit posted on Oct, 30 2008 @ 02:42 AM
Have you taken a look at the website run by self-styled forensic economist, David Hawkins?
www.hawkscafe.com...
There are linked radio interviews on the site making some very unusual allegations about 9/11 and a list of "not the usual suspects" who might be behind it, including some very prominent Canadians.
I have trouble taking the allegations seriously, but there may be an element of truth circulating in the fantasy. It makes very interesting listening to hear Hawkins go on. Names like Paul Martin and Frank McKenna are mentioned.
McKenna is a Bilderberger ornament who has just recently, for the second time, passed up an opportunity to seek the Liberal party leadership. It was shocking to me personally when he didn't seek the party leadership at the last leadership convention, following the election defeat of then Prime Minister Paul Martin and his subsequent resignation from the leadership of the party.
You have to know Canadian politics, but at the time he was the obvious choice, the strongest contender with an impressive record as a provincial premier (like a state governor in the US). He just refused to contend at the time. And now he has done it again, saying that he is not prepared to give the job the time it would demand. I always wondered what they had on him, to control him like that, and then I found out that he was connected to the Bilderburgers.
This all interesting stuff. Someone should publish a forensic who's who of the world oligarchy.
posted on Nov, 22 2008 @ 10:37 AM
www.sec.gov...
The above indicates that the Carlyle Group maintains accounts with the notorious Clearstream bank.
Jump to: navigation, search
Clearstream Banking S.A. (CB) is the clearing division of Deutsche Börse, based in Luxembourg.
It was created in January 2000 through the merger of Cedel International and Deutsche Börse Clearing, part of the Deutsche Börse Group, which owns the Frankfurt Stock Exchange. Cedel, established in 1971, specialized in clearance and settlement. In 1996 it obtained a bank license. In July 2002 Deutsche Börse purchased the remaining 50% of Clearstream International for €1.6 billion. Deutsche Börse's strategy is to be a vertical securities silo, providing facilities for the front and back ends of securities trading. By 2004 Clearstream contributed €114 million to Deutsche Börse's total Earnings Before Interest and Taxes (EBIT) of €452.6 million. It handled 50 million transactions, and was custodian of securities worth € 7,593 trillion.
In Révélation$(2001), by investigative reporter Denis Robert and ex-Clearstream banker Ernest Backes, Clearstream was accused of being an international platform for money laundering and tax evasion via an illegal system of secret accounts (the "Clearstream Affair").
en.wikipedia.org...-56
Not surprisingly, the BCCI maintained accounts with Clearstream, thus linking it back to Iran-Contra and the other multitudes of shady dealings that this bank was implicated in, including funding al-Qaeda.
Clearstream has its own history of corruption:
Kremlingate: The Bank Menatap held accounts with Clearstream. This bank diverted some $4.8Billion IMF funds. www.nationmaster.com...
Banco Ambrosiano held an account with Clearstream. This main Vatican bank was under the control of the renegade P2 Masonic lodge. From CIA man Richard Brenneke:
"The P2 was involved in the operation for which I ended up in court, that is the delay in the liberation of the American hostages in Iran in 1980" (known as "October surprise").
October Surprise:
Ernest Backes [Clearstream employee] also indicated in Révélation$that he was in charge of the transfer of $7 million from Chase Manhattan Bank and Citibank, on January 16, 1980, to pay for the liberation of the American hostages held in Tehran's embassy (Iran). He gave copies of files that he asserted shed new light on the October surprise conspiracy to the French National Assembly
And here's the big kicker:
Could the country risk another scandal as with Bahrain International Bank, who transmitted funds through non-published accounts of Clearstream, the clearing division of Deutsche Bank? At the time it was considered as one of Luxembourg's major financial scandal.
Based in Luxembourg, Clearstream, "a bank of banks" which practice "financial clearing", centralizing debit and credit operations for hundreds of banks, has been accused of being a major operator of the underground economy via a system of un-published accounts; Bahrain International Bank, owned by Osama bin Laden, would have profited from these transfer facilities.
posted on Nov, 22 2008 @ 11:09 AM
posted by wayno
Keep digging ... even tho the skeletons in this closet are scaring me to death. I didn't realize what a tight group these uber rich NWO gangsters are.
The Bush Crime Family is the most criminal, most corrupt this nation has ever produced, from the Bush/Walker traitors of WW2 to the Silverado scam artist Neil Bush to the shadowy Mafiosi brother Marvin Bush to the ex-CIA Director Crime Family Don GHW Bush to that scumbag dry drunk drug addict in the White House who is ruining our nation. The 9-11 INSIDE JOB Attack on America is only the tip of the iceberg on what these treacherous cretins are capable of.
The Bush Crime Family is the most criminal, most corrupt this nation has ever produced, from the Bush/Walker traitors of WW2 to the Silverado scam artist Neil Bush to the shadowy Mafiosi brother Marvin Bush to the ex-CIA Director Crime Family Don GHW Bush to that scumbag dry drunk drug addict in the White House who is ruining our nation. The 9-11 INSIDE JOB Attack on America is only the tip of the iceberg on what these treacherous cretins are capable of.
Unfortunately boob tube addicted Americans are so easy to victimize for these polished professional criminals. Of course the entire DemoPublican Party is filled with career criminals and corrupt political hacks. The newcomer political idealists really don't stand a chance until the American majority comes to their aid. Wake up America and look around. It is the future of your children and grandchildren which is at stake here.
https://app.box.com/s/c0zrg5t2td
https://app.box.com/s/c0zrg5t2td
bowart_operation_mind_control.pdf
OPERATION MIND CONTROL
By Walter Bowart
Walter Bowart was born in Omaha, Nebraska, in 1939. He was awarded a McMahon journal-ism scholarship to the University of Oklahoma and has since worked as an editor, publisher and writer. His articles have appeared in many journals including The East Village Other, the underground newspaper which he founded in 1965.
Walter Bowart lives in Tucson, Arizona, with his wife and three children.
Published in the U.S.A. by Dell Publishing Co., Inc. 1978
First published in Great Britain by Fontana 1978
Copyright © Walter Bowart 1978
Copyright © in the Foreword, Richard Condon 1978
Printed in Great Britain by
William Collins Sons & Co. Ltd, Glasgow
This book is dedicated to those who are obedient to authority. May they follow in the path of Daniel Ellsberg, L. Fletcher Prouty, Victor Marchetti, John Marks, and George OToole, become responsible, and break free from the chains of command.
“ I know of no safe depository of the ultimate powers of society but the people themselves, and if we think them not enlightened enough to exercise their control with a wholesome discretion, the remedy is not to take it from them, but to inform their discretion by education” …. Thomas Jefferson
“In the technotronic society the trend would seem to be towards the aggregation of the individual support of millions of uncoordinated citizens, easily within reach of magnetic and attractive personalities effectively exploring the latest communication techniques to manipulate emotions and control reason,” …… Zbigniew Brzezinski, National Security Advisor to USA President Jimmy Carter.
Chapter Six
THE GUINEA PIG ARMY
In June, 1975, it was revealed publicly for the first time what many had suspected—that the CIA and a number of government agencies under its direction had actually been giving behavior-influencing drugs to citizens within the
United States for more than twenty years.
I was in Washington at the time, searching the catalogue card files at the National Technical Information Service. A previous search by friends in military intelligence of the M.I. Classified Index had revealed nothing but peripheral references to the object of my study: government research in drugs, hypnosis, behavior modification, and related subjects.
The NTIS file is supposed to contain a complete numerical listing of all government contracts, by contract number, whether or not they are classified. The contract cards were indeed numbered in consecutive order, but the ones I was looking for were missing; the index simply skipped over them and continued on in numerical sequence. Other cards in the index were marked "classified," and I would not have been able to obtain the papers to which they referred.
But the reports I was looking for were not even cited in the index, although references to them in scientific journals indicated that they had once existed. Classified or not, these documents had been removed from the record.
That afternoon press accounts of the Rockefeller Report to the President on CIA Activities said, "Beginning in the late 1940s, the CIA began to study the properties of certain behavior-influencing drugs (such as LSD) and how such drugs might be put to use in intelligence activities."
Further, according to the report, "The primary purpose of the drug program was to counter the use of behavior- influencing drugs clandestinely administered by an enemy, although several operational uses outside the United States
were also considered."
"The drug program," the report went on to say, "was part of a much larger CIA program to study possible means for controlling human behavior. Other studies explored the effects of radiation, electric shock, psychology, psychiatry, sociology, and harassment substances."
As it would do two years later, the press played up the drug angle and ignored the other experiments. The CIA had been actually experimenting with all kinds of mind-
control techniques for twenty-odd years.
It gave me little comfort, but it reaffirmed my sanity, to read in the report that "unfortunately only limited records of the testing conducted in these drug programs are now available. All the records concerning the program were ordered destroyed in 1973, including a total of 152 separate files."
As I left NTIS, George Orwell's prophecy in 1984 came to mind: "Who controls the past controls the future. Who controls the present controls the past." How long would it be before our society would perfectly mirror that state Orwell envisioned when he said: "All that was needed was an unending series of victories over your own memory. 'Reality control,' they called it ... 'double-think.' "
In 1984, the government continually changed its past by
creating new historical fictions to justify its present. I won-
dered if we had already gone beyond 1984, where, as Orwell said, "truth is falsehood," and "ignorance is strength."
Five days after the Rockefeller Report was released, the public flap began. The children of Dr. Frank Olson were informed by the CIA that their father had been the individual the Report cited as the "employee of the Department of the Army who was given LSD without his knowledge while he was attending a meeting with CIA personnel working on the drug project." Olson had died when he fell, jumped, or
somehow exited from a twelfth-floor hotel window in New York, while still under the influence of what was then billed as the most powerful mind-altering drug known to
man.
For twenty-two years the cause of Olson's death had been concealed. His family had been led to believe that he had committed suicide because of a mysterious, unexplained "mental breakdown." At no time after Olson's death was his family offered a true explanation of the real circumstances which had caused it. Eric, the eldest son of Dr. Olson, said, "I'm very angryat the CIA because they let us grow up thinking our father had inexplicably committed suicide." Young Olson said
that his family had decided to sue the government, not only out of a desire to collect monetary damages but because "we think there's more information involved in this. It's also a way of holding the CIA publicly accountable for what they did."
The Olson family discovered that an individual damaged while in government employ cannot sue the government.
But this didn't stop them. They asked the Senate to vote them a special bill of recompense for the death of the head
of their household. On May 18, 1976, the full Senate approved S.B. 3035 by voice vote and sent it on to the House. Senate Bill 3035 specifically authorized appropriations totaling $1.25 million to be paid to the Olson family. The
House of Representatives, being more conservative at the time, cut the Senate's generous award and the Olson family eventually received only $750,000. A similar case, tried in a civil court, might have brought the Olson family as much
as three million dollars.
Months before Olson plunged to his death, Harold Blauer, a professional tennis player, died after being given repeated doses of experimental psychochemicals by the
army at the New York State Psychiatric Institute in New York City. For years the Blauer family had been trying, to no avail, to find out the true cause of Harold Blauer's death. In the wake of the Olson scandal, the army relaxed its cover-up and finally surrendered Mr. Blauer's medical file to his daughter, Mrs. Elisabeth Barrett.
The chemical identities of the drugs he had received were not given; the drugs were listed only by number. The numbers were said to represent various hallucinogens, but
because of "national security" it has never been revealed what the chemicals were that killed Harold Blauer
The crucial part of the army's medical report stated: "Prenarcosis:—apprehensive—considerable persuasion re- quired—injection administered at 9:53
A.M.; postnarcosis:—9:59, subject so restless has to be restrained by nurse—out of contact with reality—arms flailing—sweating profusely; 10:01, rapid oscillation of eyeballs; 10:11, body rigid all over, 10:15, stimulant administered; 10:20 to 11:45, deep coma; 11:50, artificial respiration administered; 12:15, doctor pronounces subject dead; 12:30, hospital authorities notified; 3:30, body transferred to city morgue."
Harold Blauer died without ever knowing what drugs he received. And from the words in the report— "considerable persuasion required"—it looks as though he
hadn't volunteered, either. Frank Olson died without really knowing he'd been given a drug. It had been slipped into his drink and he was told it was LSD only after the mind-bending effects had begun.
Both Blauer's and Olson's deaths were covered up by the excuse of "national security." Their families were deliberately misled about the cause of death. No monetary compensation was offered except for the pensions or allotments due the families under normal circumstances.
In the wake of these personal tragedies, increasing public pressure led other government agencies to make their confessions. The army announced that since 1956 it had tested LSD on nearly 1,500 unwitting servicemen, and on several thousand more volunteers, a total of 6,940 in all. At the same time the army made this disclosure, it requested permission from the Defense Department to conduct further
tests with at least two new drugs—drugs which were many times more powerful than LSD. Permission was granted with the stipulation that the "guinea pigs" be volunteers
only.
Within days of the army's admission of drug testing, the Department of Health, Education and Welfare revealed that it had administered LSD to about 2,500 prisoners, mental patients, and paid volunteers between 1954 and 1968. HEW said further that it had given seven and a half million dollars in grants to more than thirty university re-
searchers who independently ran LSD tests on human subjects.
What was not revealed until much later was that the CIA had used every possible military and civilian agency or government, as well as a number of universities and private research groups, to test LSD and other drugs, plus a whole array of psycho-technologies in an all-out search for reliable methods of controlling the human mind.
But the CIA's record was pretty good; for out of all the thousands of individuals who were given LSD or other drugs without their knowledge, only three are known to
have died.
In 1955 a new drug-testing program was begun at the Edgewood Army Chemical Center. Volunteer soldiers were recruited but were not told what drugs they would be given, nor that men had died as a result of similar experiments. They were told they'd suffer only temporary discomfort. Seven thousand soldiers underwent the Edgewood
Arsenal's tests. Five hundred eighty-five men were given LSD; the rest were administered other unspecified drugs. Dr. Gerald Klee was one of the first psychiatrists to work on the drug-testing program for the army. When
questioned by television crews as to how the volunteers had been recruited, he said that he didn't really know. They had come from all over the country, believing only that they were going to the Chemical Center to be used as subjects in chemical experiments.
"Most of them were not highly educated, and even if they had been told exactly what they were to be given, they wouldn't have understood it," Dr. Klee said. "The advantage to them was time off to get away from some place they didn't want to be, to be near their family, girlfriends, what- ever, and they had a pretty good life while they were there, as a matter of fact. They spent very little of their time in the experiments and had a lot of free time . . ."
Wendell Queen was an army sergeant in 1964 when he volunteered for the drug experiments at Edgewood. Years later, when the Olson case was made public, Mr. Queen tried to find out what drugs he had been given. He ran into a wall of security. The army stated that it had no record that he was ever given drugs.
But Sergeant Queen remembers differently. He had been given a drug that penetrated his skin, not through injection but simply by being placed on his arm with an eye dropper.
"They just took a small drop and put it on my arm, and my arm became inflamed and kinda itchy, something like a bad mosquito bite," he said. He was not told what drug it
was. He was told only that the effects would be temporary.
Several hours afterwards, he began to float. "I began to feel kinda happy and the room started turning around,"
Sergeant Queen related. "I had lost all my senses. I had no sense of balance or sense of the environment around me.
. . . Later on that night I really got paranoid and if anybody would come close to me I would think that they were going to kill me ..."
Sergeant Queen had "flashbacks" for several months after that experiment when he would relive the states of mind he had experienced on that day.
"My roommate told me later that one night I woke up screaming and hollering 'don't kill me, don't kill me.' He said I became so violent that I began tearing my bed up,"
Sergeant Queen said.
Sergeant Queen remembers that at Edgewood he tried making a joke about being a human guinea pig. The medic administering the test didn't appreciate his sense of humor.
"He said that the doctors were the only human guinea pigs around there because they took every new drug first. He said that they always got a bigger dose than anyone else
ever did."
According to the army, their LSD testing program came to an end in 1967. An army spokesman promised a follow- up study on the 585 men who had been given LSD, but
actually carried it out with only thirty-five officers—and superficially, at that. Still, the army maintained that there had certainly been no LSD deaths since Olson and Blauer.
Once again it was not telling the whole truth. George Danald, a colonel at the Army Chemical School in Fort McClellan, Alabama, agreed to become a guinea
pig in 1959. He believed in progress, and he believed that without experimentation and research there could be no progress. Thus, when the opportunity presented itself to him, he readily submitted to an injection of what was said
to be LSD.
Immediately after he took the drug, according to his wife, "his overall characteristics seemed to change, his attitude changed, mannerisms changed, and I'm sure a great
deal more that I didn't notice at the time."
A year after Colonel Danald's psychedelic experience he it was his habit to pick up his daughter Dawn promptly after school. One day he didn't meet her and Dawn walked
to the Officers' Club looking for him. His car was in the
parking lot, so assuming her father was inside, she went into the club and asked if anyone had seen him. When no- body seemed to remember that he'd been there that day, she went up to their apartment on the floor above and knocked on his door. There was no answer, so she went in.
The sitting room was littered with papers. She walked into the bedroom and noticed that the twin beds were apart. When she turned on the lights, she saw her father's
body slumped at the foot of the bed.
In shock, she went to her room next door and tele phoned her mother, who was at work. "Mommy, I found Daddy," she said. "He's on the floor and he looks awful
white."
Colonel Danald had been dead for five hours when Dawn found him. He had taken his own life by putting a .25 caliber bullet through his temple. The pistol was still in his hand.
Colonel Danald did not have a history of mental instabil ity. Until the time of his experience at Fort McClellan, he had never had a depressed moment. The only clue his family had to his apparent mental anguish was that, a few
months before he died, he had once threatened to kill himself in a family argument. No one had paid any attention to that since he had been such a stable person in the past.
Mrs. Danald believes that her husband's death was caused by the mind-bending effects of the experiment, but she has so far been unable to prove her case. She and her family have received no compensation except the benefits which would normally accrue to a lifetime army officer.
Mary Ray was a research assistant at a psychiatric hospital which held military contracts to test LSD from 1958 to 1969. She helped doctors conduct experiments on more than 900 people. Some of them were mental patients. In 1966 she offered herself for LSD testing. Her description is typical of a "bum trip."
I was in a state of becoming the universe. I became objects," she said. "I was no longer a person. Then, I got to a state of absolute terror. The closest thing I can remember being like that was as a child, when I was given ether . . it was the feeling like just before losing consciousness."
But Mary was able to bring herself back from the LSD void: "I realized that I was a person, out of this billowing black seething weirdness, this horror . . .
"I looked down and I saw my arms which were two white rivers with black threads and they were my veins. I realized that, and I felt that if I tried really hard, somehow
I could sever the veins. I realized even though I was not really a person that I could end all this living nightmare, this hell, by cutting my veins.
"Then I concentrated on this problem for what seemed centuries, because time did not exist. It was a strange time distortion. I tried desperately to try to kill myself. There is
no question in my mind, that if I had had some sort of sharp instrument, and if I were alone, I would have killed myself . . ."
The doctors and medics in attendance were helpless.
"No one seemed to know how to handle the situation. No one knew what to do. It seemed like they were kids playing
scientists."
Mary Ray reported no amnesia, and no recurring after-affects. She never felt another overwhelming compulsion to commit suicide, nor any compulsion to keep her experience secret.
In June of 1958, William F. Chaffin was a sergeant in the U.S. Air Force, stationed at Dover Air Force Base in Delaware. He had been a basic training instructor in bio-
logical, chemical, and radiological (CBR) warfare earlier in his career and thought, when he read the bulletin offering volunteers a thirty day tour of duty at Edgewood Arsenal, that it would be easy duty. It would be a nice break in his dull routine and a thirty-day leave at government expense. He assumed that he'd be involved in a program much like the one he'd taught in basic military training on chemical and
biological warfare tactics and defenses.
On September 10, 1975, before a joint session of the Senate Subcommittee on Health and the Senate Subcommittee on Administrative Practice and Procedure, Chaffin
testified to the lasting effects of his volunteer tour of duty at Edgewood.
He told the committee that upon his arrival at Edge-wood, he was placed in a barracks with approximately thirty' other volunteers. Daily, some of the volunteers
were taken to various points on the base, given gas masks, and used in experiments involving DDT and other relatively mild chemicals. But at first Chaffin was simply
ordered to report to a certain station each morning, and then he would be released for the remainder of the day to pursue his own interests.
Today Chaffin cannot say with any certainty how long this procedure went on. He can't remember whether he was there for one week, two weeks, or three
weeks before he was actually used in a test.
"At some point around the middle of the month of July [1958]," Chaffin told the committee, "myself and four or five other individuals were taken to a hospital on the base.
We were, at that time, taken into a room and a psychologist or psychiatrist—I cannot remember which—who I believe was associated with the University of Maryland, in-
formed us that we would be administered a drug or a substance in distilled water. We were further informed that this drug or substance would be odorless, tasteless, and colorless. We were asked to perform certain tests prior to the ingestion of the substance. My best recollection of these tests is that we were simply asked to estimate certain amounts of elapsed time by any means other than a watch or clock. We were then taken back to our various wards and a short time thereafter, I was given a beaker of colorless, odorless, and tasteless substance by an orderly or an
attendant.
"I have no recollection whatsoever that I was informed of the nature or qualities of the substance. Certainly, no reference was made to any possibility of detrimental psychological or physical effects on myself, or my future family, by taking of the substance.
I cannot estimate adequately the length of time that elapsed after I took the drug until I first began to notice the effects, but my best recollection is that it was in the nature
of one-half hour.
"At that time, I remember being taken back to the psychiatrist or psychologist and again asked to estimate various lengths of time by any means except observing a clock or watch. It is extremely difficult for me to describe ade-quately what occurred in the next hours of that day. I have, to this day, distinct recollections of vivid and colorful events that made no sense whatsoever to me. I have distinct recollections of either myself hallucinating or other individuals hallucinating and imagining that they were seeing certain objects and things. I do not recall if they were in fact
hallucinating, or if I was simply imagining they were.
"I was obsessed with a feeling that I can only describe as utter and total depression. I don't think these words adequately convey the meaning of that which I experienced,
but I simply do not have the words to set forth the occurrences of that day.
"Later, I was released from the hospital. I cannot recall if this was after a period of twelve hours, twenty-four hours, or thirty-six hours or more. It is simply impossible
to adequately determine what lengths of time elapsed."
Shortly thereafter, Chaffin returned to his base. His life returned to its usual routine, but for some reason, he found it extremely difficult to talk to anyone. He could not even bring himself to tell his wife about his Edgewood experience.
"Since that time," Chaffin said, "I have experienced what I believe to be LSD flashbacks on at least three separate occasions. The feelings that encompassed me on those three different occasions were again what I can only describe as a total depression accompanied by nearly uncontrollable desire to take my life . . ."
After Chaffin's return, his wife became pregnant. In November of 1958, she miscarried. The Chaffins' doctor informed them that in all likelihood the fetus had been deformed. "I do not know at this time if this was attributable to LSD which I was administered at Edgewood, Maryland, or not. We do not at this time know if various other problems which have arisen in one of my children are directly attributable to LSD or not. Conversely, we do not at this time know that there is no relation
.*
"After the ingestion of the substance in July of 1958," Chaffin said, "my personality and behavior began to hange [emphasis added]. After seven years of marriage, I was certainly not an individual that tended to depression.
However, after the ingestion of LSD, I have undergone, as I mentioned earlier, several occasions of the same total and extreme depression that occurred when I was given the LSD initially. Additionally, my wife has related to me one incident that occurred and which I have no recollection of whatsoever. This incident involved my actually taking a gun and attempting to leave our home for the purpose of
taking my own life."
Then Chaffin told the Joint Committee, "I would like to state for the record that I believe that the United States Air Force was always extremely fair to me in my military career. I enjoyed my military career and consider myself to be a loyal member of the United States Air Force, retired.
I must also state that the trauma that I have undergone as a result of being surreptitiously administered this drug is something I consider to be totally out of keeping with my concept of the service. I can only hope that the Committee
will take every means available to make sure that the other individuals who were administered LSD receive notification and help."
Army records show that William Chaffin was given a drug known only as EA1729. On August 5, 1975, after the Olson disclosure, Chaffin wrote a letter to the army stating that he thought he might have been given LSD. He requested the medical follow-up the army had promised. Michael V. Johnston of the Army Surgeon General's office responded to his letter. "In checking our records," Johnston wrote, "we find that you did receive LSD in the army research program. Medical consultants in the Office of the Surgeon General are now making plans for a follow-up study of persons who took LSD. You will be contacted within the next few months and invited to be examined . . ."
Chaffin was called in for a physical subsequently but he feels the examination was inadequate. He has only the army's word that the drug he received was LSD. Probably it was not. LSD is not known for its abilities to induce amnesia, to cause depression, or to place a lock on the tongue. If anything, LSD could be used in interrogation to loosen the mind and the tongue.
Until that day in Edgewood, William Chaffin had always had a firm grip on reality. Either he was given one of several drugs far more powerful than LSD, and with different properties to affect the mind, or he was given LSD and put through some extreme behavior modification procedure which programmed him to remain silent, and later, after his connection with the Edgewood experiment had been severed, to wish to take his own life.
https://archives.globalresearch.ca/articles/NEW304A.html
The Carlyle Group, integrated by the Bush and bin Laden families awarded a billion dollar contract to "rebuild" Iraq:
http://the-news.net/ The News, Portugal's English language Weekly, 4 April 2003.
www.globalresearch.ca 6 April 2003
The URL of this article is: http://globalresearch.ca/articles/NEW304A.html
Directors of one of the world’s largest armament companies are planning on meeting in Lisbon in three weeks time. The American based Carlyle Group is heavily involved in supplying arms to the Coalition forces fighting in the Iraqi war.
It also holds a majority of shares in the Seven Up company and Federal Data Corporation, supplier of air traffic control surveillance systems to the US Federal Aviation Authority. The 12 billion dollar company has recently signed contracts with United Defence Industries to equip the Turkish and Saudi Arabian armies with aviation defence systems.
Top of the meeting’s agenda is expected to be the company’s involvement in the rebuilding of Baghdad’s infrastructure after the cessation of current hostilities. Along with several other US companies, the Carlyle Group is expected to be awarded a billion dollar contract by the US Government to help in the redevelopment of airfields and urban areas destroyed by Coalition aerial bombardments.
The Group is managed by a team of former US Government personnel including its president Frank Carlucci, former deputy director of the CIA before becoming Defence Secretary. His deputy is James Baker II, who was Secretary of State under George Bush senior. Several high profile former politicians are employed to represent the company overseas, among them John Major, former British Prime Minister, along with George Bush senior, one time CIA director before becoming US President.
The financial assets of the Saudi Binladen Corporation (SBC) are also managed by the Carlyle Group. The SBC is headed up by members of Osama bin Laden’s family, who played a principle role in helping George W. Bush win petroleum concessions from Bahrain when he was head of the Texan oil company, Harken Energy Corporation - a deal that was to make the Bush family millions of dollars. Salem, Osama bin Laden’s brother, was represented on Harken’s board of directors by his American agent, James R. Bath.
The connection between the Bush and bin Laden families can also be traced to the collapse of the Bank of Credit and Commerce International (BCCI) in the 1990s. Members of the Anglo Pakistani bank’s board of directors included Richard Helms and William Casey, business partners of George Bush senior and former CIA agents. During their time at BCCI both Helms and Casey worked alongside fellow director, Adnan Khasshoggi, who also represented the bin Laden family’s interests in the US.
The Portugal News has been told by a reliable source that the Carlyle Group meeting in Lisbon will discuss the relationship between the Saudi Binladen Corporation (SBC) and Osama bin Laden. Many US officials claim that the SBC continues to finance his political activities, and has done so for many years. If true, this would place George Bush senior and his colleagues at the Carlyle Group in an embarrassing position. As managers of SBC’s financial investments they might well be accused of indirectly aiding and abetting the United States’ number one enemy.
Chapter Seven
THE MKULTRANS
A CIA memo to the Director of Central Intelligence dated July 14,1952, cited a successful application of narcohypnotic interrogation undertaken by a team of representatives from the CIA. This memo revealed that by that date
two successful interrogations had already been conducted using drugs and hypnosis. The subjects were Russian agents suspected of being double agents. The cover was called "psychiatric-medical" (they were admitted to a hospital).
The control methods were by narcosis, by hypnosis, and by a combination of both. The subjects were regressed by hypnosis and made to relive past experiences. When the interrogation was completed posthypnotic suggestion succeeded in giving the subjects amnesia of the actual interrogations.
The interrogations were regarded by the CIA as being very successful.
"In each case," the CIA memo read, "a psychiatric- medical cover was used to bring the ARTICHOKE techniques into action. In the first case, light dosages of drugs
coupled with hypnosis were used to induce a complete hypnotic trance. This trance was held for approximately one hour and forty minutes of interrogation with a subsequent total amnesia produced by posthypnotic suggestion. In the second case (an individual of much higher intelligence than the first), a deep hypnotic trance was reached after light medication. This was followed by an interrogation lasting for well over an hour. However, a partial amnesia only was obtained at this time, although a total amnesia was obtained for a major part of the test. Since further interrogation was desired, a second test was made on this individual in which the ARTICHOKE technique of using a straight medication was employed. On this test, highly successful results were obtained in that a full interrogation lasting two hours and fifteen minutes was produced, part of which included a remarkable regression. During this regression, the subject actually 'relived' certain past activities of his life, some dating back fifteen years while, in addition, the subject totally accepted Mr. (deleted) [the case officer and interpreter at this time] as an old, trusted, and beloved personal friend whom the subject had known in years past in Georgia, USSR. Total amnesia was apparently achieved for the entire second test on this case."
The memo revealed that sodium pentothal and the stimulant desoxyn were the drugs used to aid the hypnotictrance. The memo continued: "For a matter of record, the
case officers involved in both cases expressed themselves to the effect that the ARTICHOKE operations were entirely successful and team members felt that the tests demonstrated conclusively the effectiveness of the combined chemical-hypnotic technique in such cases. In both cases, the subjects talked clearly and at great length and furnished information which the case officers considered extremely
valuable."
According to Agency Inspector General Chamberlain, "There is reference in papers in the records held by the Office of Security, of something referred to as an ARTICHOKE Team travelling overseas in 1954, with indications of operational applications to individuals representing a Communist Bloc country. There is no record of the operation or its results."
A summary of a conference on July 15, 1953, offered a clue to other kinds of operations conducted under ARTICHOKE. The report, addressed to the Chief of Security, CIA, said, "Mr. (deleted) then discussed the situation of a former Agency official who had become a chronic alcoholic and who, at the present time, was undergoing operative treatment in (deleted) for a possible brain tumor. This
individual had called the Agency prior to the operation and warned that when given certain types of anesthetics (sodium pentothal), previously he had been known
To talk co-herently. The matter was taken care of by placing a representative in the operating room and by bringing the various personnel participating in the operation under the Secrecy Agreement. Mr. (deleted) stated that the subject did talk
extensively under the influence of sodium pentothal and revealed internal problems of the Agency. Dr. (deleted) added that he was acquainted with the details in the case.
"(Deleted) then commented that this type of thing had been a source of great concern to himself and others in the operations work and stated that he hoped that the ARTICHOKE efforts to produce some method that would perhaps guarantee amnesia on the part of those knowing of Agency operations in vital spots would be successful. He stated that some individuals in the Agency had to know tremendous amounts of information and if any way could be found to produce amnesias for this type of information—for instance, after the individual had left the Agency—it would be a remarkable thing. Mr. (deleted) stated the need for amnesia was particularly great in operations work. Mr. (deleted) and Mr. (deleted) both explained that work was continually being done in an effort to produce controlled amnesia by various means.
"Mr. (deleted) called attention to the fact that at the
preceding conference, Colonel (deleted) had advanced the idea of testing new methods, new chemicals, and new techniques (and combinations thereof) on certain carefully selected employees of the Agency, probably individuals in the
training groups . . ."
One of the documents John Marks obtained was dated July 30, 1956. Under the heading "Schizophrenic Agent" the memo stated that bulbocapnine, an alkaloid, could
cause catatonia or stupor from its affects on the central nervous system and the cerebral cortex. The report stated: "We desire to have certain psycho-chemical properties tested on man, using the bulbocapnine which we were fortunate to obtain from (deleted), a sample being enclosed herewith. More bulbocapnine is available if needed."
Along with the sample was the request that subjects be tested for "loss of speech, loss of sensitivity to pain, loss of memory, and loss of will power."
Another memo in 1956 authorized psychiatrists in universities and state penitentiaries (the names were deleted) to test these drugs on unwitting subjects.
An even earlier memo said "it was essential to find an area where large numbers of bodies would be used for research and experimentation. Dr. (deleted) stated that in
connection with the testing of drugs, he was quite certain a number of psychiatrists all over the United States would be willing to test new drugs, especially drugs that affect the mind ..."
ARTICHOKE evolved to become Project MKULTRA which, according to CIA documents, was "an umbrella project for funding sensitive projects . . . approved by Allen Dulles on April 3, 1953. Cryptonym MKDELTA covered . . . policy and procedure for use of biochemicals in clandestine operations . . ."
Besides drugs, MKDELTA and MKULTRA experimented with radiation, electroshock, psychology, psychiatry, sociology, anthropology, harassment substances, and what were called "paramilitary devices and materials."
Contacts were made with individuals at prominent hospitals and drug "safe houses" under Bureau of Drug Abuse control. Through the Bureau of Narcotic and Dangerous
Drugs (BNDD) and federal institutions such as prisons, drugs could be administered to unsuspecting individuals.
One hundred thirty-nine different drugs, including various amnesia potions, were first tested under laboratory conditions (see Appendix B). Then, beginning in 1955, the
most promising drugs were given to unwitting subjects "in normal social situations" through the informal arrangement made between the CIA and the BNDD. The CIA Inspector General's report indicates that this part of the mind-control
program was terminated in 1963, but that a project to test various drugs "in an inquiry into improvement of learning ability and memory retention" did continue until 1972.
Document 32 in the MKULTRA file, sheds a more direct light on the CIA's involvement in mind-control research. The "Memorandum for the Record" was written by an unidentified intelligence officer. It is reproduced below in its entirety.
17 January 1975
MEMORANDUM FOR THE RECORD SUBJECT: MKULTRA
1. The following represents the best of my unaided recollection regarding the MKULTRA program. I was first briefed on it in 1962. At that time it was in the
process of a significant decrease in activity and funding. As Chief, Defense and Espionage (C/D&E), I continued to decrease funds significantly each year until the program was phased out in the late 1960s.
2. MKULTRA was a group of projects most of which dealt with drug or counter-drug research and development. The Director Central Intelligence (DCI) and the Deputy Director of Plans (DDP) were kept informed on the program via annual briefings by Chief Technical Services Division (C/TSD) or his Deputy.
Most of the research and development was externally contracted and dealt with various materials which were purported to have characteristics appealing for their
covert or clandestine administration under operational conditions. The objectives were behavioral control, behavior anomaly production and counter-measures for
opposition application of similar substances. Work was performed at U.S. industrial, academic, and governmental research facilities. Funding was often through
cut-out arrangements. Testing was usually done at such time as laboratory work was successfully completed and was often carried out at such facilities as the (deleted) and the (deleted). In all cases that I am aware of, testing was done using volunteer inmates
who were witting of the nature of the test program but not the ultimate sponsoring organization.
3.As the Soviet drug use scare (and the amount of significant progress in the MKULTRA program) decreased, the program activities were curtailed significantly as budgetary pressure and alternate priorities dictated.
4. Over my stated objections the MKULTRA files were destroyed by order of the DCI (Mr. Helms) shortly before his departure from office CI OFFICER By Authority of 102702
As for the unidentified intelligence officer's claim that the experiments "in all cases that I am aware of were performed on "volunteer" and "witting" subjects, one can only suggest that this man may not have had the "need to know" about the unwitting subjects. Records of court proceedings indicate that many "guinea pigs" in federal institutions were not fully informed of the long-range consequences of drug-enhanced behavior modification.
One such experiment on human "guinea pigs," conducted at the California Medical Facility at Vacaville, involved the use of the drug anectine, a strong muscle relaxant which leaves the victim totally without involuntary muscle control. The body lets loose its waste, breathing stops, and without proper attendance, death can result.
Whether or not the subject dies, he experiences the feeling that he is dying. According to chief Vacaville psychiatrist Dr. Arthur Nugent, anectine induces "sensations of suffocation and drowning. The subject experiences feelings of deep horror and terror, as though he were on the brink of death."
While in this condition a self-styled therapist scolds him for his misdeeds and tells him to reform or expect more of the same. Dr. Nugent told the San Francisco Chronicle, "even the toughest inmates have come to fear and hate the drug.
I don't blame them, I wouldn't have one treatment myself for the world."
Writing about the anectine therapy program, Jessica Mitford noted that of those given the drug, nearly all could be characterized as angry young men. "Yet some seem to
have been made even angrier by the experience, for the researchers said that of sixty-four prisoners in the program, nine persons not only did not decrease, but actually exhibited an increase in their overall number of disciplinary in-
fractions."
Experimentation with drugs and behavior modification became so widespread in prisons and mental institutions that in the middle and late 1960s court dockets became
crowded with lawsuits filed on behalf of the "human guinea pigs" who were victims of such research. By 1971 the number of lawsuits had reached such proportions that the Senate Subcommittee on Constitutional Rights began an investigation. Three years later, the Senate Committee on the Judiciary, chaired by Senator Sam Ervin, released a report entitled "Individual Rights and the Federal Role in Behavior Modification." It was largely ignored by the press, yet it revealed some interesting information.
Two years before the CIA and its subcontractors owned up to their mind dabbling, a large number of behavior modification projects were already underway. The report disclosed that thirteen projects were run by the Defense Department; the Department of Labor had conducted "several experiments"; the National Science Foundation conducted "a substantial amount of research dealing with understand- ing human behavior"; even the Veterans' Administration participated in psychosurgery experiments, which, in many cases, were nothing more than an advanced form of lobotomy.
https://aangirfan.blogspot.com/2013/06/the-bush-family.html
DISCLAIMER: THE POSTING OF STORIES, COMMENTARIES, REPORTS, DOCUMENTS AND LINKS (EMBEDDED OR OTHERWISE) ON THIS SITE DOES NOT IN ANY WAY, SHAPE OR FORM, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE, NECESSARILY EXPRESS OR SUGGEST ENDORSEMENT OR SUPPORT OF ANY OF SUCH POSTED MATERIAL OR PARTS THEREIN.
Bush Family - Slavery and sex slaves.
George W. Bush's great-great-great-great-grandfather, Thomas Walker, was a slave trader.
"There could not possibly have been a more inhuman monster than this Walker.
"Many a poor seaman has been brought by him to an untimely end."
In 1797, his own crew mutinied, shot him dead and threw him overboard.
Read more: http://www.dailymail.co.uk/
Brice Taylor, in her book, writes that George H W Bush was a child abuser.
Brice says that her daughter Kelly was abused by George H W Bush.
Brice writes:
"Over the years, Kelly was closely tied into the trauma I received.
"Repeatedly she was tortured and traumatized in front of me in an effort to keep me in line.
"Her torture fragmented her psyche in order to create multiple personalities within her, so she could follow in my footsteps for later use as a 'presidential model' ...
"George Bush, was/is a pedophile and Kelly was created to be, as I later found out from a renegade CIA operative, what was called a 'Bush Baby.'"
Cathy O'Brien describes how she and her daughter were hunted like animals - by George Bush - on Bob Hope's Jordan Ranch.
What about some other presidents?
"From an early age, Brice Taylor was prostituted as a mind controlled sex slave to Presidents John F. Kennedy, Lyndon Johnson, Richard Nixon, Gerald Ford and then Governor Ronald Reagan."
Thanks For The Memories - The Truth Has Set Me Free! /
File:Thanks for the Memories.pdf - WikiSpooks
https://app.box.com/s/c0zrg5t2td
https://app.box.com/s/c0zrg5t2td
bowart_operation_mind_control.pdf
OPERATION MIND CONTROL
by Walter Bowat
Walter Bowart was born in Omaha, Nebraska, in 1939. He was awarded a McMahon journal-ism scholarship to the University of Oklahoma and has since worked as an editor, publisher and writer. His articles have appeared in many journals including The East Village Other, the underground newspaper which he founded in 1965.
Walter Bowart lives in Tucson, Arizona, with his wife and three children.
From the first days of Project BLUEBIRD, and throughout all the ensuing CIA projects the goal was the same— find answers to the following questions:
"Can accurate information be obtained from willing or unwilling individuals?
"Can Agency personnel (or persons of interest to this Agency) be conditioned to prevent any unauthorized source or enemy from obtaining information from them by
any known means?
"Can we obtain control of the future activities (physical and mental) of any individual, willing or unwilling, by application of [mind-control] techniques?"
Beyond the laboratory and operational research on unwitting subjects, the CIA set up training teams which included polygraph operators, interrogation specialists, hypnotists, and others in what was a long-range, all-out effort to develop reliable mind-control and counter-mind-control techniques. In all, fifteen separate research areas were defined by the CIA planners.
Most of the drug projects came under the operating authority of the U.S. Navy. At Bethesda Naval Hospital, under the direction of a Dr. Gaefsky, the drug project that
was begun in 1947 continued until 1972. The CIA reports defined the project as one which sought to "isolate and synthesize pure drugs for use in effecting psychological entry and control of the individual"
(italics added).
Also under the navy's direction was a project headed by a Dr. Ellson at the University of Indiana called "Detection of Deception." This project was aimed at determining the
physiological changes which occur when a person is engaged in deception. Mechanical and electrical devices were developed to measure these changes.
At the University of Rochester, again under navy direction, a Dr. Wendy investigated morion sickness. The CIA report describes that study as one to determine "the effect
of drugs on the vestibular function of the ear and the development of side effects which indicate the possibility of psychological entry and control."
Besides mind-control drugs and techniques, also investigated were tools which might be effective in compromising individuals. One report stated that in spite of the intensive research, as late as 1960, "no effective knock-out pill, truth serum, aphrodisiac, or recruitment pill was known to ex-ist." Towards that goal under the auspices of the U.S. Army Surgeon General's Office, a Dr. Beecher at Harvard
University was given $150,000 to investigate "the development and application of drugs which will aid in the establishment of psychological control."
And, under air force guidance, a Dr. Hastings at the University of Minnesota was engaged to research the effects of LSD on animals. His research area, as defined by
CIA, also included the use of electric shock in interrogation, with particular emphasis placed on the detection of prior use of electric shock and the "guaranteed amnesia" it
produced.
According to the documents, the investigation of hypnosis as a mind-control tool was kept under the aegis of the CIA. Their prime research interest was the "investigation of the possibilities of hypnotic and post-hypnotic control."
While MKULTRA was the code name for the research and development period of mind control, MKDELTA was the code name for the operational phase, during which all of the techniques of mind control were applied to individuals.
What followed next was the MKULTRANS, acting out their "mindless" roles at the behest of the cryptocracy.
Published in the U.S.A. by Dell Publishing Co., Inc. 1978
First published in Great Britain by Fontana 1978
Copyright © Walter Bowart 1978
Copyright © in the Foreword, Richard Condon 1978
Printed in Great Britain by
William Collins Sons & Co. Ltd, Glasgow
This book is dedicated to those who are obedient to authority. May they follow in the path of Daniel Ellsberg, L. Fletcher Prouty, Victor Marchetti, John Marks, and George OToole, become responsible, and break free from the chains of command.
“ I know of no safe depository of the ultimate powers of society but the people themselves, and if we think them not enlightened enough to exercise their control with a wholesome discretion, the remedy is not to take it from them, but to inform their discretion by education” …. Thomas Jefferson
“In the technotronic society the trend would seem to be towards the aggregation of the individual support of millions of uncoordinated citizens, easily within reach of magnetic and attractive personalities effectively exploring the latest communication techniques to manipulate emotions and control reason,” …… Zbigniew Brzezinski, National Security Advisor to USA President Jimmy Carter.
Author's Note
This book is an exercise in citizens' intelligence. The author and the majority of those who've contributed to it are private citizens working on their own in a synergistic effort, without major funding or corporate support, without government privilege or "need to know," other than that need cited by Jefferson—the need for informed discretion in a democracy. Without the help of these many people, who,
like the author, were motivated by shock and outrage that citizens have been so victimized by their own government, this book would not have been undertaken.
Thanks first to the victims of mind control who had the courage to come forward and tell their stories.
A number of professional people gave valuable technical assistance and patient explanations. My thanks to Harry Arons, Robert Brauers, Dr. and Mrs. Sidney M. Cohen, Dr. Remo Dicenso, Betty Dumaine, Dr. Milton E. Erickson, Morris Ernst, Bernard Fensterwald, George Griffin, Col. Laird Guttersen, Dr. Paul Henshaw, Edward Hunter, Hon. Louis K. Lefkowitz, John MacDonald, V. R. Sanchez, Alan W. Sheftin, Dr. Edgar Schein, Mrs. E. D. Yeomans, and Col. Joseph H. Ziglinski.
I received a great deal of assistance from a number of researchers and writers around the world. Thanks to Chip Berlet, Nancy Bressler, Jeff Cohen, Loren Coleman, Richard Crowe, William Grimstad, Paul Hoch, L. Ron Hubbard, Larry Lee, Charles Maierson, John Marks, David McQueen, Sandra Meiersdorff, Janet Michaud, Beverly Ogden, George OToole, Richard Popkin, Jeff Quiros, William Stevenson, Scoop Sweeny, Harold Weisberg, David Williams, and Peter Watson.
Other valuable assistance was given by the following institutions and organizations: The Rare Books and Special Collections Division of Princeton University Library, Brain Mind Bulletin, Zodiac News Service, Freedom News Service, Pacific News Service, The Fifth Estate, Network Against Psychiatric Assault, The Assassination Information Bureau, American Society of Clinical Hypnosis, Sanity Now, Society for Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, Center for National Security Studies, Group for the Advancement of Psychiatry, and the National Technical Information Service.
My understanding of the intelligence community was molded by exchanges with a number of intelligence and military people. They shall remain nameless. Special overt
thanks to Colonel L. Fletcher Prouty, Michael Kradz and Alan Bell of Dektor Counterintelligence and Security, and Carl F. Boode of Desert Security. Tom Miller gave me much of his time and expertise, as Director of Research and citizens' counter-intelligence agent extraordinaire. He gave me research and editorial assistance and encouragement. Above and beyond the call he patiently listened to the vent of all my frustrations over a period of years. His interest in the subject never waned, and research for his own book
The Assassination Please Almanac (1977, Contemporary Books) uncovered leads
for this one. Kudos to Dr. Robert M. Thomson, Johanna Moore G., Martha Sowerwine, my mother Fenna, and my wife Peggy for their patience and support.
I owe a special debt of gratitude to Richard Condon, who gave me early encouragement and offered his valued commentary. And to my editors Wendy Broad and Cynthia Vartan who burned midnight oil to polish this manuscript.
Last and foremost I am indebted to my Enid High School journalism teacher, Miss Ruth Scott, who, twenty years ago, started me on the path of citizens' intelligence.
—Walter Bowart July 7, 1977 Tucson, Arizona
Contents
Foreword by Richard Condon 13
Chapter 1 The Cryptorian Candidate 19
Chapter 2 Only One Mind for My Country 27
Chapter 3 The Mind Laundry Myth 43
Chapter 4 Without Knowledge or Consent 59
Chapter 5 Pain-Drug Hypnosis 75
Chapter 6 The Guinea Pig Army 87
Chapter 7 The MKULTRANS 99
Chapter 8 The Mata Hari of Mind Control 115
Chapter 9 The Slaves Who Buried the Pharaoh .. 131
Chapter 10 Brave New World in a Skinner Box .. 151
Chapter 11 A School for Assassins 161
Chapter 12 The Four Faces of a Zombie 171
Chapter 13 The Lone Nuts 183
Chapter 14 The Ignored Confessions 197
Chapter 15 Another Hypno-Patsy?.... 205
Chapter 16 Confession by Automatic Writing 215
Chapter 17 The Patriotic Assassin 233
Chapter 18 Deep Probe 249
Chapter 19 From Bionic Woman to Stimulated Cat 261
Chapter 20 The Engines of Security 275
Appendix A Memorandum from Richard Helms to
J. Lee Rankin, Warren Commission
Document 1131 285
Appendix B List of Drugs Tested by the CIA 289
Notes 293
Bibliography 297
Index 311
Foreword
The father of Grock the clown, having had his legs broken in eight places by
His father for professional reasons, broke Grock's legs in eight places to be certain that the child would grow up walking grotesquely so as to ensure his eminence as a clown. The act brought much pain and indignity forever but, Grock's father reasoned, was there not a wholly justifiable element involved? Was not the clowning tradition immortally enhanced by those unnatural legs?
As demonstrated inescapably by Walter Bowart in this book, our Father who art in the American secret police has endowed hundreds of scientists at American universities to unravel methods for fracturing American minds. That this research in so many great halls of learning has exceeded a cost of untold secret millions of dollars (the only yardstick remaining by which we are willing to measure anything)
indicates that this Grockian entertainment being produced by our secret police is a matter of ambitious policy rather than the happenstance of cloak-and-dagger adventure.
In this book Walter Bowart has proven each step of this official, terminal, government anarchy, even though that appears to be a contradiction in terms. To alter and control human minds is the ultimate anarchy. What is offered by official apologists as a tribute to the needs of derring-do by romantic spies are acts of hatred and sadism against all people in an insane and degraded determination to extirpate conscience from society.
Walter Bowart underwent a long and expensive process to assemble the hard facts which comprise this book. Each document attesting to secret police intent had to be ferreted out of government archives by badgering persistence until, page by page, the information was released to him by his right under the Freedom of Information Act. The essence of that law seems to be that one need only write away to a federal agency for information about the general areas in which the citizen is interested. Not so. Walter Bowart needed to expend large sums of money to employ researchers in Washington and elsewhere in order to discover the precise name, number, and description of contents of each document toward which he was groping through black streams of informational darkness. Without this it would have been impossible to apply for the transfer of copies of these documents to himself for this book. He had to comb the United States for people from many walks of life who knew, vaguely remembered, or suspected that they had been under the mind control of secret police and military agencies, then had to backtrack again with information gleaned from them to labyrinthine research among thousands of federal archives.
Please keep fearfully in mind that the astonishing information published in this seminal work of investigative reporting, concerning avenues taken to decision and execution by our secret police to fracture or dissolve human minds, then to operate those minds as a small boy might operate a Yo-Yo, for purposes of counter-intelligence military "efficiency," and the destruction of democratic institutions, was drawn directly from federal records and from official laboratory archives of the highest educational purpose—as well as from the reviving memories of those who had already undergone the dehumanizing process.
The prostitution of the mind by our secret police preceded the murder of the mind. To attain the advanced techniques now available to "magnetic and attractive"political personalities, it was necessary to turn out the laboratories of science as a pimp turns out his heartless whores upon the winter streets; our hallowed educators, army and navy and air force commanders and personnel, the beloved medical profession, august and inspiring temples of the law, our esteemed statesmen, and all Americans living and dead. Each one of those groups is involved in this dismeni-bering of the mind. Taxes and the collective conscience make the urination of the secret police upon the human mind possible. "Brainwashing" per se is no news to any of us. Controlled assassins are not known to us only through fiction. Advertising assaults on behalf of poisonous mate- rials to induce us successfully to buy and consume are early on bastions of mind control.
No one—not anyone—needs theologians to answer the question: "Where does the soul live?" We know the soul lives in the mind because the soul is the mind in all of its unfathomably intricate individual conditioning. It is the mind of intent, of hope, of purpose, of achievement by the spirit beyond achievement by physical action. When
Grock's father broke his son's legs in eight places there may have been alarm, on the one hand, that a man could do such a calamitous thing to his son but, on the other, the
same people responded to Grock's genius to which those hopelessly deformed legs had contributed, and roared with laughter. That was the normal reaction when we were the audience and crazy-legs Grock was the clown. But Walter Bowart demonstrates to us in this book that we have become Grock. We are the spinning, hobbling, waddling clowns in the eyes of our vividly delineated secret police.
"Oh, no!" (Can you hear the outcry?) Oh, yes, writes Walter Bowart in this fearful record you now hold in your hands.
Apologists rush in, hired for all such occasions from everywhere, by the secret government crying out, "You are, as usual, like all of your exaggerating kind, making a mountain out of a molehill. While it may (or may not) be true that our secret police occasionally swing the sledge-hammer on little minds, it is (or is not) being done as a
patriotic act to protect our beloved people." They reel backward, hands clutching chests as the full realization seems to hit them. "My Godl Bowart
Cannot believe that our government of the people, by the people, and for the people would use such loathsome forces against citizens. If such research were done (or was not done) then it would be for purely abstract research reasons—for the expansion
of human knowledge."
Walter Bowart's book is also a freezing vision of the mutations of the aspirations of science. Scientists, educators, and their leaders, The Great Men, having stumbled
Upon the possibility of controlling the human mind, might well have withheld this knowledge from the secret police and brought it forward for all to share, would you not say? If the means are at hand actually to enter and control the mind—not through the far-off smoke signals of psychiatry and psychoanalysis—can we conceive of what might be found in terms of medical triumphs, the conquest of pain and of group hatreds, and mental energy released by unraveling the Gordian knots of mental perplexity to make one straight laser line that might then pierce the doubts and fears which beset each one of us? In terms of education light-years ahead of the educational means we presently employ, in basic and advanced learning of cultures, languages, and skills; in short, understanding each other across the face of the world, this development of Mind Control makes the invention of movable type seem like a
primordial grunt from the shadows of a rain forest lost in time.
What has been achieved by the secret police in relation to mind control is scrupulously set down in Walter Bowart's extraordinary book. The question the book puts is this: do you wish this immeasurably important technique to remain as a weapon to be used against you and your children by what Bowart calls the cryptocracy, or do you wish to use it as a universal key to unlock a thousand new
chances that your children will not be murdered in future wars?
In an epigraph to this book, Zbigniew Brzezinski measures the political probabilities of mind control use when he says, "exploiting the latest communications techniques to
manipulate emotion and control reason." Today our secret police and our military establishment have demonstrated, in Vietnam and elsewhere (examined by Bowart herein), the powers to create assassins out of our children. The expansion of these powers, which are able to turn young men and women into murderous criminals at will, goes on unchecked by the oft-called "investigative" press, by "moral" leaders at the bar, in the pulpits, in high government, and on campuses. Yet the people they call the public have long suspected that it has become government policy to control minds. If there is general information abroad on this subject, then consider that which must be at the disposal congressional investigating committees as they bugle their determination to control the powers of darkness within our secret police. Zombie is a quaint, old-fashioned folklore word but its meaning becomes obscene when our children's minds are being controlled by any one of dozens of federal secret police agencies. Have government agencies perfected methods sustained by the taxpayers to control the minds of the people who shot the Kennedys, Martin Luther King, and Orlando Letelier, the former Chilean economist and diplomat. Were the assassins programmed to forget they did it or were they programmed to do it? We may never
know for they stand bewildered, idiotically grinning for the cameras. Have the technicians developed a model Giant, Economy-Size Government Assassin which can easily be turned out by the thousands?
The murders of a few hundred humans by a few hundred other humans is commonplace enough but, for the flavor of horror and terror, of endless nightmare rampant upon a landscape of what was once American democracy, consider
this expansion of the Brzezinski epigraph which cannot be repeated often enough: "In the techtronic society the trend would seem to be toward the aggregation of the individual support of millions of uncoordinated citizens, easily within
the reach of magnetic and attractive personalities, effectively exploiting the latest communications techniques to manipulate emotion and control reason."
The threatening state of American political leadership over the last fifteen years may seem to murmur that the magnetic and attractive personalities" might rather not resist the destruction of democratic institutions by "effectively exploiting" these shocking gains into the control of minds.
It might even be wise to consider Walter Bowart's real evidence herein, then to do what we can to protect ourselves if that proud right, with the love of freedom, has not been atrophied by "the latest communications techniques."
There is an alternative.
We can all forever more be transformed into the image of Grock the clown.
Richard Condon Kilmoganny, Ireland
31 May 1977
Chapter One
THE CRYPTORIAN CANDIDATE
It may have been the biggest story since the atom bomb.
The headline, however, was small and ignored the larger issue. "Drug Tests by CIA Held More Extensive Than Reported in '75," said the New York Times on July 16, 1977.
What it should have said is "U.S. Develops Invisible Weapons to Enslave Mankind."
The testing of drugs by the CIA was just a part of the United States government's top-secret mind-control project, a project which had spanned thirty-five years and had
involved tens of thousands of individuals. It involved techniques of hypnosis, narco-hypnosis, electronic brain stimu-lation, behavioral effects of ultrasonic, microwave, and low-frequency sound, aversive and other behavior modifi-
cation therapies. In fact, there was virtually no aspect of human behavioral control that was not explored in their search for the means to control the memory and will of
both individuals and whole masses of people.
The CIA succeeded in developing a whole range of psycho-weapons to expand its already ominous psychological warfare arsenal. With these capabilities, it was now possible to wage a new kind of war—a war which would take place invisibly, upon the battlefield of the human mind.
"Literature always anticipates life," Oscar Wilde said. "It does not copy it, but molds it to its purpose." By Wilde's definition, then, Richard Condon's The Manchurian Candidate is literature.
Condon published his tour de force in 1958. It was the story of an American Army sergeant who was captured by the enemy during the Korean conflict and, in an improbable nine days, was hypno-programmed to murder on cue.
The sergeant returned to the United States and was posthypnotically triggered to kill by the sight of the queen of diamonds in a deck of cards. The sergeant automatically
killed several people, among them a candidate for President of the United States. After he killed, his memory of the event was forever sealed by amnesia.
At the time The Manchurian Candidate was published, few people in the world, Richard Condon included, knew that total control of the mind was possible. Condon was writing fiction; he had merely read up on popular Pavlovian conditioning manuals and imagined the rest. He had no way of knowing then that mind control had already been the subject of eighteen years of secret research within
the clandestine agencies of the U.S. government. The tricks of mind control he described were later employed (right down to the queen of diamonds cue) by the programmers of real political assassins who developed foolproof techniques for the control of thought, memory, emotions, and behavior.
The Manchurian Candidate brought the idea of "brainwashing" to public consciousness. Brainwashing is the use of isolation, deprivation, torture, and indoctrination to break the human will. But what the book actually described was something more than brainwashing. It was mind control: a total takeover of an individual's mind by someone else. The someone else in Condon's version was a
mad Chinese psycho-scientist. Always the satirist, Condon brought the Fu Manchu myth up to date. But, ironically, the techniques he described were first perfected and used not by the Chinese or the Communists, but by the United States.
Condon's portrait of POWs during the Korean conflict went against the accepted scientific and medical opinion of the time, which held that a man could not be made to commit a criminal act against his own will or inner moral code by any known means. Although Condon's book was not completely on target about the details of GI mind control, he did accurately describe some of the motives, coercive methodology, and psychological results of real-life mind control.
The psychological techniques described in The Manchurian Candidate were to become a reality less than a decade after Condon saw his story set in type. As if Condon's fiction had been used as the blueprint, a group of hypno-programmed "zombies" were created. Some were assassins prepared to kill on cue. Others were informers, made to remember minute details under hypnosis. Couriers carried illegal messages outside the chain of command, their secrets secured behind posthypnotic blocks. Knowledge of secret information was removed from the minds of those who no longer had the "need to know"—they were given posthypnotic amnesia.
The ordinary foot soldiers who fought in the dirty, teleised Vietnam conflict were released to civilian life without debriefing. For them there was no "decompression" from the rage of war. They were released with all the reflexes of trained assassins intact.
Those who had been conditioned in the black science of the war of torture, terror, and technology were debriefed with special attention. Their memories were so completely
erased before they were turned out of the military that they returned to civilian life with only the minimum, fragmented knowledge of who they were or what they had done. The rest of their memories had been smudged or removed by drugs, hypnosis, behavior modification, conditioned reflex therapy, or some other evil wonder of mind control.
I encountered my first case of mind control in the midst of the Watergate scandal. A young man I'd known since childhood had returned from a tour of duty in the U.S. Air
Force, with amnesia, remembering nothing of his service years, except having had a good time. He subsequently learned, through intensive private psychotherapy, that he'd been hypnotized and conditioned. His mind had been unmade, then remade: his mind had been controlled.
I was completely fascinated by his story, but naturally, in 1973, I thought it was an isolated, single event. Then, quite by accident, a few months later, I overheard another man in my hometown telling what was essentially the same story: how he figured he'd been hypnotized and had his memory erased at a "debriefing" prior to his separation
from military service.
After hearing the second story I began to wonder how many more men had had their memories erased. I decided to run the following classified ad: "Researcher/writer in-
terested in contacting anyone with knowledge of the use of hypnosis by the military, including ex-servicemen who have reason to believe they were hypnotized (or drugged) while in the service and subsequently exhibited signs of amnesia or hypermnesia (improved memory). All info held in strictest confidence . . ."
I placed the ad in Soldier of Fortune (a magazine which reports on the activities of mercenaries), a number of small publications aimed at hypnotists, behaviorists, neurologists, and other professionals, and popular magazines such as
Rolling Stone.
To my amazement, I received more than a hundred replies to the ad. Many stated that they had amnesia.
Ignoring the obvious crank letters, I followed up on the others and discovered that many men were unable to say just what had caused their loss of memory. In some cases, it was obviously a result of the trauma of war—what came to be called "the post-Vietnam syndrome." So I concentrated on those who had not seen combat but who either had high security clearances or were employed at the periphery of the intelligence services.
Letter and telephone exchanges narrowed the field down to eighteen persons who fit the pattern of the first two men who had reported their amnesia to me. All eighteen had had security clearances—and could only recall isolated events from their GI experience. I narrowed the field still further to those who remembered enough to have at least some idea, however fragmentary and incomplete, of what had happened to them.
Their stories were believable, but they shed little light on how amnesia had been induced and what behavior had been controlled. To answer those deeper questions I went to the libraries, and after two years of research I was able to find enough scientific reports and government documents to tell the whole story of what I call Operation Mind Control.
Though the documented trail of mind control extends back many decades, it was not always called by that name.
The church and the state have always engaged in psychotheology and psycho-politics, the psychological manipulation of belief, opinion, and actions for political and/or religious ends. But the complete control of the human mind was only managed in the late 1940s. Therefore, my research is concentrated on the period from 1938 to the present, the period during which I found there was an effort made by the agencies of the U.S. government to develop sophisticated techniques of psycho-politics and mind control.
The objective of Operation Mind Control during this period has been to take human beings, both citizens of the United States and citizens of friendly and unfriendly nations, and transform them into unthinking, subconsciously programmed "zombies," motivated without their knowledge and against their wills to perform in a variety of ways in which they would not otherwise willingly perform. This is accomplished through the use of various techniques called by various names, including brainwashing, thought reform, behavior modification, hypnosis, and conditioned reflex therapy. For the purposes of this book the term "mind control" will be used to describe these techniques generically.
* Mind control is the most terrible imaginable crime because it is committed not against the body, but against the mind and the soul. Dr. Joost A. M. Meerloo expresses the attitude of the majority of psychologists in calling it "mind rape," and warns that it poses a great "danger of destruction of the spirit" which can be "compared to the threat of total physical destruction . . ."
Development of mind control was accomplished largely through the efforts of individual psychologists, psychiatrists, and chemists, working in isolated conditions under government contract. Each researcher or research team was allowed to know only what he or she needed to know to accomplish bis or her fragment of the research or testing.
* Various meditation groups use the words "mind control" to describe meditation, contemplation, and self-hypnosis; all these are usually harmless if not beneficial practices. These techniques might more properly be called "mind
Self -control," for the individuals who use them seek control over their
Own minds and bodies to obtain desired effects. The mind control examined in this book is the control of one individual's mind by another.
https://www.wsj.com/articles/SB1001546348608890000
SPECIAL REPORT: AFTERMATH OF TERROR
Bin Laden Family Could Profit From a
Jump In Defense Spending Due to Ties to U.S. Bank
By
Daniel Golden, James Bandler and
Marcus WalkerStaff Reporters of The Wall Street Journal
Updated Sept. 27, 2001 12:01 a.m. ET
If the U.S. boosts defense spending in its quest to stop Osama bin Laden's alleged terrorist activities, there may be one unexpected beneficiary: Mr. bin Laden's family.
Among its far-flung business interests, the well-heeled Saudi Arabian clan -- which says it is estranged from Osama -- is an investor in a fund established by Carlyle Group, a well-connected Washington merchant bank specializing in buyouts of defense and aerospace companies.
Through this investment and its ties to Saudi royalty, the bin Laden family has become acquainted with some of the biggest names in the Republican Party. In recent years, former President Bush, ex-Secretary of State James Baker and ex-Secretary of Defense Frank Carlucci have made the pilgrimage to the bin Laden family's headquarters in Jeddah, Saudi Arabia. Mr. Bush makes speeches on behalf of Carlyle Group and is senior adviser to its Asian Partners fund, while Mr. Baker is its senior counselor. Mr. Carlucci is the group's chairman.
Osama is one of more than 50 children of Mohammed bin Laden, who built the family's $5 billion business, Saudi Binladin Group, largely with construction contracts from the Saudi government. Osama worked briefly in the business and is believed to have inherited as much as $50 million from his father in cash and stock, although he doesn't have access to the shares, a family spokesman says. Because his Saudi citizenship was revoked in 1994, Mr. bin Laden is ineligible to own assets in the kingdom, the spokesman added.
The bin Laden family has long disavowed Osama, and has cooperated fully with several federal investigations into his activities. The family business, headed by Osama's half-brother Bakr, epitomizes the U.S.-Saudi alliance that the suspected terrorist often rails against. After the 1996 truck bombing in Dhahran, Saudi Arabia, that killed 19 U.S. servicemen, Saudi Binladin Group built military barracks and airfields for U.S. troops.
But the Federal Bureau of Investigation has issued subpoenas to banks used by the bin Laden family seeking records of family dealings, a person familiar with the matter said. This person said the subpoenas weren't an indication the FBI had found any suspicious behavior by the family. A family spokesman said he had no knowledge of the subpoenas but that the family welcomes them and has nothing to hide.
People familiar with the family's finances say the bin Ladens do much of their banking with National Commercial Bank in Saudi Arabia and with the London branch of Deutsche BankAG . They also use Citigroup Inc. and ABN Amro , the people said.
"If there were ever any company closely connected to the U.S. and its presence in Saudi Arabia, it's the Saudi Binladin Group," says Charles Freeman, president of the Middle East Policy Council, a Washington nonprofit concern that receives tens of thousands of dollars a year from the bin Laden family. "They're the establishment that Osama's trying to overthrow."
Mr. Freeman, who served as U.S. ambassador to Saudi Arabia during the Gulf War, says he has spoken to two of Osama's brothers since hijacked airplanes rammed the World Trade Center and the Pentagon on Sept. 11. They told him, he says, that the FBI has been "remarkably sensitive, tactful and protective" of the family during the current crisis, recognizing its longstanding friendship with the U.S.
A Carlyle executive said the bin Laden family committed $2 million through a London investment arm in 1995 in Carlyle Partners II Fund, which raised $1.3 billion overall. The fund has purchased several aerospace companies among 29 deals. So far, the family has received $1.3 million back in completed investments and should ultimately realize a 40% annualized rate of return, the Carlyle executive said.
But a foreign financier with ties to the bin Laden family says the family's overall investment with Carlyle is considerably larger. He called the $2 million merely an initial contribution. "It's like plowing a field," this person said. "You seed it once. You plow it, and then you reseed it again."
The Carlyle executive added that he would think twice before accepting any future investments by the bin Ladens. "The situation's changed now," he said. "I don't want to spend my life talking to reporters."
A U.S. inquiry into bin Laden family business dealings could brush against some big names associated with the U.S. government. Former President Bush said through his chief of staff, Jean Becker, that he recalled only one meeting with the bin Laden family, which took place in November1998. Ms. Becker confirmed that there was a second meeting in January 2000, after being read the ex-president's subsequent thank-you note. "President Bush does not have a relationship with the bin Laden family," says Ms. Becker. "He's met them twice."
Mr. Baker visited the bin Laden family in both 1998 and 1999, according to people close to the family. In the second trip, he travelled on a family plane. Mr. Baker declined comment, as did Mr. Carlucci, a past chairman of Nortel Networks Corp., which has partnered with Saudi Binladin Group on telecommunications ventures.
Former President Carter met with 10 of Osama's brothers early in 2000 on a fund-raising trip for the Carter Center in Atlanta. According to John Hardman, executive director of the center, the brothers told Mr. Carter that Osama was completely removed from the family. After Mr. Carter and his wife followed up with breakfast with Bakr bin Laden in New York in September 2000, the bin Laden family gave $200,000 to the center. "We don't have any reason to think there's a connection" between Osama and the rest of the family, Mr. Hardman says.
During the past several years, the family's close ties to the Saudi royal family prompted executives and staff from closely held New York publisher Forbes Inc. to make two trips to the family headquarters, according to Forbes Chairman Caspar Weinberger, a former U.S. secretary of defense in the Reagan administration. "We would call on them to get their view of the country and what would be of interest to investors."
Mr. Weinberger said no trips to Saudi Arabia were planned. "If we went," he said, "we may or may not call upon them. I don't think the sins of the son should be visited on the father or the brother and the cousins and the aunts."
There is no indication President George W. Bush has met any of the bin Ladens, but he was indirectly linked to one of them two decades ago. His longtime friend James W. Bath, who met Mr. Bush when they were both pilots in the Air National Guard, acted as a Texas business representative for Osama's older brother, Salem bin Laden, from 1976 to 1988, when Salem died in a plane crash. Mr. Bath brought real-estate acquisitions and other deals to Salem bin Laden, an ebullient man who headed the family construction business. Mr. Bath generally received a 5% interest as his fee, and was sometimes listed as a trustee in related corporate documents. Mr. Bath acknowledged that during the same period he invested $50,000 in two funds controlled by Mr. Bush but said that stake was unrelated to his dealings with Mr. bin Laden.
Among the properties that Salem bin Laden bought on Mr. Bath's recommendation was the Houston Gulf Airport, a lightly used airfield in League City, Texas, 25 miles east of Houston. But Mr. bin Laden's hope that it would develop a major overflow airport for Houston never materialized, in part due to concern over wetlands. Ever since his death, his estate has sought to sell the airfield -- without success. Today, it is still on the market.
Write to Daniel Golden at dan.golden@wsj.com, James Bandler at james.bandler@wsj.comand Marcus Walker at marcus.walker@wsj.com
https://www.democraticunderground.com/discuss/duboard.php?az=view_all&address=104x3234845
Octafish
James R Bath Links Bush and BFEE to House of Bin Laden (PROOF)
Edited on Mon Mar-07-05 06:21 PM by Octafish
Back when George W was defendin' Texas from the Air Force of North Vietnam, he met a man by the name of James R Bath. They both were drummed off the flight line for failing to take physical exams -- coincidently, I'm sure, right about the same time the government starting testing pilots for illegal drugs.
Here's the document:
Here's the document James R Bath signed to be the official US business agent of the bin Laden family. Neet, huh?
Here's the document James R Bath signed to be the official US business agent of the bin Laden family. Neet, huh?
Here's a great, fair-and-balanced in the best sense of the phrase, article:
Mystery man
Why the White House deleted the name of Bush pal and Saudi go-between James Bath from the president's military records is a tantalizing but unanswered question.
By Craig Unger
April 27, 2004 | Last month, before the 9/11 commission began its public hearings and Iraq exploded in renewed warfare, the White House tried to quell a gathering storm regarding President Bush's military service, releasing hundreds of documents about Bush's tenure in the Texas Air National Guard some 30 years ago. A close examination of the documents reveals that they not only fail to answer lingering questions about Bush's service but prompt a crucial new area of inquiry that could play a role in the presidential campaign -- a long and lucrative, but low-profile, relationship between Saudis and the Bush family that goes back 30 years.
The document that raises that question is dated Sept. 29, 1972, and notes that 1st Lt. George W. Bush was suspended from flying because of his "failure to accomplishannual medical examination." Since he had just received hundreds of thousands of dollars' worth of training as a jet fighter pilot, the fact that Bush let his medical certification lapse raises a troubling matter. Why did he allow himself to become ineligible to fly when he still had two years of service left? Given that random drug testing by the military had just started, some have suggested that Bush had not yet given up his partying ways and may have begged off because he had a substance abuse problem.
The records released by the White House last month fail to answer that question, but they do add one compelling fact to the story -- namely, that Bush was not the only man in his unit to be suspended for failing to take the physical, and that someone else at Ellington Air Force Base in Houston was suspended for exactly the same reason at almost the same time. However, in the documents, the second man's name was inexplicably redacted -- raising new questions.
Throughout the reams of documents released by the administration, standard practice was to allow each National Guardsman's name to be printed in full. Why did the White House make an exception in this case? Why would the Bush administration want to make sure this name in particular did not make it into the public eye?
The White House declined to answer these questions. However, the same document that was redacted by the White House had been the subject of a Freedom of Information Act request filed by Marty Heldt, who was investigating the story before the 2000 presidential election. In the same document that the White House selectively censored for release to the public, the name of the man who was also suspended with Bush is clearly printed. His name: James R. Bath.
CONTINUED...(worth wading through the commercial to retrieve)...
http://www.salon.com/news/feature/2004/04/27/james_bath /
Anyone seen Mr. Bath lately? Hope his health is holding up, seeing what happens to those who know too much about the BFEE and all.
EDIT: Sexed up title (PROOF)!
DeepModem Mom
1. I think Bath is okay, as he seems to have disappeared himself..
and has disclosed nothing. God knows what the man could tell, if he chose to talk.
Octafish
2. If we had an honest government, Bath'd be in a Witness Protection program.
Drugs, money-laundering, the Caymans...What's not to like?
Connecting the Dots: Bush...Bath...bin Laden.
EXCERPT...
However, Bill White also told Jonathan Beaty that Bath had been investigated by the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA) while the two were partners, adding "the DEA suspected Bath was using his planes to fly currency to the Cayman Islands, although they didn't know why, since drugs didn't seem to be involved." Curiously, the probe ended.
Media interest may increase now, however, as Federal Reserve financial records are likely to be subpoenaed by Ron Motley and the 9/11victim families, detailing the inordinate amount of currency that passed through Mahfouz's small Houston, Texas bank -- and the curiously indulgent investigation of Bath and the Federal Reserve by the DEA.
Even to the uninitiated, the Caymans are synonymous with corruption and circumvention of the law. Thus it will fall to court depositions, subpoenas, and political pressure from 9/11 victim families to question why stacks of U.S. currency from the Federal Reserve Bank were flown into the Caymans by Saudi-backed representatives like James Bath -- friend to the President`s son -- let alone where the cash went, whether is was looted from the U.S. Treasury via Federal Reserve fiscal maneuverings, and to what extent the practice continues -- given current world terrorism.
Evidence points toward such "tax havens" as financial conduits for September 11 terrorism -- not just money-laundering refuges for current corporate wrongdoing, drug lords, organized crime, and those seeking to avoid a voracious U.S. tax system.
Michigan Senator Carl Levin's February, 2001 Minority Banking Report calls correspondent banking the "gateway to money laundering," a financial technique wherein illicit money is moved from bank to bank with no questions asked, thereby cleansing funds prior to being used for legitimate purposes.
CONTINUED...
http://www.ratical.org/ratville/CAH/Mahfouz.html
Alfredo
3. I think he is living in Kuwait
or Saudi Arabia.
seemslikeadream
4. A BATH ALWAYS COMES IN HANDY
Does George W. Bush Have Something To Hide?
Mahfouz’s past also includes business dealings with George W. Bush, having invested $50,000 in the younger Bush’s first company, Arbusto Energy, through his U.S. representative James R. Bath, an aircraft broker and friend of Mr. Bush from their days together in the Texas Air National Guard. (Wall Street Journal (WSJ), “Vetting the Frontrunners: From Oil to Baseball to the Governor’s Mansion,” 9-28-1999)
Legal papers regarding Bath's contested divorce listed one of his assets as a $50,000 investment in Arbusto Oil -- Bush's first company. Moreover, Bath's business partner said he had no substantial money of his own at the time he made the Arbusto investment, implying that Bath received the money from someone else: "Most of Bath's investments....were really fronts for Mahfouz and other Saudis connected with the Bank of Credit and Commerce (BCCI)." (The Outlaw Bank: A Wild Ride Into the Secret Heart of BCCI, Random House, Beaty & Gwynne, 1993, page 229.)
Award-winning author and journalist at the Houston Chronicle and “The Economist,” Peter Brewton, consulted James R. Bath’s resume and wrote that in early summer 1976 Bath received a huge business break:
“Bath was named a trustee for Sheikh Salem bin Laden of Saudi Arabia , a member of the family that owns the largest construction company in the Middle East. Bath’s job was to handle all of bin Laden’s North American investments and operations.” ( The Mafia, CIA, and George Bush, Shapolsky Book Pub., 1992)
Shortly thereafter, Bath also began working for billionaire Sheikh Mahfouz, NCB banker for Saudi billionaire financier Abdullah Bakhsh. Meanwhile, George Junior’s failing Arbusto company was renamed Bush Exploration -- hoping to trade on his father‘s increasing importance; however, it was soon merged with Spectrum 7 Energy, as oil prices were collapsing.
While hard times continued for Spectrum, in 1988 Harken Energy Corporation absorbed the company, according to WSJ. And in return for adding the famous Bush name as a corporate asset, Texas-based Harken in effect bailed out the future president’s failing fortunes with generous stock options, a salaried seat on Harken’s board of directors, low-interest loans, and other helpful perks. < Harken Energy: George W.‘s Perfect Storm, 7-15-2002 -- http://www.scoop.co.nz/mason/stories/HL0207/S00104.htm >
Octafish
7. Bush, Bath, BCCI and the Caymans
Where the loot went…
Follow the Money: The Bush-bin Laden Connection
President Bush's September 2001 address to the American people will live on in infamy. In it, Bush roused the American people to a "war on terrorism," which was to consist of rooting out the financial sources of support for terrorist activities. A global effort ensued in the following weeks. Bush then signed an executive order freezing the financial assets of several alleged charities reputed to be "fronts" for the al-Qaida network. According to a report by Christopher Byron dated 9/24/01 entitled "Terrorists, dollars and a tangled web", however, one glitch got ahead of Bush's fanaticism: following this money trail would require investigators to "probe deep into the offshore activities of America's mightiest banks and the financial affairs of many of America's leading public figures," including George W. and George H.W. Bush. It all starts with the Bank for Credit & Commerce International, now infamous as the "BCCI Scandal." The BCCI, with its main offices in London and New York, was bankrolled by Saudi Arabian money handlers. The BCCI was engaged in widespread bribery of officials in Europe, Africa, Asia and the Americas; its criminal activities touched nearly every country on Earth. According to Byron, the BCCI "laundered money on a global scale, intimidated witnesses and law enforcement authorities, engaged in extortion and blackmail; supplied the financing for illegal arms trafficking and global terrorism; financed and facilitated income tax evasion, smuggling and prostitution." As Byron also explains, BCCI operated via secrecy through various front organizations, and "penetrated the top-most echelons of American business, co-opting and exploiting many of the most visible and influential public figures in America."
The tentacles of BCCI began to touch George W. Bush when he sold his young, struggling oil company to Harken Energy. This, according to Byron, "set in motion a chain of events that wound up entangling Bush, briefly but awkwardly, in the affairs of not just BCCI but of the bin Laden family itself." Specifically, what is the bin Laden connection?
James Bath, one of Bush's original partners in his oil company, had contacts in the Middle East. According to Byron, Bath was named in a 1976 trust document as the business representative for Salem bin Laden, Osama bin Laden's half-brother, who was killed in a private plane crash in Texas in 1988. William White has claimed that Bath was involved in a secret conspiracy to funnel Saudi money into the U.S., and that since 1976-the year Bush Sr. became head of the CIA-Bath had worked as a CIA liaison to Saudi Arabia. White has made the claim, which Bath denies, that "Bath ran an aviation business and obtained several aircraft from the CIA."
As Byron reports, Bath did run Skyway Aircraft Leasing Ltd., an aviation business based in the Cayman Islands, which was owned by Saudi banker Khalid bin Mahfouz. In 1977, bin Mahfouz joined up with Saudi front man for BCCI, Ghaith Pharaon, and became an investor in the Main Bank of Houston, in which Bath also held a stake.
CONTINUED...
http://www.paranoiamagazine.com/followmoney.html
FreedomAngel82
11. So disgusting
12. Don't forget that the day 9/11 happened Bush41 and the BinLaden family were in the same room watching the event happening. Then they let the BinLaden family get away. Now Hmmmm. And for some reason Bush has been talking about him again which is very strange
Octafish
15. Blood is thicker than water. Oil must be thicker than blood.
Otherwise someone would arrest these traitors.
SOMETHING SMELLS IN DC
Written by: Richard Shaffer
Possibly the only private airplane flying in US air space after the 9/11 crimes against humanity, was a Saudi Arabian private jet picking up members of the bin Laden family who were scattered around the country. It flew from Los Angeles,to Orlando, to Washington, and finally to Boston. When the FAA permitted overseas flights, the jet flew to Europe.
This raises a question. What is the relationship between the bin Laden family and the Bush family? George Bush senior has been a houseguest of the bin Ladens when he visited Saudi Arabia. Not only that, the bin Laden family was heavily invested in the Washington based Carlisle Group with huge interests in defense contracting. The names that crop up in connection with the Carlisle Group are George Bush senior, James Baker, and former British Prime Minister John Major. The chairman of the Carlisle Group is Frank Carlucci, a former Secretary of Defense, and associate of Donald Rumsfeld. There are too many connections to be overlooked.
It is odd that the Bin Laden family should be profiting in the war that is allegedly being waged against Osama. The Bush family is reaping millions in profits through the Carlisle Group, in direct relationship to the alleged War on Terror, which has been initiated by Bush the Younger? There are some obvious conflicts of interest.
The Unocal Pipeline, a 1,005 mile oil pipeline through Afghanistan and Pakistan. As late as August of 2001, just prior to the 9/11 crimes against humanity, the Bush administration was negotiating with the Taliban, trying to establish stability that would allow American oil ventures to proceed safely. At the receiving end of the pipeline is Ken Lay and the ubiquitous Enron. At the other end is the Taliban, whom the Bush Administration had given $43 Million supposedly to eradicate opium-poppy cultivation. In the book Bin Laden: the Forbidden Truth by Jean-Charles Brisard and Guillaume Dasique it is claimed that the threat "we'll either carpet you with gold or carpet you with bombs." was bantered about. If this is true, doesn't it illuminate why the US attacked Afghanistan rather than Saudi Arabia, where most of the alleged terrorists came from? The Unocal pipeline brings up more names. Halliburton, the pipeline construction firm would be a huge benefactor. Halliburton was once headed by Dick Cheney, and was also a generous contributor to the Bush-Cheney campaign. Lawrence Lindsey, a Bush economic adviser, has been an Enron consultant. Bush has appointed Zalmay Khalilzad as his special envoy to Afghanistan is a former Unocal consultant, and Hamid Karzai, Afghanistan's interim leader was also a Unocal consultant. There are too many connections to be coincidental.
CONTINUED...
http://www.wordsasweapons.com/warconnections.htm
seemslikeadream
Edited on Mon Mar-07-05 07:03 PM by seemslikeadream
“A Multigenerational Family of Fibbers” – Fmr. Top Republican Strategist Examines the History of the Bush Family
So, what you have in here was just an enormous patchwork of lies and fake-outs and deceits, and, as this became known better by people in 1991 and ‘92, it became an enormous problem for Bush. I would say that the average American didn't know all about it, but enough people knew, and Bill Safire, that notorious left-wing columnist for The New York Times, he was so disgusted with Bush, he wrote a column saying how he couldn't endorse him and couldn't vote for him in 1992 because of this. There you have a succession of three scandals involving the first Bush president in the Middle East.
Now we jump to a dual scandal that sort of picks up the continuity of generations. This is the Bushes, BCCI and the bin Ladens. Now, they go back. That's the thing. You wouldn't think that they do, but they do. In the 1970's, when George Sr. was the C.I.A director, part of what he did, to watch for developments in the Middle East and the oil industry, involved enlisting as a C.I.A. asset a fellow named James Bath. This is reported in a book by two Time magazine correspondents. Enlisted James Bath, who was the North American representative of two Saudi families -- the family of Khalid bin Mafus, and the bin Laden family. But this was Salem bin Laden. Nobody knew about Osama at that time.
Then after his father was in the C.I.A., he leaves. He does his banking and has his Middle East connections, but George W., at this point, is establishing his famous first oil firm. This is Arbusto. Arbusto is Spanish for shrub. I don't think he knew at the time shrub was going to be a nickname. It was Bush, obviously. So, it turns out as they're raising money for the firm, he gets $50,000 from James Bath, the North American representative of the bin Ladens and the bin Mafuses. According to the book by the two people from Time, they're sure that Bath didn't use his own money, he used the money of his two client families in Saudi Arabia. So, that's the first connection that brings the bin Ladens into the Bush orbit.
more
http://www.peacehost.net/PacifistNation/fibbers.htm
In 1976, he nominated another expert in air transportation, James Bath, as his trustee. As Pete Brewton, Texas' most informed investigative journalist, put it: " Bath got a huge break. He was named as a trustee for Sheikh Salem bin Laden of Saudi Arabia, a member of the family that owns the largest construction company in the Middle East. Bath's job was to handle all of bin Laden's North America investments and operations."
Bath was an aircraft broker in Houston, a businessman involved in several private air cargo companies. Apparently, the relation with Salem bin Laden coincided with an escalation of his activities. He bought several planes from Air America, the company reputed to be an intelligence front, and in 1979, became the partner of George W. Bush. Bush's father, the future President, had only recently completed a brief stint in 1976-77, as director of the Central Intelligence Agency. In 1979, Bath became George W. Bush's partner in an oil company called Arbusto (Spanish for "bush").
As the Progressive Review explained in 1992, "In 1979, George W. Bush begins operations of his oil firm, Arbusto Energy. He assembles several dozen investors in a limited partnership including Dorothy Bush, Lewis Lehrman, William Draper, and James Bath, a Houston aircraft broker who bought several planes from Air America, a CIA front. Bath's firm appears to be owned by Saudi investors. He also was a part-owner of a Houston's Main Bank, along with a couple of BCCI figures."
Also interesting is another Texas account of this story by Jerry Urban in the Houston Chronicle, June 4, 1992. "The Financial Crimes Enforcement Network—known as Fin CEN—and the FBI are reviewing accusations that entrepreneur James R. Bath guided money to Houston from Saudi investors who wanted to influence U.S. policy under the Reagan and Bush Administrations, sources close to the investigations say....
"According to <bath's former="" real="" estate="" business="" associate="" bill="">White, Bath told him that he had assisted the CIA in a liaison role with Saudi Arabia since 1976. Bath has previously denied having worked for the CIA.... Bath received a 5% interest in the companies that own and operate Houston Gulf Airport after purchasing it on behalf of bin Laden in 1977."
Salem bin Laden died in a 1988 plane crash. Bin Laden Aviation was immediately dissolved. The PBS Frontline web page, in its report entitled "Origins of the bin Laden Family," said that "Salem bin Laden's accidental death revived some speculation that he might have been 'eliminated' as an 'embarrassing witness.' "
http://www.larouchepub.com/other/2001/2824_kla_drugs.ht.
Karenina
6. Kick!
Octafish
8. Poppy helped Jimbo earn his button.
COMMENTS OF KEVIN PHILLIPS
author of American Dynasty: Aristocracy, Fortune and the Politics of Deceit in the House of Bush
March 1, 2004
EXCERPT...
The unfortunate corollary is that over forty years, the last two generations of Bushes, in particular, have developed a web of personal, business, financial and corporate ties to the ruling elites in Saudi Arabia and the Persian Gulf. The conflict of interest is that it’s often hard to know where Bush policies end and where Bush clan personal and business connections begin.
Potentially the most important of these involves the bin Laden family, which brings me to my fourth and last point. In 1976, 28 years ago, George Bush, as CIA director, enlisted a Texas businessman, James Bath, as a CIA asset. Bath had just become the North American representative for two rich Saudi families, the bin Mahfouzes and bin Ladens. Bush Senior wanted Bath to keep him posted. After Bush Senior left the CIA, Bath helped to finance the start-up of George W. Bush’s “Arbusto” oil business, supposedly using Saudi money, partly bin-Laden’s. In the 1990s, the paths of the Bushes and bin Ladens crossed again when Bush Senior and the bin Ladens were both financially involved in the famous Carlyle Group. One of the Carlyle subsidiary companies helped to train the Saudi special police, so it may be that Osama bin Laden, the multimillionaire family black sheep who turned terrorist in the 1990s, was partly radicalized by the Saudi-Washington collusion.
We don’t know what effect these relationships had on the causes or investigations of 9/11. But one reason we don’t know is that the major national media have by and large not pursued the Bush-bin Laden family ties. The public’s right to know, once a war cry of the Washington newsroom, seems to be yesterday’s trumpet, not today’s.
SOURCE:
http://www.americandynasty.net/harvard.htm
Thank goodness for Kevin Phillips
Octafish
19. CBC - Conspiracy Theories.
Simple, no?
CONSPIRACY OR COINCIDENCE?
Is it a conspiracy or a coincidence? There is a long and tangled history between the Bush family and the elite of Saudi Arabia.
There are many business and connections between the Bush family and the elite of Saudi Arabia.
It begins in the 1970's in Houston, Texas, when George W. Bush was just starting out in his family's two businesses of politics and oil. The powerful - and very rich - Bin Laden family helped fund his first venture into oil.
The cozy friendship continued for decades. After a terrorist attack at a barracks in Saudi Arabia which killed 19 Americans, the bin Laden family received a multi-billion dollar contract to re-build. And incredibly, George Bush Sr. was in a business meeting at the Ritz Carlton Hotel in Washington on the morning of September 11th with one of Osama Bin Laden's brothers.
Below is a timeline that details the relationship between the Bin Laden and Bush families that culminates in the tragic events of September 11th.
1968
George W. Bush joins the Texas Air National Guard, a coveted position that ensures he doesn’t have to serve in Vietnam. While a member of the Guard, Bush meets and befriends Jim Bath, a former Air Force pilot and budding entrepreneur.
CONTINUED...
http://www.cbc.ca/fifth/conspiracytheories/saudi.html
seemslikeadream
20. White claimed Bath was involved in secret conspiracy to funnel Saudi money
Bush’s third oil firm, Harken Energy, was operated by Alan Quasha, a New York lawyer who was also a Republican Party fundraiser. Sheikh Abdullah Bahksh of Saudi Arabia, a 16 percent shareholder in Harken Energy. He was represented by a Palestinian-born Chicago investor named Talat Othman, who served with George W. Bush on the board of Harken Energy. (Beaty, Jonathan and Gwynne, The Outlaw Bank: A Wild Ride into the Secret Heart of BCCI, New York: Random House, 1993; Judicial Watch: Bush/Bin Laden Connection, October 6, 2001)
Mahfouz and other Saudis attempted to transfer $3 million to various Bin Laden front operations in Saudi Arabia in 1999. Saudi officials stopped Mahfouz from contributing money directly to Bin Laden. (Wayne Madsen, In These Times)
Also in 1970s, Charles W. “Bill†White, a former Annapolis graduate and United States Navy pilot, became part of the Bush-White-Bin Laden connection. Bath hired White as his partner in his real estate firm. Bush used Bath to funnel money from Osama Bin Laden’s rich father, Sheikh Bin Laden, to set up Arbusto Energy. Bath went on to make a fortune by investing money for Mahfouz and Sheikh Bin Laden. (Beaty, Jonathan and Gwynne, The Outlaw Bank: A Wild Ride Into the Secret Heart of BCCI, New York: Random House, 1993; Judicial Watch: Bush/Bin Laden Connection, October 6, 2001)
In sworn depositions, Bath said he represented four prominent Saudis as a trustee, one of whom was Saudi Sheik Salem Bin Laden. In return, he said, he would receive a 5 percent interest in their deals.
Bath was named in a 1976 trust document as the business representative for Salem Bin Laden who was killed in a private plane crash in Texas in 1988. White claimed that Bath was involved in a secret conspiracy to funnel Saudi money into the United States. He claimed that since 1976, Bath had worked as a CIA liaison to Saudi Arabia. White also claimed that Bath ran an aviation business and obtained several aircraft from the CIA.,/P>
In 1986, Bath filed 28 frivolous lawsuits against White, leading to White’s financial ruin and expulsion from Houston’s business community. White announced Bath’s relationship to the Saudis and Bush family.
http://www.angelfire.com/ca3/jphuck/Book10Ch.7.html
Octafish
21. SLAD: Guess who tried to 'Defend' White? JOHN Smear-Boat O'NEILL!
No wonder the poor guy lost everything -- the game was fixed. Then again, that's how it always is for the BFEE. From White's CBC interview:
CBC: HE QUOTES THE NAME OF GEORGE BUSH?
Bill White: Oh absolutely.
CBC: SENIOR OR JUNIOR?
Bill White: Senior. He said that he would call the politically appointed Judges and I would never get due process. And that really is what motivated me to fight the fight in the courts. I couldn’t believe in the aftermath of all of us risking our lives fighting for the system that we could be denied our rights of due process under law. I just couldn’t believe that. Unfortunately I hought it was a bluff, but it turned out to be true because what he predicted is precisely what happened. I thought it was Bath who was blowing smoke so I resisted and I said: “Jim, I’m not going to sue you, I’m not going to go report these Saudi dealings to the DA’s Office. I just don’t want to be in Business with you anymore.” Then I called my Attorney and I didn’t instruct him to file a lawsuit. I said please look at our partnership agreement and find out how I can become a Businessman independent of Jim Bath. I just don’t want to be involved in all this. Well, I never
had that luxury because Bath and the Bank that was laundering the Saudi money inundated me in lawsuits. I had four criminal chargesand I think twenty-eight civil lawsuits that were filed against me concurrently. And it just dominated my life. Fortunately I was able to get legal representation. The best lawyers in Houston took up my case on a contingency fee basis. They filed counter claims against Bath alleging Saudi influence peddling with the Bush family, although in retrospect when I read my own legal pleadings, the lawyers were very careful to remove a lot of the references to the threats and avoided using the Bin Laden, the Bin Mahfouz the Bush name. And I would ask my own lawyers, why aren’t you stating succinctly the nature of the Bath’s threat?. And they’d say: “Well Bill, you know we don’t want to make the Judges angry. We have to be very careful.”
CBC: AND IT WASN’T THAT THEY DIDN’T BELIEVE THOSE LINKS WERE TRUE, IT WAS JUST THE OPPOSITE. THEY BELIEVED THEM ?
Bill White: They believed the links to be true. They’re afraid of backlash from the Judges. One of my many Lawyers, John O’Neill of Porter and Clements, was actually the campaign manager of one of the Republican judges who poured me out every case - Judge Lewis Moore. And when John found out that my case was assigned to Judge Moore he said: "Bill, we’ve got this case made-in-the-shade.” He said: “This guy - I’m his campaign manager. I raise funds for his reelection. No problem.” And then we’d get into the courtroom and be poured out without a trial. And John would shake his head and comment: “The Judge must have gone crazy. I can’t believe it, he’s never treated me this way.”
CONTINUED... (on PDF, I'll see if I can find HTML somewhere on the Internets)...
http://www.cbc.ca/fifth/conspiracytheories/white.pdf
Neat huh?
seemslikeadream
27. Send lawyers guns and money
Octafish
31. Send a lot of money. Guns, too.
The future of the world is in the hands of greedy moronic psychopaths. But, you knew that. For the rest of America...
The Weapondollar-Petrodollar Coalition
EXCERPT...
The purpose in this chapter is to examine the global political economy of this process. In a nutshell, our argument is that, during the 1970s, there was a growing convergence of interests between the world's leading petroleum and armament corporations. Following rising nationalism and heightened industry competition during the 1950s and 1960s, the major international oil companies lost some of their earlier autonomy in the Middle East. At the same time, the region was penetrated by large U.S. and European-based manufacturing companies which, faced with mounting global competition in civilian markets, increased their reliance on military contracts and arms exports. The attendant politicisation of oil, together with the parallel commercialisation of arms exports, helped shape an uneasy Weapondollar-Petrodollar Coalition between these companies, making their differential profitability increasingly dependent on Middle East energy conflicts. Interestingly, when we look at the history of the region from this particular perspective, the lines separating state from capital, foreign policy from corporate strategy, and territorial conquest from differential profit, no longer seem very solid. Many conventional wisdoms are put on their head. State policies, ostensibly aimed at advancing the national interest, often appear to undermine it; company officers and government officials, moving through a perpetually revolving door, sometimes simultaneously cater to several masters; arms races are fuelled for the sake of 'stability'; and peace is avoided for being 'too expensive'. In contrast to these anomalies, the logic of differential accumulation seems remarkably robust. It helps us make sense of corporate strategies, of foreign policies and of the link between them - and all of that within the broader context of 'energy conflicts'.
SNIP...
The convergence of oil and armament interests in the Reagan Administration was paralleled to some extent in their own corporate boardrooms, mainly through interlocking directorships which provide an informal setting for exchanging ideas and coordinating collective action. For example, during the 1980s, the chairman and chief executive officer of Standard Oil of Indiana (Swearingen) was a director of both Chase Manhattan and Lockheed; the board of directors of McDonnell Douglas included a director of Phillips Petroleum (Chetkovich) and a director of Shell Canada (McDonald); the chairman and president of United Technologies (Gray) was a director of both Exxon and Citibank; Boeing shared one director with Mobil and three with Chevron, including the latter's chairman (Keller); and the Chevron board included a director from Allied Signal (Hills), as well as the president and chief executive of Hewlett Packard (Yound) (based on Moody's Annual; Adams 1982).
CONTINUED...
http://www.bluegreenearth.us/archive/article/2003/nitza.
Octafish
9. 'member Bill White? He got kicked out of the club
.. for asking why Jim Bath wanted his money. Gost the nerve of some people. If it were up to me, White would be in the Federal Witness Protection Program, if there were such a thing for honest people...
The Ancestor of the Iran/Contra Scandal
http://xymphora.blogspot.com / February 17, 2004
From a CBC interview(1) with Bill White by Bob McKeown on the subject of James Bath:
"Well if you recall back in the mid-1970's the CIA came under fire for trying to assassinate Fidel Castro, for engineering elections in Latin America and putting friendly Dictators in power. The Church and Pike committees were empanelled in Congress to bring the Agency under control. After these Intelligence committees investigated illegal CIA activities they issued a stinging report concluding that it is incompatible for the Government of a Democratic Society to engage in KGB-type activities. What Bush did as CIA Director, rather than just terminate these activities, was to privatize them.
"He began to look for people qualified and willing to form quasi private corporations to take control of these assets and continue to do the CIA’s bidding. Because he needed a pilot to form an Aviation cutout, he turned to the obvious referral source - his Son George Jr. who was in an Air National Guard Aviation Squadron. All military pilots like myself and Bath have to hold top-secret security clearances, are clearly patriots, and have been vetted by the FBI. Knowing this (as a former Naval Aviator himself), George Bush Sr. asked Dubya: 'Do you know a guy in your Air National Guard Unit who we could bring in to operate an Air proprietary and deal with the Saudis?' George Jr. responded by recommending his drinking buddy, Jim Bath."
And:
". . . Bath explained to me that he had been tapped by George Senior to set up a quasi-private aircraft firm that would basically engage in CIA-sponsored activities funded by the Saudi Royal Family. He explained that the Saudis had basically entered into a quid pro quo relationship with Bush and that Bush when he was CIA Director worked with the head of Saudi Intelligence and the CIA trained the Palace Guard to protect the Saudi Royal Family who was concerned about a fundamentalist revolution. And it was at that point I think that this thing got kicked into high gear and the Saudis agreed to provide surreptitious funding to the United States to fight it's secret wars in Afghanistan and Nicaragua."
The Saudis in Texas were Salem Bin Laden, Osama's brother, and Khalid bin Mahfouz, who were both probably acting as agents for the Saudi Royal Family (I've already (2) gone over the BUSH/HARKEN/BCCI/CIA/BIN LADEN/ENRON connections in some detail). White told the CBC:
". . . Bath had told me that he had used Saudi money to fund George Bush Junior’s start up in the Energy business."
CONTINUED...
http://www.thetruthseeker.co.uk/print.asp?ID=1537
paineinthearse
10. I seem to remeber all this in F-9/11 nt
FreedomAngel8
12. I think he talked about it some
as well. I'll have to watch the movie again. Also on the Information clearing house site they have the movie "The Carlyle Group" that also touches base with this
Octafish
16. Michael Moore did address the issue.
... raising up the document linking Bush and James R Bath. However, he let the matter drop and followed the Iraq war angle for the most part thereafter. If I was to do a follow-up picture, I'd focus on the connections between the House of Bush and the House of bin Laden. Mike Ruppert makes a good case for where the money comes from, besides petroleum...
Osama bin Laden's Bush family
Business Connections
Alliance With Pakistan Will Stimulate Drug Trade, Bring Revenues Under U.S. Control -
Colombian Opium Production Will Soar
The Taliban's Biggest Economic Attack on the U.S. Came in February With The Destruction
of Its Opium Crop
by Michael C. Ruppert
<© Copyright 2001, Michael C. Ruppert and From The Wilderness Publications. All Rights Reserved. May be reprinted and distributed for non-profit purposes only>
From the September 18, issue of From The Wilderness
FTW - Money connections between Bush Republicans and Osama bin Laden go way back and the political and economic connections have remained unbroken for 20 years. And what appears to be a "new" alliance with Pakistan is merely a new manifestation of a decades-long partnership in the heroin trade.
Conveniently ignored in all of the press coverage since the tragic events of Sept. 11 is the fact that on May 17 Secretary of State Colin Powell announced a gift of $43 million to the Taliban as a purported reward for its eradication of Afghanistan's opium crop this February. That, in effect, made the U.S. the Taliban's largest financial benefactor according to syndicated columnist Robert Scheer writing in The Los Angeles times on May 22. But -- as we described in FTW's March 2001 issue -- the Taliban's destruction of that crop was apparently the single most important act of economic warfare against U.S. economic interests that the Taliban had ever committed. So why the gift?
Critics of the Gulf War well recall how, just prior to Saddam's invasion of Kuwait, President Bush (Sr.) dispatched Ambassador April Glaspie to visit Saddam with a letter and a "wink and a nod" telling the Iraqi leader that it was OK to invade his smaller neighbor. The May gift from Uncle Sam could well have been sending the same kind of message, along with necessary funds to complete the attacks. Drugs and terrorism go hand in hand.
Until February, Afghanistan had been the world's largest producer of opium/heroin, claiming close to 70% of the world's total production. That opium, consumed largely in Western Europe and smuggled through the Balkans, was a direct source of cash deposits in Western financial institutions and markets.
CONTINUED...
http://www.fromthewilderness.com/free/ww3/09_18_01_bush
Oasis
13. Kick
Octafish
17. Black sheep of the family?Who’s the bigger black sheep?
Osama or Bush?
Osama’s at least declared himself an enemy of the United States.
The Coward of Crawford is too chicken to admit he’s a traitor.
The Bush-Saudi Connection
EXCERPT...
Jihad
SNIP...
Salem bin Laden, Osama’s brother, has conducted all his American affairs through James Bath, a Houston crony of the Bush family. Bath’s former business partner Bill White testified in court that Bath had been a liaison for the C.I.A. In 1979 Bath invested $50,000 in Arbusto, George W. Bush’s first business venture. Rumor had it that Bath was acting as Salem bin Laden’s representative. "In conflicting statements, Bush at first denied ever knowing Bath, then acknowledged his stake in Arbusto and that he was aware Bath represented Saudi interests." (4)
In addition to doing aviation business with Saudi sheiks, Bath was part owner of a Houston bank whose chief stockholder was Ghaith Pharaon, who represented the Bank of Commerce and Credit International (BCCI), a criminal global bank with branches in 73 countries. BCCI proceeded to defraud depositors of $10 billion during the ‘80s, while providing a money laundry conduit for the Medellin drug cartel, Asia’s major heroin cartel, Manuel Noriega, Saddam Hussein, the C.I.A., and Islamist terrorist organizations worldwide. (5)
Big Three wheeler-dealer Khalid bin Mahfouz, one of the largest stockholders in the criminal bank, was indicted when the massive BCCI banking scandal blew apart in the early 1990s. The Saudi royal family placed him under house arrest after discovering that Mahfouz had used the royal bank to channel millions of dollars through fake charities into bin Laden’s organizations, but Mahfouz was not so much punished as inconvenienced. (6) Members of the Wahhabist Saudi oligarchy are driven by the sometimes conflicting emotions of power lust and religious fervor. Their support of radical Islamists follows from their ambition to dominate the Muslim world, but their fear that radical Islamists might overthrow the Saudi regime at home motivates them to fund and encourage holy warriors in countries other than their own.
As Daniel Pipes points out, jihad (holy war) is a central tenet of Muslim belief . "According to one calculation, Muhammad himself engaged in 78 battles, of which just one (the Battle of the Ditch) was defensive. Within a century after the prophet's death in 632, Muslim armies had reached as far as India in the east and Spain in the west. " (7) Pipes traces the bloody advance of fundamentalist jihadists against their twentieth century co-religionists. "Islamists, besides adhering to the primary conception of jihad as armed warfare against infidels, have also adopted as their own Ibn Taymiya's call to target impious Muslims. This approach acquired increased salience through the 20th century as Islamist thinkers . . . promoted jihad against putatively Muslim rulers who failed to live up to or apply the laws of Islam. The revolutionaries who overthrew the Shah of Iran in 1979 and the assassins who gunned down President Anwar Sadat of Egypt two years later overtly held to this doctrine. So does Osama bin Laden."
CONTINUED…
http://www.new-enlightenment.com/BushSaud.htm
...And they stole happily ever after…
ObaMania
14. Move along now…
….. nothing to see here.
And if there was, watcha gonna do about it?
Octafish
18. Hey! Why WOULD Osama want to kill Bush, his former business partner?
It appears George W Bush, if not Condescenda Rice, had a most personal warning in July 2001 about airplanes used as missiles -- a gift idea from an old business pal Osama bin Laden. Of curse, this is the last thing Hatfield had printed...
Why would Osama bin Laden want to kill Dubya, his former business partner?
By James Hatfield
Editor's note: In light of last week's horrific events and the Bush administration's reaction to them, we are reprising the following from the last column Jim Hatfield wrote for Online Journal prior to his tragic death on July 18:
July 3, 2001—There may be fireworks in Genoa, Italy, this month, too.
A plot by Saudi master terrorist, Osama bin Laden, to assassinate Dubya during the July 20 economic summit of world leaders, was uncovered after dozens of suspected Islamic militants linked to bin Laden's international terror network were arrested in Frankfurt, Germany, and Milan, Italy, in April.
German intelligence services have stated that bin Laden is covertly financing neo-Nazi skinhead groups throughout Europe to launch another terrorist attack at a high-profile American target—his first since the bombing of the USS Cole in Yemen last October.
According to counter-terrorism experts quoted in Germany's largest newspaper, the attack on Dubya might be a James Bond-like aerial strike in the form of remote-controlled airplanes packed with plastic explosives.
Why would Osama bi Laden want to kill, Dubya, his former business partner?
CONTINUED...
http://www.onlinejournal.com/Special_Reports/Hatfield-R..
UTUSN
22. Automatic Kick (Anything Oct/blm/CW) n/t
Octafish
23. Thanks, UTUSN! Hey! Didja know what Poppy did after his DCI gig?
24. Bill White (ex-partner of Jim Bath) knows:
CBC: WHEN GEORGE BUSH SENIOR WAS REPLACED AS DIRECTOR OF THE CIA, WHERE DID HE GO?
Bill White: He came to Houston where he became affiliated with a Bank in Houston called FIB, First International Bank. And that was the bank that Bath used to deposit the Saudi money. That’s where the Bin Laden revolving line of credit was. The name changed in 1980 to InterFirst Bank from FIB but it was the same bank.
SNIP…
CBC: SO NO COINCIDENCE AS FAR AS YOU’RE CONCERNED THAT THE SAUDI MONEY AND THE MONEY THAT BATH’S DOING BUSINESS WITH, ENDS UP AT GEORGE BUSH SENIOR’S BANK?
White: No this is no coincidence at all. This is all arranged. It was all arranged at the time that Bush made his quid pro quo relationship with the Saudis. My understanding of it is that Bath represented the Bush interests and Bin Laden/Bin Mahfouz interchangeably represented the Saudi Royal Family interests. People who have tried to villify the Bin Laden family or the Bin Mahfouz family fail to realize that the Saudis have a very patriarchal society and that according to Bath, neither of those families sneeze without the Saudi Royals’ blessing. I mean everything they do is at the beholding at the Saudi Royal Family. As a matter of fact, Bin Mahfouz’ Bank NCB is the only Bank that was not nationalized in Saudi Arabia. All the rest of the Banks were nationalized in 1974 except National Commercial Bank (NCB) which is privately owned by Bin Mahfouz. That’s where the Saudi Royals keep all their personal money.
SO AGAIN, THEN YOU’VE GOT BIN MAHFOUZ AND BIN LADEN TIGHTLY CONNECTED TO THE SAUDI ROYAL FAMILY ON ONE SIDE ?
Right.
GEORGE BUSH SENIOR AND HIS SON ON THE OTHER SIDE, AND IN THE MIDDLE JIM BATH ?
Right.
CONTINUED...(PDF of CBC interview highlights)...
http://www.cbc.ca/fifth/conspiracytheories/white.pdf
Will try to find an HTML source tomorrow.
Interesting how money seems to bring out the worst in people. What was it they said? Oh yes: "Money is the root of all evil.”
UTUSN
24. Money-money-money---But HOW MUCH DO THEY WANT?!
Do they want everybody from DORO to Neil set up for life? And CHEENEE---you can buy a steak for 8 bucks, you can buy a steak for 20 bucks, you can buy a steak for 50 bucks------------how much can you EAT??????
Hey, bud-Oct-----wish we could all PAR-TAY!
Octafish
25. They want it ALL!
Halliburton Dick thinks he's like Emilio Largo from Thunderball, excepting the problem sneer and he's too lazy to run.
Brother UTUSN! Anytime you're in Motown, you got a home. Like my boat, the Disco Volante?
BTW: Please check out #22: John "SMEAR BOAT" O'Neill gamed White! These turds of the BFEE have been screwing good Americans over for decades: FWIK, since 22 November 1963.
Libodem
26. I wish every newspaper in the country would run this!
I can't believe the information is out there and most people don't know. The sad thing is I wonder if most of those right wingers would even care.
Octafish
37. Me too. Those on the right, when they know the Truth, do too
Left, Right and Center are being sold down the river by the Bush Gang.
THE GW BUSH--OSAMA BIN LADIN CONNECTION
James R. Bath, friend and neighbor of George W. Bush, was used as a cash funnel from Osama bin Laden's rich father, Sheikh bin Laden, to set George W. Bush up in business, according to reputable sources from the Wall Street Journal and the New York Times. The connection between GW Bush, the bin Laden family, and the Bank Commerce Credit International (BCCI) is well documented. The excerpts from the books and news articles are supplemented by the links at the bottom of the page to the cash flow charts of the bin Laden-backed BCCI money which was funneled into the Bush family in return for favors. Just click on the links at the bottom of the page to see the flow charts and use the back and forward keys on the screen to return to this page where you can then access the next flow chart link.
"Bath--who made his fortune by investing money for Mahfouz and another BCCI-connected Saudi, Sheikh bin-Laden--...was an original investor in George Bush Jr.'s oil exploration company..." from The Outlaw Bank, page 229.
"Bath provided financing to George W. Bush, the future president's eldest son, when he went into the oil business..." from False Profits, page 365.
Bath told me he was in the CIA...he had been recruited by George Bush himself 1n 1976 when Bush was director of the agency...Bath and George, Jr. were pals and flew together in the same Air National Guard unit, and Bath lived down the street from the Bush family when George, Sr. was living in Houston...he became representative for Sheikh Khalid bin-Mafouz...one of the richest men in the world, and he was a controlling shareholder in...BCCI..." from The Outlaw Bank, page 228.
"BCCI was charged with laundering drug money..." from False Profits, page 433.
SOURCE:
http://www.g-vision.com/newsletter/connection.shtml
BTW: A hearty, if belated, welcome to DU, libodem! Thanks for caring!
Libodem
26. I wish every newspaper in the country would run this!
I can't believe the information is out there and most people don't know. The sad thing is I wonder if most of those right wingers would even care.
Octafish
37. Me too. Those on the right, when they know the Truth, do too
Left, Right and Center are being sold down the river by the Bush Gang.
THE GW BUSH--OSAMA BIN LADIN CONNECTION
James R. Bath, friend and neighbor of George W. Bush, was used as a cash funnel from Osama bin Laden's rich father, Sheikh bin Laden, to set George W. Bush up in business, according to reputable sources from the Wall Street Journal and the New York Times. The connection between GW Bush, the bin Laden family, and the Bank Commerce Credit International (BCCI) is well documented. The excerpts from the books and news articles are supplemented by the links at the bottom of the page to the cash flow charts of the bin Laden-backed BCCI money which was funneled into the Bush family in return for favors. Just click on the links at the bottom of the page to see the flow charts and use the back and forward keys on the screen to return to this page where you can then access the next flow chart link.
"Bath--who made his fortune by investing money for Mahfouz and another BCCI-connected Saudi, Sheikh bin-Laden--...was an original investor in George Bush Jr.'s oil exploration company..." from The Outlaw Bank, page 229.
"Bath provided financing to George W. Bush, the future president's eldest son, when he went into the oil business..." from False Profits, page 365.
Bath told me he was in the CIA...he had been recruited by George Bush himself 1n 1976 when Bush was director of the agency...Bath and George, Jr. were pals and flew together in the same Air National Guard unit, and Bath lived down the street from the Bush family when George, Sr. was living in Houston...he became representative for Sheikh Khalid bin-Mafouz...one of the richest men in the world, and he was a controlling shareholder in...BCCI..." from The Outlaw Bank, page 228.
"BCCI was charged with laundering drug money..." from False Profits, page 433.
SOURCE:
http://www.g-vision.com/newsletter/connection.shtml
BTW: A hearty, if belated, welcome to DU, libodem! Thanks for caring!
jojo54
27. What's the point?
None of the Dems who COULD do anything about this WON'T! They're pussies! If all this info is out there and Kerry, Clinton, ANYBODY who has any kind of brass in their pants, would truely investigate it, I would probably be surprised as HELL.
Oasis
30.Putting the truth in back into circulation is a virtue
Octafish
34. Thanks oasis. And THAT's how we'll win.
Good ALWAYS triumphs over evil. That's just the way it is.
That's why it's useful to know stuff like how it seems someone ordered the FBI st stand down...
Has someone been sitting on the FBI?
6/11/01
GREG PALAST:
The CIA and Saudi Arabia, the Bushes and the Bin Ladens. Did their connections cause America to turn a blind eye to terrorism?
UNNAMED MAN:
There is a hidden agenda at the very highest levels of our government.
JOE TRENTO, (AUTHOR, "SECRET HISTORY OF THE CIA"):
The sad thing is that thousands of Americans had to die needlessly.
PETER ELSNER:
How can it be that the former President of the US and the current President of the US have business dealings with characters that need to be investigated?
PALAST:
In the eight weeks since the attacks, over 1,000 suspects and potential witnesses have been detained. Yet, just days after the hijackers took off from Boston aiming for the Twin Towers, a special charter flight out of the same airport whisked 11 members of Osama Bin Laden's family off to Saudi Arabia. That did not concern the White House. Their official line is that the Bin Ladens are above suspicion - apart from Osama, the black sheep, who they say hijacked the family name. That's fortunate for the Bush family and the Saudi royal household, whose links with the Bin Ladens could otherwise prove embarrassing. But Newsnight has obtained evidence that the FBI was on the trail of other members of the] Bin Laden family for links to terrorist organisations before and after September 11th. This document is marked "Secret". Case ID - 199-Eye WF 213 589. 199 is FBI code for case type. 9 would be murder. 65 would be espionage. 199 means national security. WF indicates Washington field office special agents were investigating ABL - because of it's relationship with the World Assembly of Muslim Youth, WAMY - a suspected terrorist organisation. ABL is Abdullah Bin Laden, president and treasurer of WAMY. This is the sleepy Washington suburb of Falls Church, Virginia where almost every home displays the Stars and Stripes. On this unremarkable street, at 3411 Silver Maple Place, we located the former home of Abdullah and another brother, Omar, also an FBI suspect. It's conveniently close to WAMY. The World Assembly of Muslim Youth is in this building, in a little room in the basement at 5613 Leesburg Pike. And here, just a couple blocks down the road at 5913 Leesburg, is where four of the hijackers that attacked New York and Washington are listed as having lived. The US Treasury has not frozen WAMY's assets, and when we talked to them, they insisted they are a charity. Yet, just weeks ago, Pakistan expelled WAMY operatives. And India claimed that WAMY was funding an organisation linked to bombings in Kashmir. And the Philippines military has accused WAMY of funding Muslim insurgency. The FBI did look into WAMY, but, for some reason, agents were pulled off the trail.
TRENTO:
The FBI wanted to investigate these guys. This is not something that they didn't want to do - they wanted to, they weren't permitted to.
CONTINUED…
http://news.bbc.co.uk/1/hi/events/newsnight/1645527.stm
Octafish
33. Kerry DID Investigate.
..and he CLOBBERED Dems like Clark Clifford and pukes like Pruneface Reagan and the Wimp Bush back in the early 90s over it. For about a day, I thought we were going to actually see the BFEE busted into a million pieces. For a day…
http://demopedia.democraticunderground.com/index.php/BC...
Fast forward to the present: What gets me is that Kerry completely FAILED to use BCCI (Bank of Credit and Commerce International) and its implications to terrorism today to his advantage in Campaign 2004. Remember when Smirko (and Sneer with John Edwards) brought up "Dr. Khan" of Pakistan and how they neutralized him? Kerry SHOULD have brought up how shutting down BCCI helped shut down Khan's spreading nukes to North Korea, Iran and other places unknown.
My thoughts are the BFEE either threatened Kerry if he delivered a knock-out blow to Smirko; asked him to keep a lid on secret stuff for national security's sake; or else the guy simply forgot his role when the opportunity presented itself during the debates.
Starroute
28. Bath also ties in with S&L scandal and Iran-Contra circles
Bath was originally introduced into Houston business circles in the middle 70's by a man named Jack Trotter. Trotter was the trustee for Senator Lloyd Bentsen's blind trust, and Bath got into the real estate business with Bentsen's son Lan, selling land to Trotter's syndications. It was Bath's real estate connections that originally got him working for the Saudis.
Trotter was a business partner of Walt Mischer and both moved in the same circles as Sid Adger, the Bush family friend who had pulled the strings to get Bush Jr. into the Air National Guard. Mischer -- who at one point was the largest single donor to both Bush Sr. and Lloyd Bentsen -- was also tied in with Ben Barnes, John Connally, and Herman K. Beebe.
Many of these people had ties to the S&L scandals -- particularly Beebe, who had CIA and mob connections and who funded the startup of the Palmer National Bank, which was involved in Iran-Contra. Jack Trotter himself had interests in Central America and played a role in Iran-Contra. Of course, all that was in the 80's, after Bath had passed through and gone on to greener pastures with the Saudis.
I have a lot of unanswered questions about this group of people, not least being Bath's period of involvement with them, and I'm convinced that the Saudi aspect is only one small part of the picture.
oasis
31. Bush, Bath and the Saudis. The more questions we ask, the closer we come
to finding the answers. Many rocks can be overturned on threads such as these.
Many know so little about the Bush family background and could benefit from an eye opening field trip on the internet.
Octafish
35. The Mafia, CIA and George Bush
I'm pretty sure this is in your library, starroute. Or mebbe you wrote it. For those new to the subject, this following is from a classic that documents the largest bank robbery in world history, the looting of America's savings and loans by the politically connected, organized criminals and members of the military-industrial-intelligence complex:
34. The Mafia, CIA and George Bush
I'm pretty sure this is in your library, starroute. Or mebbe you wrote it. For those new to the subject, this following is from a classic that documents the largest bank robbery in world history, the looting of America's savings and loans by the politically connected, organized criminals and members of the military-industrial-intelligence complex:
The Mafia, CIA and George Bush
INTRODUCTION
Pete Brewton
(New York: S.P.I. Books, 1992)
Something very significant happened during our country's savings-and-loan crisis, the
greatest financial disaster since the Great Depression. It happened quietly, secretly,
without any fanfare and attention. It happened before our very eyes, yet we knew it
not.
What we all missed was the massive transfer of wealth from the American taxpayers to
a select group of extremely rich, powerful people. What these people had in common --
unknown to the American public -- were their symbiotic relationships to the Mafia and
the CIA, and to the two most prominent, powerful politicians from Texas, President
George Bush and Senator Lloyd Bentsen.
This small cabal of businessmen realized that the S&Ls were going the way of the dinosaurs. They recognized that S&Ls couldn't survive under rapid inflation and high interest rates. So they decided to exploit the situation for their own purposes, with help from, and rewards for, the Mafia, the CIA and their favorite politicians. They probably figured that the insulation and protection these powerful institutions and individuals conferred upon them, in addition to all the endemic protections with the financial, judicial, political and journalistic systems, made them invulnerable. They were probably right.
SNIP...
In the second half of this book, a number of examples will be detailed to show how this happened, and who got the money. For example, one later chapter deals with a $200 million, 21,000-acre land transaction in Florida in which much of the borrowed S&L money went to a paper company owned by the Du Pont empire, one of the oldest, richest, most powerful bastions of wealth in this country.
SNIP...
The evidence uncovered is clear, convincing, and compelling: Members and associates of the Mafia and the United States Central Intelligence Agency were key participants in our nation's savings-and-loan debacle, and some of the richest, most powerful people in the country did business with these participants and profited from the S&L crisis.
CONTINUED…
http://www.freerepublic.com/forum/a389b6a173e33.htm
The excerpt above came from our friends over at Freepland. Seems we have some
things in common with s ome on the right. Interest in the another.
Starroute
35. The part that makes me crazy is how everything connects to everything
For example, here's another snippet of Brewton posted by our copyright-disregarding friends at Free Republic:
http://thewebfairy.com/murderpolitics.htm
The roots of Palmer National date to 1980, when {Stefan} Halper and businessman Harvey D. McLean Jr. became acquainted while working for George Bush in his unsuccessful presidential campaign. McLean raised money for Bush, and Halper was the candidate's policy director. When Ronald Reagan tapped Bush as his running mate, Halper joined the Reagan-Bush campaign.
<snip>
Another link between Halper, Channell and the Contras is Washington attorney J. Curtis Herge. Herge is an attorney for the National Bank of Northern Virginia, where Halper was installed as chairman after leaving Palmer. Herge is also an attorney for the National Conservative Political Action Committee, which borrowed more than $400,000 from Palmer. Herge is also an attorney for the Nicaraguan Resistance Education Foundation, an organization which backed the Contras. And Herge represented Channell and NEPL, and issued statements on their behalf when news accounts first mentioned the foundation's role in providing weapons to the Contras.
And what has Herge been up to lately? How about this:
http://www.prospect.org/print/V13/19/goozner-m.html
The predecessor group to United Seniors was launched in the late 1980s by right-wing direct-mail guru Richard Viguerie as a scheme to bolster his faltering enterprise. It failed. The current group emerged from a reorganization orchestrated by J. Curtis Herge, whose legal career traces its roots to Richard Nixon's law firm and wound through Ronald Reagan's transition team. After that, Herge ended up as an assistant general counsel in James Watts' Interior Department. Herge also helped incorporate the 60 Plus association in 1992.
<snip>
In its latest incarnation as the main conduit for PhRMA's surrogate ads, United Seniors has been run for the past year and a half by 52-year-old Charles Jarvis. He previously worked with Herge at the Department of the Interior and later served as chairman of Gary Bauer's presidential campaign and vice president of Bauer's Focus on the Family. An independent political action committee, United Seniors pac, has recently run afoul of the Federal Elections Commission for failing to disclose the names and occupations of many of its contributors.
Yeah, that United Seniors/USA Next. That Charlie Jarvis.
These guys never give up, they never go away, and just when you think you've seen the last of them, they come back round under a new set of false faces.
For that matter, the National Conservative Political Action Committee, mentioned in the first quote as having borrowed over $400,000 from the Palmer National Bank, was founded in 1975 by Roger Stone and Terry Dolan. Yeah, the same dirty-trickster, Florida recount riot, kinky sex life Roger Stone whose name gets dragged through the mud here from time to time. And Herge currently represents several organizations run by or linked to Stone in connection with his involvement in Indian casino gambling.
So while linking the Bushes and the bin Ladens is a nice payoff, it's far from the only fish waiting to be caught in those murky waters.
Octafish
Octafish
34. Not even NAMEBASE can do the BFEE justice
Truly, it is maddening to know that the same cast of characters keeps cropping up in American history. Thank goodness for computers, the Internet and DU. We can -- at the very least -- tie the crimes to the criminals.
Thank you for the heads-up on J. Curtis Herge, starroute! Odd how so many of today's movers and shakers were yesterday's gangsters and toadies. Lots to read and learn.
Find a Republican Lawyer
EXCERPT...
Mr. Herge was formerly The Assistant to the Secretary and Chief of Staff of the United States Department of the Interior. Previously, he served as Associate Solicitor (Assistant General Counsel) of the Department of the Interior and as Special Assistant to the Attorney General of the United States. Prior to that time, he was a director of the 1972-73 Presidential Inaugural Committee. During the period 1963 through 1971, Mr. Herge was associated with the law firm of Nixon, Mudge, Rose, Guthrie and Alexander, of New York City. He has served as Chairman of the Board of The George Washington National Bank and as a member of the Board of Directors of The National Bank of Northern Virginia. He serves currently on the boards of directors of a number of charitable, non-profit and commercial corporations. By reason of his extensive experience in the organization and operation of non-profit entities, Mr. Herge has appeared as an expert before the United States Tax Court on legal issues associated with charitable organizations. He is also a member of the Northern Virginia Estate Planning Council and the advisory board of the Washington Legal Foundation. He also served as a member of the Advisory Council on Natural Resources of the Republican National Committee. In 1980, he served as a member of President-Elect Reagan's Presidential Transition Team.
CONTINUED INBRED BULLSTORY...
http://www.rnla.org/bio/BioDetail.asp?MemberID=810
As much as the computer: Art, particularly the work of the late Mark Lombardi, can really peg these turds:
george w. bush, harken energy, and jackson stevens
c.1979-90, 5th version, 1999
graphite on paper
20 x 44 inches
Here's another criminal with interesting connections:
I Iran-Contra, the Big Picture
O Oliver North, Lake Resources of Panama, and the Iran-Contra Operation
c. 1984-86, 4th Version, 1999
K keep up the good fight, starroute! You're not alone.
sta
39.Brent Bozell is also part of the Herge/Halper/NCPAC complex
http://rightweb.irc-online.org/groupwatch/wff.php
Group Watch: World Freedom Foundation (August 1990)
L. Brent Bozell III--chairman of the board; Dr. Curtin Winsor, Jr. --president; Hon. Stefan A. Halper--director of government relations; Marc S. Ryan--executive director; Leif E. Noren--administrator; Herman Pirchner--finance; Gregory Mueller--public relations; J. Curtis Herge, Esq.--legal counsel; and J. Parker Bailey, CPA--accounting.
<snip>
The World Freedom Foundation (WFF) was founded by Brent Bozell III in November of 1987. Bozell began the WFF immediately after a bitter dispute with the board of the National Conservative Political Action Committee (NCPAC). This dispute resulted in his resigning (or according to some accounts, his being fired) from his positions as president of the NCPAC and executive director of the National Conservative Foundation and its publication, Newswatch.
And Bozell, of course, has just inserted himself into the Gannon caper and is already in the middle of a scandal involving Google-bombing. See the newly-started threads at:
http://www.democraticunderground.com/discuss/duboard.ph...
http://www.democraticunderground.com/discuss/duboard.ph...
I've recently been looking into what the Bush/Harriman/Dulles axis was up to back in the 1930's, and what I've been realizing is that it wasn't even so much about *dealing with Nazis* as it was about money-laundering and massive banking fraud on one hand and propaganda and control of public opinion on the other. I'm coming to believe that what they were doing in the 30's set the paradigm for all this right-wing crap today. Half the time, these people on the right are involved in various kinds of financial fraud, like the S&L scandals. The other half, they're trying to manipulate the media, like Gannon and now Bozell. And in between, they seem to have plenty of time for getting rich by dealing with our nation's enemies. It's all the same pattern and it never changes.
Octafish
40. Multi-Generational Guardians of Plundered Wealth (Remember ENRON?)
It is a conspiracy, in the original sense of the word: "To breathe together." So, like Adam Smith's invisible hand, the BFEE acts in its own best interest. It comes naturally. They learned it from the masters they served and who now serve them.
The Planned Gutting of Industrial America: Who Did It and Why
By John Hoefle
http://educate-yourself.org/cn/southernstrategyassaulto...
January 1, 2001
Original title: Southern Strategy: Assault on the American Republic
published in EIR January 2001
The political success of Richard Nixon and Jimmy Carter's "Southern Strategy,'' transforming the White House and Congress into bastions of white Southern power, would have been impossible, without the economic transformation of the United States from the greatest industrial and scientific nation-state in history, to a post-industrial nation of white-collar accountants, real estate brokers, computer programmers, retail clerks, and hamburger-flippers.
SNIP...
This Houston-Atlanta-Charlotte nexus can be dubbed "Southern Strategy, Inc.'' Of course, it was Wall Street--most prominently the financial interests associated with Harriman, Morgan, and Rockefeller--which set this shift in motion. But the deregulated monster represented by such corporate creatures as Enron Corp. in the energy field, the Rainwater interests buying up hospitals, or Corrections Corporation of America in private prison operations, signals as process of financial speculation and physical-economic chaos, which Wall Street can no longer control. With President George W. Bush and Vice President Richard Cheney moving from Texas to Washington, the power of this Southern-based corporate looting apparatus is almost certain to grow at an even more accelerated rate.
SNIP...
By far the older and filthier of the two is Schlumberger, the intelligence apparatus masquerading as an oil services company. Schlumberger is one of the two biggest oilfield services companies in the world, Halliburton being the other. While Schlumberger, the company, was formed in Paris in the early 1900s, the intelligence network which operates through it is much older, a part of the banking empire of the interlocked de Neuflize, Schlumberger, and Mallet-Prevost families, which have been running operations against the United States since the American Revolution. In Houston, the Schlumberger/Lazard nexus is closely allied with a nest of British assets centered around the Harriman interests and operating through a group of powerful law firms. E.H. Harriman was a 19th-Century railroad robber baron whose companies were fronts for the British royal family and their fellow aristocrats. Harriman's agents in Houston included Baker & Botts, the law firm of former Bush Secretary of State James A. Baker III, which has also represented Schlumberger since the 1950s. The Bush family is also a creature of the Harriman networks and their British controllers, through both the Bush and the Walker sides of the family. Both George H.W. Bush's father, Prescott Bush, and his uncle Herbert Walker were top officials of the Harriman investment bank, and the Harrimans, Lazard, and Scottish banker James Gammell funded the business and political career of Sir George (Prescott, Herbert, and Sir George were also members of Skull & Bones, the powerful Yale-based secret society). Also coming together in Houston were the British intelligence networks of Col. Edward Mandell House, the global oil cartel, and the ``legendary'' King Ranch.
Enron, which has an energy trading room in its Houston headquarters which rivals the trading rooms of the big Wall Street investment banks, is perhaps the single company most responsible for the chaos in today's domestic energy markets. Its ``success'' in energy speculation has raised virtually every electricity bill, natural gas bill, and heating oil bill in the country, some of them by orders of magnitude. Enron is a relative newcomer, but plays an important role in allowing the financial sharks, under the guise of deregulation, to get their hands on the income streams generated from the production and consumption of electricity, natural gas, and related energy products. Enron's fortunes are directly tied to the Bush League: Enron is the single largest contributor to the political campaigns of President George W. Bush, and the firm hired as ``consultants'' a number of top officials of his father's administration--including James Baker III, and Commerce Secretary Robert Mosbacher--after they left Washington. In return, these officials used their political pull to get Enron a series of lucrative contracts around the world. Enron chairman Kenneth Lay has been touted as a potential member of the Bush Cabinet, and Southern Strategy zealot Rep. Tom DeLay (R-Tex.) is widely known as ``the Congressman from Enron.''
CONTINUED…
http://educate-yourself.org/cn/southernstrategyassaulto...
Willie Sutton must be kicking himself for not being born a Baby Boomer. Today, those who want to steal know the REAL money is outside the bank.
Starroute
EIR is the LaRouchies, and they're always weird about the British
My general feeling is that about 80-85% of what the LaRouchies say is reliable, but that you've got to turn on the BS detector when they start saying things like, "In Houston, the Schlumberger/Lazard nexus is closely allied with a nest of British assets centered around the Harriman interests and operating through a group of powerful law firms. E.H. Harriman was a 19th-Century railroad robber baron whose companies were fronts for the British royal family and their fellow aristocrats. Harriman's agents in Houston included Baker & Botts, the law firm of former Bush Secretary of State James A. Baker III, which has also represented Schlumberger since the 1950s. The Bush family is also a creature of the Harriman networks and their British controllers, through both the Bush and the Walker sides of the family."
In this case, that's even more true than usual. Averell Harriman and Prescott Bush were clearly on the side of the Germans in the 20's and 30's and had no particular affinity with Britain. The LaRouchies themselves are strongly oriented towards Germany (along with displaying fascist overtones) and never miss a chance to bash the British. So for a LaRouche publication to describe Harriman companies as "fronts for the British royal family" seems decidedly wonky.
Octafish
42. Agree 100-percent on EIR's 85-percent.
eah. I don't like LaRouche's politics or his personality. Even more, I hate NAZIs. That's why the Harriman-Britain angle is so important and why I will use what the nut and his minions have unearthed on the BFEE. Lots of times their work is all we got.
LaRouche and his whacky conspiraracy theories about the British and the drug trade sound on their face ludicrous, but what's happened since World War II -- the rise of the military-industrial complex and the creation of a permanent state of war -- makes them completely understandable. While far from perfect, EIR is on the money regarding the BFEE, the British Roils, and Tarpley and Chaitkin's "Unauthorized Biograpy."
Harriman and Bush were with Britain's royal clan in the 1930s because the monarchy favored "Herr Hitler." It wasn't until the pro-NAZI king became deposed, ostensibly over one American divorcee, that an anti-NAZI roil was crowned king.
The reason for the Harriman-Bush-Dulles work with the NAZIs wasn't necessarily pro-fascist, it was to better control the world's wealth and people. Harriman may've been a Democrat, but he certainly didn't believe in democracy when it came to Germany and Britain or Vietnam and America for that matter.
The official story was told by Margaret Case Harriman:
"The King and the Girl from Baltimore"
in The Aspirin Age: 1919-1941 (1949)
http://members.aol.com/Mikewats/edward.html
Closer to the real picture are our friends at Spartacus...
http://www.spartacus.schoolnet.co.uk/MONedwardVIII.htm
This is why, to me, the LaRouchies' politcally driven research is an important resource because few others have put this information down on paper. It's like Dulles liked to say: "If you want to keep a secret, don't put it down on paper." And the Brits may lead the world in using PR to their advantage -- skills developed on the home isle.
Closer to the real picture are our friends at Spartacus.
http://www.spartacus.schoolnet.co.uk/MONedwardVIII.htm
This is why, to me, the LaRouchies' politcally driven research is an important resource because few others have put this information down on paper. It's like Dulles liked to say: "If you want to keep a secret, don't put it down on paper." And the Brits may lead the world in using PR to their advantage -- skills developed on the home isle.
Starroute
43. Perhaps I should take the British connection more seriously
I've tended to dismiss the LaRouchies' obsession with the British royals in their conspiracy theories as a transparent substitution for blaming everything on the Jews. (Which they got in trouble for, as I recall, back in the 70's.) But if you think there's more to it than that, perhaps I should stop discounting it.
You've got me wondering now about the "Brown Brothers" end of Brown Brothers, Harriman -- that is, the British firm which merged with W.A. Harriman & Co. in 1931. I have the feeling I once ran into something on them in connection with the 19th century opium trade. . . . Ah, here it is:
http://www.winterboy.com/dejavu1.html
1818 William Brown of Britain's Brown Brothers' opens a Philadelphia branch of the Baltimore-Liverpool-India shipping triangle (and will later become American Steamship), with ties to the China opium trade. During the Civil War, Brown Brothers, via Brown and Shipley, will ship 70% of US slave-produced cotton to England.
{NOTE: The Brown Brothers will later befriend the Bush family, and will merge with Bush/Harriman in 1931 to create Brown Brothers, Harriman "the...largest and oldest private bank," while leaving Brown & Shipley intact in London}
Ah yes, drugs and private banks -- isn't that just the Octopus all over?
Octafish
44. Things get even weirder..
… so weird that the only explanation that makes sense is that we live in an Associative Universe, one where the mind acts as a sort of rudder between possibilites and actualities. In checking out the background of Margaret Case Harriman I discovered this notice from Time:
Milestones
Aug. 19, 1966
Married. Xavier Cugat, 66, ever-loving bandleader; and Rosario Pilar Martínez Molina Baeza, 21, his singer; he for the fourth time; in Las Vegas.Died. Sir Sidney Oakes, 39, son of multimillionaire Sir Harry Oakes (victim of a famed, unsolved murder in 1943), a Nassau businessman and amateur sports car driver; of injuries when his Sunbeam Alpine failed to make a curve at high speed; in Nassau.Died. Margaret Case Harriman, 61, author, who grew up in Manhattan's Hotel Algonquin (her father owned it), became a sort of midtown Malory by chronicling in The Vicious Circle and Blessed Are the Debonair...
SOURCE:
http://www.time.com/time/archive/preview/0,10987,836271...
I noticed the item about the passing of Sir Sidney Oakes of the Bahamas and saw his father was the victim of an unsolved murder in 1943. "Gee," I thought, "could there be a connection there to the BFEE?" So I learned that Sir Harry Oakes had made a fortune, married a younger woman, retired to the Bahamas for tax reasons, was a philanthropist, may've believed in racial superiority, and became a friend, a verrrrry rich friend, of the Duke of Windsor, the apparent NAZI sympathizer.
If you have a moment, check this out:
The Town Of Two Knights
Sir Harry Oakes
EXCERPT...
The two strangers ran out of the house and left in the car. The two watchmen fled in terror. The car had contained a third man, the driver, whom they said they saw clearly. It was Harold Christie, they told de Marigny.
The next day, Christie tracked down the pair and paid them each 100 pounds to leave Nassau and never return. Danger to do otherwise was heightened when they heard that the local harbormaster, an experienced diver had been found floating in the harbor, reported drowned. He had been the only witness to the arrival of a mysterious boat about midnight.
According to de Marigny, Christie avoided investigation because any competent inquiry would have revealed that Oakes, Christie, and the Duke of Windsor had conspired to smuggle millions of dollars out of the Bahamas in violation of currency regulations. The Duke, then the Governor of the Bahamas and former King of Great Britain, possessed the power to reopen the investigation. But, he never did.
Harry Oakes left a personal fortune valued at slightly under $12 million, not counting his shares in Lake Shore Mine, or his numerous houses. What happened to the rest of his fortune, estimated to be at least $200 to $300 million? No satisfactory explanation has ever been offered
And who killed Sir Harry? The official autopsy declared Oakes was killed by a blow to the head. De Marigny insists a Nassau doctor told him Oakes was shot to death, which fits the watchman?s account. If de Marigny is correct, there are four small-caliber bullets in Harry Oakes? skull. But that lies with the rest of remains in the millionaire?s crypt in the East Dover cemetery in Dover-Foxcroft.
SOURCE:
http://www.sangerville.lib.me.us/oakes.html
What does this have to do with the BFEE? Possibly nothing and perhaps everything -- These cats believe themselves the world's lords and masters. In the view of royals, humanity are their inferiors, subjects and cannon fodder. For all our lurking freeper friends, that's un-American.
Starroute
45. Wasn't it Deep Throat who said "Follow the money"?
Edited on Sat Mar-12-05 04:30 PM by starroute
Whatever has been going on is bigger and older than the BFEE. As nearly as I can tell, it begins with the people Buckminster Fuller called "the Great Pirates" -- the people who had the run of the seas back when that put you beyond the reach of any landbound government and who were getting rich off opium and slaves and whatever else commanded a premium price.
hings began to change in the late 1800's and early 1900's. As sea travel got faster and safer, that was no longer where the biggest risks and the biggest rewards were to be found. Instead, it was in land-based industries -- particularly coal, and oil, and steel, and munitions, and chemicals. But by becoming land-bound, the robber barons put themselves at the mercy of ordinary governments, which began to regulate them and tax them and break up their monopolies.
Over the last century, the Great Pirates have responded to these challenges in a variety of ways. One is by moving their money around from bank to bank and nation to nation in such a way that no mere government can get a handle on it. Brown Brothers, Harriman was heavily involved in this sort of money-laundering in the 30's, in partnership with Fritz Thyssen. That's what got them into trouble after the start of World War II, when the US government froze the assets of Union Bank. But Allen Dulles was on the spot to make sure they didn't lose a penny, and by 1951 it had all come back to them.
The same practices were adopted by the CIA while Allen Dulles was its director. The first of the major CIA money-laundering operations went through Castle Bank, set up in the Bahamas in the 1950's to handle profits from the Southeast Asian heroin that was moving through Marseilles and then Cuba and into the US. If there's any direct connection to your Harry Oakes, it could be there in Nassau. Nugan Hand, BCCI, and Riggs Bank have continued the same pattern since.
When trying to track the Great Pirates, it's important to know what to keep your eye on. Governments and nationalities are irrelevant to them. Organizations and corporations are merely tools of convenience. All that stays constant are the people (and some of the multi-generational families) and the techniques they have for manipulating money.
Octafish
46. Great Pirates
Buckminster was correct. Thanks for the excellent observations, analysis and report, starroute. I've never seen the situation summed up better or more succinctly.
Thanks to Reagan, the nation's tax burden shifted from the corporations and wealthy and to the middle-and-working class. Budget deficits grew enormously, benefiting the MI-complex that received the cash and the bond-holders who receive interest. Result: The largest transfer of wealth in history.
Thanks to Bush Sr., the government continued to plunder the wealth of the middle class through fiscal policy. Also, looting Savings and Loan cost American taxpayers over a trillion dollars. Who benefited? The usual suspects, who gained from yet another historic transfer of wealth.
Thanks to Clinton, fiscal policy got the attention it deserved and the government cut back on social programs to the point where the books could balance. Who benefited? The usual suspects.
Then we got Bush Jr. and the government went on a spending spree unequaled in time, making the rich richer and the poor poorer. The middle class? Hah. We're becoming the new poor.
What it means for us in the present day: We need more Democrats. Real Democrats.
For whom the turds toll:
If we divided the income of the US into thirds, we find that the top ten percent of the population gets a third, the next thirty percent gets another third, and the bottom sixty percent get the last third. If we divide the wealth of the US into thirds, we find that the top one percent own a third, the next nine percent own another third, and the bottom ninety percent claim the rest. (Actually, these percentages, true a decade ago, are now out of date. The top one percent are now estimated to own between forty and fifty percent of the nation's wealth, more than the combined wealth of the bottom 95%.)
Source (with links ahoy):
http://www.lcurve.org /
Getting to be a lot like Haiti around here. And that's the BFEE's point.
Kathy in Cambridge
47. Kick
Octafish
48. Thanks, Kathy! Hey! Didja hear about Bath and BCCI?
"Obsessive—Generous"
Toward a Diagram of Mark Lombardi
by Frances Richard
Who is James R. Bath?
A nodal point in Mark Lombardi's drawing George W. Bush, Harken Energy and Jackson Stephens c. 1979-90, 5th Version, 1999, James R. Bath appears in the upper lefthand corner of the 16 1/2" x 41" piece of paper. The spatial syntax of Lombardi's drawings—which map in elegantly visual terms the secret deals and suspect associations of financiers, politicians, corporations, and governments—dictates that the more densely lines ray out from a given node, the more deeply that figure is embroiled in the tale Lombardi tells. Thirteen lines originate with or point to James R. Bath, more than any other name presented. Among those linked to this obscure yet central character are George W. Bush, Jr., George H.W. Bush, Sr., Senator Lloyd Bentsen of Texas, Governor John B. Connally of Texas, Sheik Salim bin Laden of Saudi Arabia, and Sheik Salim's younger brother, Osama bin Laden.
The drawing is done on pale beige paper, in pencil. It follows a time-line, with dates arrayed across three horizontal tiers. These in turn support arcs denoting personal and corporate alliances, the whole comprising a skeletal resume of George W. Bush's career in the oil business. In other words, the drawing, like all Lombardi's work, is a post-Conceptual reinvention of history painting, a document of factually verifiable yet extremely pared-down relationships limned in a double light of international fame and cryptic realpolitik. Or rather, the light is triple. For, though he possessed the instincts of a private eye and the acumen of a systems-analyst, Lombardi was of course an artist, and from the raw material of wire-service reports and books by political correspondents, he drew not only chronicles of covert, high-stakes trade, but technically pristine and sensually compelling visual forms. His project's sources are profoundly art-historical, even as they are obviously journalistic, and the creative tension between abstracted, self-propelling image and direct verbal communication propels his work. Delicately balanced and gracefully enlaced, these lines and circles read from across the room as purely retinal explorations of two-dimensional space. Their stylized complexity, however, lures the eye in, to a point where language registers as legible and referentiality asserts itself through the scrim of form. A narrative emerges. Looking shifts toward reading, and Lombardi's one-two punch lands.
James R. Bath, it turns out, is a Texas businessman, a sometime aeronautics broker whose firm, Skyway Aircraft Leasing, LTD., was a Cayman Islands front amassing money for use by Oliver North in the Iran-Contra affair. Bath also served as an agent minding American interests for a quartet of Saudi Arabian billionaires, one of whom was Sheik Salim bin Laden, the oldest son and heir of Sheik Mohammed bin Laden, father of fifty-four children including Osama. According to reports by the Houston Chronicle, the Wall Street Journal, Time, and others, Bath did business in his own name but with the Saudis' money; tax records indicate that he collected a fee of 5% on their multimillion dollar American investments. In 1979, Bath contributed $50,000 to Arbusto Energy, a limited-partnership controlled by George W. Bush. As Bath had little capital of his own, oil insiders trace the funds to his silent partners, specifically Salim bin Laden. Such cash infusions from Bath's client sheiks and George H.W. Bush's cartel cronies could not, however, prop Arbusto up. The venture collapsed in 1981 and merged into the Spectrum 7 Energy Corporation. Spectrum—still with W. at the helm—evolved through more near-failures and mergers into Harken Energy, which, in 1990, embarked upon a sweetheart deal to drill oil wells in Bahrain—this regardless of the fact that Harken had never drilled an overseas well, nor a marine well of any kind. Oil industry cognoscenti again assume that the Bahrain contract was orchestrated as a favor from the Saudis to the American chief executive and his family. The favor paid. On June 20, 1990, George W. Bush sold two-thirds of his Harken stock at $4 per share. Eight days later, Harken finished the second quarter with losses of $23 million; the stock promptly lost 75% of its value, finishing at just over $1 per share. Two months later, Iraq invaded Kuwait, and the Gulf War began. All these events are cited in Lombardi's drawing.
Meanwhile, another Bath associate, Sheik Khalid bin Mafouz, was involved in the collapse (in July, 1991) of the Bank of Credit and Commerce, International, better known as BCCI. Among the sins of the Pakistani-owned BCCI were money-laundering on behalf of Colombian druglords, arms brokering, bribery, and aid to terrorists; when this cabal came unglued, millions of investors in seventy-three countries lost their life-savings. Although Bath was not personally implicated in the BCCI fiasco, an estranged business partner claims that that he, Bath, had been recruited to the CIA in 1976-77 by George Bush, Sr., after serving in the Texas Air National Guard as the buddy of George Bush, Jr. (in 1972, the two young men narrowly escaped arrest for cocaine possession). Bath's putative CIA connections, the Agency's operations in the Middle East, and the adventures of BCCI thus compose a kind of symmetry. The byzantine saga of BCCI's demise is plotted in the drawing that is perhaps Lombardi's masterwork, BCCI-ICIC-FAB, c. 1972-1991, (4th Version), 1996-2000. Unveiled in the landmark P.S. 1 exhibition "Greater New York" in 2000, this piece signaled Lombardi's arrival at the cusp of art world fame; it is now in the permanent collection of the Whitney Museum. A wall-size panel schematizing twenty years of suspect alliances amongst scores of players, BCCI-ICIC-FAB… was the last major work the artist made before his death.
CONTINUED…
http://www.wburg.com/0202/arts/lombardi.html
Deals for Dubya
Bush’s family ties to shady bank BCCI help explain his “success.” in the oil biz
by Bob Fitrakis
EXCERPT...
“The governor’s oil-field career can be summed up in a single paragraph. George W. arrived in Midland in 1977, set up a shell company, lost a Congressional election in 1978, restarted building the company he’d put on hold, lost more than $2 million of other people’s money, and left Midland with $840,000 in his pocket,” Ivins offers in Shrub: The Short but Happy Political Life of George W. Bush.
SNIP...
When Dubya organized Arbusto Energy Inc. in the 1970s, James R. Bath, a well-known Texas businessman, provided some of the financing. During George Bush senior’s tenure as CIA director, the agency allegedly used Bath, a business associate of the Saudi Khalid Bin Mahfouz—described by Truell and Gurwin as a “BCCI insider”—to buy CIA planes from Air America and other secretly held agency airlines.
Public records show that in 1976 the CIA sold several planes to Skyway, a firm managed by Bath. Bath denies it, but his former business partner Bill White has alleged the CIA’s role in Skyway in lawsuits and also attested that Bin Mahfouz was an owner of Skyway.
Criminal and civil suits against BCCI established that Bath invested money on Bin Mahfouz’s behalf and that he and Bin Mahfouz were part owners of Houston’s Main Bank with Ghaith Pharaon, the son of a royal advisor to Saudi Arabia’s King Faisal.
Dubya’s undercapitalized and floundering Arbusto received badly needed cash from an old Princeton pal of Bush political advisor James Baker, Philip Uzielli, who paid $1 million for a 10 percent share in a company valued at $382,376. “Uzi,” who made a fortune in Panama as the CEO of Executive Resources, claims he met Bush senior when he was CIA director.
CONTINUED...
http://www.columbusalive.com/2002/20020829/082902/08290...
And here's a resource rich data mining target of opportunity:
http://www.modernhistoryproject.org/mhp/EntityDisplay.p...
Oasis
49. Kick for a Sunday after dinner read.
Octafish
50. Thanks, oasis! Question: D'ya think Bath fits the profile of a "Cut-Out"?
The reason I ask is that both Poppy and Shrub need to shield so much of their, um, work from public scrutiny...
Cut-out (or Cutout) – an agent who serves as a liaison or go-between person or contact person between field spies and the spymaster or control who supervises the activities of field agents; cut-outs often impart instructions and make low-level decisions.
Source: http://www.angelfire.com/ca/espianoge/terms.html
Cut-Out Device – a measure in Operational Security which promotes the avoidance of direct contact between personnel or units in intelligence organization which impede investigation by the active opposition be reducing the opportunity to observe direct contact.
http://www.globalintel.org/dictionary-c.htm
The guy matches the profile of a mule – does the work and a lot of liftin', lets others take credit and do the thinkin'...(such as it is).
QUESTIONABLE TIES
Tracking bin Laden's money flow leads back to Midland, Texas
by Wayne Madsen
On September 24, President George W. Bush appeared at a press conference in the White House Rose Garden to announce a crackdown on the financial networks of terrorists and those who support them. “U.S. banks that have assets of these groups or individuals must freeze their accounts,” Bush declared. “And U.S. citizens or businesses are prohibited from doing business with them.”
But the president, who is now enjoying an astounding 92 percent approval rating (remember, this is just after 9-11 when half of DU supported the little turd from Crawford - Octafish), hasn’t always practiced what he is now preaching: Bush’s own businesses were once tied to financial figures in Saudi Arabia who currently support bin Laden.
In 1979, Bush’s first business, Arbusto Energy, obtained financing from James Bath, a Houstonian and close family friend. One of many investors, Bath gave Bush $50,000 for a 5 percent stake in Arbusto. At the time, Bath was the sole U.S. business representative for Salem bin Laden, head of the wealthy Saudi Arabian family and a brother (one of 17) to Osama bin Laden. It has long been suspected, but never proven, that the Arbusto money came directly from Salem bin Laden. In a statement issued shortly after the September 11 attacks, the White House vehemently denied the connection, insisting that Bath invested his own money, not Salem bin Laden’s, in Arbusto.
In conflicting statements, Bush at first denied ever knowing Bath, then acknowledged his stake in Arbusto and that he was aware Bath represented Saudi interests. In fact, Bath has extensive ties, both to the bin Laden family and major players in the scandal-ridden Bank of Commerce and Credit International (BCCI) who have gone on to fund Osama bin Laden. BCCI defrauded depositors of $10 billion in the ’80s in what has been called the “largest bank fraud in world financial history” by former Manhattan District Attorney Robert Morgenthau. During the ’80s, BCCI also acted as a main conduit for laundering money intended for clandestine CIA activities, ranging from financial support to the Afghan mujahedin to paying intermediaries in the Iran-Contra affair.
CONTINUED...
http://www.inthesetimes.com/issue/25/25/feature3.shtml
So, let me get this straight:
It's NOT stealing when a Bush does it.
It's NOT terrorism when a Bush does it.
It's not treason when a Bush does it.
OK. Got it! Feel better already.
Oasis
51. Bush first denies knowing Bath. Reminds me of his denial of Ken Lay. Lying
bastard needs to have his past shady dealings exposed in a big way.
The state of Texas has had to put up with the likes of Bush and slimy shills like Tom Delay for decades, yet right wingers have the nerve to criticize the UN for corruption.
Octafish
52. They've a lot to hide. Like Money Laundering.
"Dirty Money" Foundation of US Growth and Empire -
Size and Scope of Money Laundering by US Banks From La Journada (Mexico)
5/19/01,
by James Petras - Professor of Sociology, Binghamton University
-- There is a consensus among U.S. Congressional Investigators, former bankers and international banking experts that U.S. and European banks launder between $500 billion and $1 trillion of dirty money each year, half of which is laundered by U.S. banks alone. As Senator Carl Levin summarizes the record: "Estimates are that $500 billion to $1 trillion of international criminal proceeds are moved internationally and deposited into bank accounts annually. It is estimated that half of that money comes to the United States".
SNIP…
U. S. Banks and The Dirty Money Empire
SNIP...
Citibank, the biggest money launderer, is the biggest bank in the U.S., with 180,000 employees world-wide operating in 100 countries, with $700 billion in known assets and over $100 billion in client assets in private bank (secret accounts) operating private banking offices in 30 countries, which is the largest global presence of any U.S. private bank. It is important to clarify what is meant by "private bank."
Private Banking is a sector of a bank which caters to extremely wealthy clients ($1 million deposits and up). The big banks charge customers a fee for managing their assets and for providing the specialized services of the private banks. Private Bank services go beyond the routine banking services and include investment guidance, estate planning, tax assistance, off-shore accounts, and complicated schemes designed to secure the confidentiality of financial transactions. The attractiveness of the "Private Banks" (PB) for money laundering is that they sell secrecy to the dirty money clients. There are two methods that big Banks use to launder money: via private banks and via correspondent banking. PB routinely use code names for accounts, concentration accounts (concentration accounts co-mingles bank funds with client funds which cut off paper trails for billions of dollars of wire transfers) that disguise the movement of client funds, and offshore private investment corporations (PIC) located in countries with strict secrecy laws (Cayman Island, Bahamas, etc.)
For example, in the case of Raul Salinas, PB personnel at Citibank helped Salinas transfer $90 to $100 million out of Mexico in a manner that effectively disguised the funds' sources and destination thus breaking the funds' paper trail. In routine fashion, Citibank set up a dummy offshore corporation, provided Salinas with a secret code name, provided an alias for a third party intermediary who deposited the money in a Citibank account in Mexico and transferred the money in a concentration account to New York where it was then moved to Switzerland and London.
The PICs are designed by the big banks for the purpose of holding and hiding a person's assets. The nominal officers, trustees and shareholder of these shell corporations are themselves shell corporations controlled by the PB. The PIC then becomes the holder of the various bank and investment accounts and the ownership of the private bank clients is buried in the records of so-called jurisdiction such as the Cayman Islands. Private bankers of the big banks like Citibank keep pre-packaged PICs on the shelf awaiting activation when a private bank client wants one. The system works like Russian Matryoshka dolls, shells within shells within shells, which in the end can be impenetrable to a legal process.
CONTINUED...
http://www.fromthewilderness.com/free/economy/053101_ba..
Blm
53. CBS should've done an FOIA on James Bath's records.
I wonder why no reporter looking into Bush's TANG records figured out they could do an FOIA on Bath, too.
I also wonder if some of Bath's records have gone "missing" along with Bush's.....that would be very hard to swallow as mere coincidence.
Octafish
54. You know why they didn't, blm.
To do so would mean actually busting the turds they've protected since 22 November 1963.
You are correct, though. Filing a Freedom of Information Act request is what real journalists and real news organizations do. In fact, they would do whatever it takes to get to the truth in a story involving treason, national security and war.
In fact, getting the Truth to the American people is their DUTY. That's why the Founding Fathers put together that First Amendment -- guaranteeing a free Press is the only business mentioned by name in the Constitution.
How long has it been we've had an AWOL press? Oh yeah, going on 42 years now.
39.Brent Bozell is also part of the Herge/Halper/NCPAC complex
http://rightweb.irc-online.org/groupwatch/wff.php
Group Watch: World Freedom Foundation (August 1990)
L. Brent Bozell III--chairman of the board; Dr. Curtin Winsor, Jr. --president; Hon. Stefan A. Halper--director of government relations; Marc S. Ryan--executive director; Leif E. Noren--administrator; Herman Pirchner--finance; Gregory Mueller--public relations; J. Curtis Herge, Esq.--legal counsel; and J. Parker Bailey, CPA--accounting.
<snip>
The World Freedom Foundation (WFF) was founded by Brent Bozell III in November of 1987. Bozell began the WFF immediately after a bitter dispute with the board of the National Conservative Political Action Committee (NCPAC). This dispute resulted in his resigning (or according to some accounts, his being fired) from his positions as president of the NCPAC and executive director of the National Conservative Foundation and its publication, Newswatch.
And Bozell, of course, has just inserted himself into the Gannon caper and is already in the middle of a scandal involving Google-bombing. See the newly-started threads at:
http://www.democraticunderground.com/discuss/duboard.ph...
http://www.democraticunderground.com/discuss/duboard.ph...
I've recently been looking into what the Bush/Harriman/Dulles axis was up to back in the 1930's, and what I've been realizing is that it wasn't even so much about *dealing with Nazis* as it was about money-laundering and massive banking fraud on one hand and propaganda and control of public opinion on the other. I'm coming to believe that what they were doing in the 30's set the paradigm for all this right-wing crap today. Half the time, these people on the right are involved in various kinds of financial fraud, like the S&L scandals. The other half, they're trying to manipulate the media, like Gannon and now Bozell. And in between, they seem to have plenty of time for getting rich by dealing with our nation's enemies. It's all the same pattern and it never changes.
Octafish
40. Multi-Generational Guardians of Plundered Wealth (Remember ENRON?)
It is a conspiracy, in the original sense of the word: "To breathe together." So, like Adam Smith's invisible hand, the BFEE acts in its own best interest. It comes naturally. They learned it from the masters they served and who now serve them.
The Planned Gutting of Industrial America: Who Did It and Why
By John Hoefle
http://educate-yourself.org/cn/southernstrategyassaulto...
January 1, 2001
Original title: Southern Strategy: Assault on the American Republic
published in EIR January 2001
The political success of Richard Nixon and Jimmy Carter's "Southern Strategy,'' transforming the White House and Congress into bastions of white Southern power, would have been impossible, without the economic transformation of the United States from the greatest industrial and scientific nation-state in history, to a post-industrial nation of white-collar accountants, real estate brokers, computer programmers, retail clerks, and hamburger-flippers.
SNIP...
This Houston-Atlanta-Charlotte nexus can be dubbed "Southern Strategy, Inc.'' Of course, it was Wall Street--most prominently the financial interests associated with Harriman, Morgan, and Rockefeller--which set this shift in motion. But the deregulated monster represented by such corporate creatures as Enron Corp. in the energy field, the Rainwater interests buying up hospitals, or Corrections Corporation of America in private prison operations, signals as process of financial speculation and physical-economic chaos, which Wall Street can no longer control. With President George W. Bush and Vice President Richard Cheney moving from Texas to Washington, the power of this Southern-based corporate looting apparatus is almost certain to grow at an even more accelerated rate.
SNIP...
By far the older and filthier of the two is Schlumberger, the intelligence apparatus masquerading as an oil services company. Schlumberger is one of the two biggest oilfield services companies in the world, Halliburton being the other. While Schlumberger, the company, was formed in Paris in the early 1900s, the intelligence network which operates through it is much older, a part of the banking empire of the interlocked de Neuflize, Schlumberger, and Mallet-Prevost families, which have been running operations against the United States since the American Revolution. In Houston, the Schlumberger/Lazard nexus is closely allied with a nest of British assets centered around the Harriman interests and operating through a group of powerful law firms. E.H. Harriman was a 19th-Century railroad robber baron whose companies were fronts for the British royal family and their fellow aristocrats. Harriman's agents in Houston included Baker & Botts, the law firm of former Bush Secretary of State James A. Baker III, which has also represented Schlumberger since the 1950s. The Bush family is also a creature of the Harriman networks and their British controllers, through both the Bush and the Walker sides of the family. Both George H.W. Bush's father, Prescott Bush, and his uncle Herbert Walker were top officials of the Harriman investment bank, and the Harrimans, Lazard, and Scottish banker James Gammell funded the business and political career of Sir George (Prescott, Herbert, and Sir George were also members of Skull & Bones, the powerful Yale-based secret society). Also coming together in Houston were the British intelligence networks of Col. Edward Mandell House, the global oil cartel, and the ``legendary'' King Ranch.
Enron, which has an energy trading room in its Houston headquarters which rivals the trading rooms of the big Wall Street investment banks, is perhaps the single company most responsible for the chaos in today's domestic energy markets. Its ``success'' in energy speculation has raised virtually every electricity bill, natural gas bill, and heating oil bill in the country, some of them by orders of magnitude. Enron is a relative newcomer, but plays an important role in allowing the financial sharks, under the guise of deregulation, to get their hands on the income streams generated from the production and consumption of electricity, natural gas, and related energy products. Enron's fortunes are directly tied to the Bush League: Enron is the single largest contributor to the political campaigns of President George W. Bush, and the firm hired as ``consultants'' a number of top officials of his father's administration--including James Baker III, and Commerce Secretary Robert Mosbacher--after they left Washington. In return, these officials used their political pull to get Enron a series of lucrative contracts around the world. Enron chairman Kenneth Lay has been touted as a potential member of the Bush Cabinet, and Southern Strategy zealot Rep. Tom DeLay (R-Tex.) is widely known as ``the Congressman from Enron.''
CONTINUED…
http://educate-yourself.org/cn/southernstrategyassaulto...
Willie Sutton must be kicking himself for not being born a Baby Boomer. Today, those who want to steal know the REAL money is outside the bank.
Starroute
EIR is the LaRouchies, and they're always weird about the British
My general feeling is that about 80-85% of what the LaRouchies say is reliable, but that you've got to turn on the BS detector when they start saying things like, "In Houston, the Schlumberger/Lazard nexus is closely allied with a nest of British assets centered around the Harriman interests and operating through a group of powerful law firms. E.H. Harriman was a 19th-Century railroad robber baron whose companies were fronts for the British royal family and their fellow aristocrats. Harriman's agents in Houston included Baker & Botts, the law firm of former Bush Secretary of State James A. Baker III, which has also represented Schlumberger since the 1950s. The Bush family is also a creature of the Harriman networks and their British controllers, through both the Bush and the Walker sides of the family."
In this case, that's even more true than usual. Averell Harriman and Prescott Bush were clearly on the side of the Germans in the 20's and 30's and had no particular affinity with Britain. The LaRouchies themselves are strongly oriented towards Germany (along with displaying fascist overtones) and never miss a chance to bash the British. So for a LaRouche publication to describe Harriman companies as "fronts for the British royal family" seems decidedly wonky.
Octafish
42. Agree 100-percent on EIR's 85-percent.
eah. I don't like LaRouche's politics or his personality. Even more, I hate NAZIs. That's why the Harriman-Britain angle is so important and why I will use what the nut and his minions have unearthed on the BFEE. Lots of times their work is all we got.
LaRouche and his whacky conspiraracy theories about the British and the drug trade sound on their face ludicrous, but what's happened since World War II -- the rise of the military-industrial complex and the creation of a permanent state of war -- makes them completely understandable. While far from perfect, EIR is on the money regarding the BFEE, the British Roils, and Tarpley and Chaitkin's "Unauthorized Biograpy."
Harriman and Bush were with Britain's royal clan in the 1930s because the monarchy favored "Herr Hitler." It wasn't until the pro-NAZI king became deposed, ostensibly over one American divorcee, that an anti-NAZI roil was crowned king.
The reason for the Harriman-Bush-Dulles work with the NAZIs wasn't necessarily pro-fascist, it was to better control the world's wealth and people. Harriman may've been a Democrat, but he certainly didn't believe in democracy when it came to Germany and Britain or Vietnam and America for that matter.
The official story was told by Margaret Case Harriman:
"The King and the Girl from Baltimore"
in The Aspirin Age: 1919-1941 (1949)
http://members.aol.com/Mikewats/edward.html
Closer to the real picture are our friends at Spartacus...
http://www.spartacus.schoolnet.co.uk/MONedwardVIII.htm
This is why, to me, the LaRouchies' politcally driven research is an important resource because few others have put this information down on paper. It's like Dulles liked to say: "If you want to keep a secret, don't put it down on paper." And the Brits may lead the world in using PR to their advantage -- skills developed on the home isle.
Closer to the real picture are our friends at Spartacus.
http://www.spartacus.schoolnet.co.uk/MONedwardVIII.htm
This is why, to me, the LaRouchies' politcally driven research is an important resource because few others have put this information down on paper. It's like Dulles liked to say: "If you want to keep a secret, don't put it down on paper." And the Brits may lead the world in using PR to their advantage -- skills developed on the home isle.
Starroute
43. Perhaps I should take the British connection more seriously
I've tended to dismiss the LaRouchies' obsession with the British royals in their conspiracy theories as a transparent substitution for blaming everything on the Jews. (Which they got in trouble for, as I recall, back in the 70's.) But if you think there's more to it than that, perhaps I should stop discounting it.
You've got me wondering now about the "Brown Brothers" end of Brown Brothers, Harriman -- that is, the British firm which merged with W.A. Harriman & Co. in 1931. I have the feeling I once ran into something on them in connection with the 19th century opium trade. . . . Ah, here it is:
http://www.winterboy.com/dejavu1.html
1818 William Brown of Britain's Brown Brothers' opens a Philadelphia branch of the Baltimore-Liverpool-India shipping triangle (and will later become American Steamship), with ties to the China opium trade. During the Civil War, Brown Brothers, via Brown and Shipley, will ship 70% of US slave-produced cotton to England.
{NOTE: The Brown Brothers will later befriend the Bush family, and will merge with Bush/Harriman in 1931 to create Brown Brothers, Harriman "the...largest and oldest private bank," while leaving Brown & Shipley intact in London}
Ah yes, drugs and private banks -- isn't that just the Octopus all over?
Octafish
44. Things get even weirder..
… so weird that the only explanation that makes sense is that we live in an Associative Universe, one where the mind acts as a sort of rudder between possibilites and actualities. In checking out the background of Margaret Case Harriman I discovered this notice from Time:
Milestones
Aug. 19, 1966
Married. Xavier Cugat, 66, ever-loving bandleader; and Rosario Pilar Martínez Molina Baeza, 21, his singer; he for the fourth time; in Las Vegas.Died. Sir Sidney Oakes, 39, son of multimillionaire Sir Harry Oakes (victim of a famed, unsolved murder in 1943), a Nassau businessman and amateur sports car driver; of injuries when his Sunbeam Alpine failed to make a curve at high speed; in Nassau.Died. Margaret Case Harriman, 61, author, who grew up in Manhattan's Hotel Algonquin (her father owned it), became a sort of midtown Malory by chronicling in The Vicious Circle and Blessed Are the Debonair...
SOURCE:
http://www.time.com/time/archive/preview/0,10987,836271...
I noticed the item about the passing of Sir Sidney Oakes of the Bahamas and saw his father was the victim of an unsolved murder in 1943. "Gee," I thought, "could there be a connection there to the BFEE?" So I learned that Sir Harry Oakes had made a fortune, married a younger woman, retired to the Bahamas for tax reasons, was a philanthropist, may've believed in racial superiority, and became a friend, a verrrrry rich friend, of the Duke of Windsor, the apparent NAZI sympathizer.
If you have a moment, check this out:
The Town Of Two Knights
Sir Harry Oakes
EXCERPT...
The two strangers ran out of the house and left in the car. The two watchmen fled in terror. The car had contained a third man, the driver, whom they said they saw clearly. It was Harold Christie, they told de Marigny.
The next day, Christie tracked down the pair and paid them each 100 pounds to leave Nassau and never return. Danger to do otherwise was heightened when they heard that the local harbormaster, an experienced diver had been found floating in the harbor, reported drowned. He had been the only witness to the arrival of a mysterious boat about midnight.
According to de Marigny, Christie avoided investigation because any competent inquiry would have revealed that Oakes, Christie, and the Duke of Windsor had conspired to smuggle millions of dollars out of the Bahamas in violation of currency regulations. The Duke, then the Governor of the Bahamas and former King of Great Britain, possessed the power to reopen the investigation. But, he never did.
Harry Oakes left a personal fortune valued at slightly under $12 million, not counting his shares in Lake Shore Mine, or his numerous houses. What happened to the rest of his fortune, estimated to be at least $200 to $300 million? No satisfactory explanation has ever been offered
And who killed Sir Harry? The official autopsy declared Oakes was killed by a blow to the head. De Marigny insists a Nassau doctor told him Oakes was shot to death, which fits the watchman?s account. If de Marigny is correct, there are four small-caliber bullets in Harry Oakes? skull. But that lies with the rest of remains in the millionaire?s crypt in the East Dover cemetery in Dover-Foxcroft.
SOURCE:
http://www.sangerville.lib.me.us/oakes.html
What does this have to do with the BFEE? Possibly nothing and perhaps everything -- These cats believe themselves the world's lords and masters. In the view of royals, humanity are their inferiors, subjects and cannon fodder. For all our lurking freeper friends, that's un-American.
Starroute
45. Wasn't it Deep Throat who said "Follow the money"?
Edited on Sat Mar-12-05 04:30 PM by starroute
Whatever has been going on is bigger and older than the BFEE. As nearly as I can tell, it begins with the people Buckminster Fuller called "the Great Pirates" -- the people who had the run of the seas back when that put you beyond the reach of any landbound government and who were getting rich off opium and slaves and whatever else commanded a premium price.
hings began to change in the late 1800's and early 1900's. As sea travel got faster and safer, that was no longer where the biggest risks and the biggest rewards were to be found. Instead, it was in land-based industries -- particularly coal, and oil, and steel, and munitions, and chemicals. But by becoming land-bound, the robber barons put themselves at the mercy of ordinary governments, which began to regulate them and tax them and break up their monopolies.
Over the last century, the Great Pirates have responded to these challenges in a variety of ways. One is by moving their money around from bank to bank and nation to nation in such a way that no mere government can get a handle on it. Brown Brothers, Harriman was heavily involved in this sort of money-laundering in the 30's, in partnership with Fritz Thyssen. That's what got them into trouble after the start of World War II, when the US government froze the assets of Union Bank. But Allen Dulles was on the spot to make sure they didn't lose a penny, and by 1951 it had all come back to them.
The same practices were adopted by the CIA while Allen Dulles was its director. The first of the major CIA money-laundering operations went through Castle Bank, set up in the Bahamas in the 1950's to handle profits from the Southeast Asian heroin that was moving through Marseilles and then Cuba and into the US. If there's any direct connection to your Harry Oakes, it could be there in Nassau. Nugan Hand, BCCI, and Riggs Bank have continued the same pattern since.
When trying to track the Great Pirates, it's important to know what to keep your eye on. Governments and nationalities are irrelevant to them. Organizations and corporations are merely tools of convenience. All that stays constant are the people (and some of the multi-generational families) and the techniques they have for manipulating money.
Octafish
46. Great Pirates
Buckminster was correct. Thanks for the excellent observations, analysis and report, starroute. I've never seen the situation summed up better or more succinctly.
Thanks to Reagan, the nation's tax burden shifted from the corporations and wealthy and to the middle-and-working class. Budget deficits grew enormously, benefiting the MI-complex that received the cash and the bond-holders who receive interest. Result: The largest transfer of wealth in history.
Thanks to Bush Sr., the government continued to plunder the wealth of the middle class through fiscal policy. Also, looting Savings and Loan cost American taxpayers over a trillion dollars. Who benefited? The usual suspects, who gained from yet another historic transfer of wealth.
Thanks to Clinton, fiscal policy got the attention it deserved and the government cut back on social programs to the point where the books could balance. Who benefited? The usual suspects.
Then we got Bush Jr. and the government went on a spending spree unequaled in time, making the rich richer and the poor poorer. The middle class? Hah. We're becoming the new poor.
What it means for us in the present day: We need more Democrats. Real Democrats.
For whom the turds toll:
If we divided the income of the US into thirds, we find that the top ten percent of the population gets a third, the next thirty percent gets another third, and the bottom sixty percent get the last third. If we divide the wealth of the US into thirds, we find that the top one percent own a third, the next nine percent own another third, and the bottom ninety percent claim the rest. (Actually, these percentages, true a decade ago, are now out of date. The top one percent are now estimated to own between forty and fifty percent of the nation's wealth, more than the combined wealth of the bottom 95%.)
Source (with links ahoy):
http://www.lcurve.org /
Getting to be a lot like Haiti around here. And that's the BFEE's point.
Kathy in Cambridge
47. Kick
Octafish
48. Thanks, Kathy! Hey! Didja hear about Bath and BCCI?
"Obsessive—Generous"
Toward a Diagram of Mark Lombardi
by Frances Richard
Who is James R. Bath?
A nodal point in Mark Lombardi's drawing George W. Bush, Harken Energy and Jackson Stephens c. 1979-90, 5th Version, 1999, James R. Bath appears in the upper lefthand corner of the 16 1/2" x 41" piece of paper. The spatial syntax of Lombardi's drawings—which map in elegantly visual terms the secret deals and suspect associations of financiers, politicians, corporations, and governments—dictates that the more densely lines ray out from a given node, the more deeply that figure is embroiled in the tale Lombardi tells. Thirteen lines originate with or point to James R. Bath, more than any other name presented. Among those linked to this obscure yet central character are George W. Bush, Jr., George H.W. Bush, Sr., Senator Lloyd Bentsen of Texas, Governor John B. Connally of Texas, Sheik Salim bin Laden of Saudi Arabia, and Sheik Salim's younger brother, Osama bin Laden.
The drawing is done on pale beige paper, in pencil. It follows a time-line, with dates arrayed across three horizontal tiers. These in turn support arcs denoting personal and corporate alliances, the whole comprising a skeletal resume of George W. Bush's career in the oil business. In other words, the drawing, like all Lombardi's work, is a post-Conceptual reinvention of history painting, a document of factually verifiable yet extremely pared-down relationships limned in a double light of international fame and cryptic realpolitik. Or rather, the light is triple. For, though he possessed the instincts of a private eye and the acumen of a systems-analyst, Lombardi was of course an artist, and from the raw material of wire-service reports and books by political correspondents, he drew not only chronicles of covert, high-stakes trade, but technically pristine and sensually compelling visual forms. His project's sources are profoundly art-historical, even as they are obviously journalistic, and the creative tension between abstracted, self-propelling image and direct verbal communication propels his work. Delicately balanced and gracefully enlaced, these lines and circles read from across the room as purely retinal explorations of two-dimensional space. Their stylized complexity, however, lures the eye in, to a point where language registers as legible and referentiality asserts itself through the scrim of form. A narrative emerges. Looking shifts toward reading, and Lombardi's one-two punch lands.
James R. Bath, it turns out, is a Texas businessman, a sometime aeronautics broker whose firm, Skyway Aircraft Leasing, LTD., was a Cayman Islands front amassing money for use by Oliver North in the Iran-Contra affair. Bath also served as an agent minding American interests for a quartet of Saudi Arabian billionaires, one of whom was Sheik Salim bin Laden, the oldest son and heir of Sheik Mohammed bin Laden, father of fifty-four children including Osama. According to reports by the Houston Chronicle, the Wall Street Journal, Time, and others, Bath did business in his own name but with the Saudis' money; tax records indicate that he collected a fee of 5% on their multimillion dollar American investments. In 1979, Bath contributed $50,000 to Arbusto Energy, a limited-partnership controlled by George W. Bush. As Bath had little capital of his own, oil insiders trace the funds to his silent partners, specifically Salim bin Laden. Such cash infusions from Bath's client sheiks and George H.W. Bush's cartel cronies could not, however, prop Arbusto up. The venture collapsed in 1981 and merged into the Spectrum 7 Energy Corporation. Spectrum—still with W. at the helm—evolved through more near-failures and mergers into Harken Energy, which, in 1990, embarked upon a sweetheart deal to drill oil wells in Bahrain—this regardless of the fact that Harken had never drilled an overseas well, nor a marine well of any kind. Oil industry cognoscenti again assume that the Bahrain contract was orchestrated as a favor from the Saudis to the American chief executive and his family. The favor paid. On June 20, 1990, George W. Bush sold two-thirds of his Harken stock at $4 per share. Eight days later, Harken finished the second quarter with losses of $23 million; the stock promptly lost 75% of its value, finishing at just over $1 per share. Two months later, Iraq invaded Kuwait, and the Gulf War began. All these events are cited in Lombardi's drawing.
Meanwhile, another Bath associate, Sheik Khalid bin Mafouz, was involved in the collapse (in July, 1991) of the Bank of Credit and Commerce, International, better known as BCCI. Among the sins of the Pakistani-owned BCCI were money-laundering on behalf of Colombian druglords, arms brokering, bribery, and aid to terrorists; when this cabal came unglued, millions of investors in seventy-three countries lost their life-savings. Although Bath was not personally implicated in the BCCI fiasco, an estranged business partner claims that that he, Bath, had been recruited to the CIA in 1976-77 by George Bush, Sr., after serving in the Texas Air National Guard as the buddy of George Bush, Jr. (in 1972, the two young men narrowly escaped arrest for cocaine possession). Bath's putative CIA connections, the Agency's operations in the Middle East, and the adventures of BCCI thus compose a kind of symmetry. The byzantine saga of BCCI's demise is plotted in the drawing that is perhaps Lombardi's masterwork, BCCI-ICIC-FAB, c. 1972-1991, (4th Version), 1996-2000. Unveiled in the landmark P.S. 1 exhibition "Greater New York" in 2000, this piece signaled Lombardi's arrival at the cusp of art world fame; it is now in the permanent collection of the Whitney Museum. A wall-size panel schematizing twenty years of suspect alliances amongst scores of players, BCCI-ICIC-FAB… was the last major work the artist made before his death.
CONTINUED…
http://www.wburg.com/0202/arts/lombardi.html
Deals for Dubya
Bush’s family ties to shady bank BCCI help explain his “success.” in the oil biz
by Bob Fitrakis
EXCERPT...
“The governor’s oil-field career can be summed up in a single paragraph. George W. arrived in Midland in 1977, set up a shell company, lost a Congressional election in 1978, restarted building the company he’d put on hold, lost more than $2 million of other people’s money, and left Midland with $840,000 in his pocket,” Ivins offers in Shrub: The Short but Happy Political Life of George W. Bush.
SNIP...
When Dubya organized Arbusto Energy Inc. in the 1970s, James R. Bath, a well-known Texas businessman, provided some of the financing. During George Bush senior’s tenure as CIA director, the agency allegedly used Bath, a business associate of the Saudi Khalid Bin Mahfouz—described by Truell and Gurwin as a “BCCI insider”—to buy CIA planes from Air America and other secretly held agency airlines.
Public records show that in 1976 the CIA sold several planes to Skyway, a firm managed by Bath. Bath denies it, but his former business partner Bill White has alleged the CIA’s role in Skyway in lawsuits and also attested that Bin Mahfouz was an owner of Skyway.
Criminal and civil suits against BCCI established that Bath invested money on Bin Mahfouz’s behalf and that he and Bin Mahfouz were part owners of Houston’s Main Bank with Ghaith Pharaon, the son of a royal advisor to Saudi Arabia’s King Faisal.
Dubya’s undercapitalized and floundering Arbusto received badly needed cash from an old Princeton pal of Bush political advisor James Baker, Philip Uzielli, who paid $1 million for a 10 percent share in a company valued at $382,376. “Uzi,” who made a fortune in Panama as the CEO of Executive Resources, claims he met Bush senior when he was CIA director.
CONTINUED...
http://www.columbusalive.com/2002/20020829/082902/08290...
And here's a resource rich data mining target of opportunity:
http://www.modernhistoryproject.org/mhp/EntityDisplay.p...
Oasis
49. Kick for a Sunday after dinner read.
Octafish
50. Thanks, oasis! Question: D'ya think Bath fits the profile of a "Cut-Out"?
The reason I ask is that both Poppy and Shrub need to shield so much of their, um, work from public scrutiny...
Cut-out (or Cutout) – an agent who serves as a liaison or go-between person or contact person between field spies and the spymaster or control who supervises the activities of field agents; cut-outs often impart instructions and make low-level decisions.
Source: http://www.angelfire.com/ca/espianoge/terms.html
Cut-Out Device – a measure in Operational Security which promotes the avoidance of direct contact between personnel or units in intelligence organization which impede investigation by the active opposition be reducing the opportunity to observe direct contact.
http://www.globalintel.org/dictionary-c.htm
The guy matches the profile of a mule – does the work and a lot of liftin', lets others take credit and do the thinkin'...(such as it is).
QUESTIONABLE TIES
Tracking bin Laden's money flow leads back to Midland, Texas
by Wayne Madsen
On September 24, President George W. Bush appeared at a press conference in the White House Rose Garden to announce a crackdown on the financial networks of terrorists and those who support them. “U.S. banks that have assets of these groups or individuals must freeze their accounts,” Bush declared. “And U.S. citizens or businesses are prohibited from doing business with them.”
But the president, who is now enjoying an astounding 92 percent approval rating (remember, this is just after 9-11 when half of DU supported the little turd from Crawford - Octafish), hasn’t always practiced what he is now preaching: Bush’s own businesses were once tied to financial figures in Saudi Arabia who currently support bin Laden.
In 1979, Bush’s first business, Arbusto Energy, obtained financing from James Bath, a Houstonian and close family friend. One of many investors, Bath gave Bush $50,000 for a 5 percent stake in Arbusto. At the time, Bath was the sole U.S. business representative for Salem bin Laden, head of the wealthy Saudi Arabian family and a brother (one of 17) to Osama bin Laden. It has long been suspected, but never proven, that the Arbusto money came directly from Salem bin Laden. In a statement issued shortly after the September 11 attacks, the White House vehemently denied the connection, insisting that Bath invested his own money, not Salem bin Laden’s, in Arbusto.
In conflicting statements, Bush at first denied ever knowing Bath, then acknowledged his stake in Arbusto and that he was aware Bath represented Saudi interests. In fact, Bath has extensive ties, both to the bin Laden family and major players in the scandal-ridden Bank of Commerce and Credit International (BCCI) who have gone on to fund Osama bin Laden. BCCI defrauded depositors of $10 billion in the ’80s in what has been called the “largest bank fraud in world financial history” by former Manhattan District Attorney Robert Morgenthau. During the ’80s, BCCI also acted as a main conduit for laundering money intended for clandestine CIA activities, ranging from financial support to the Afghan mujahedin to paying intermediaries in the Iran-Contra affair.
CONTINUED...
http://www.inthesetimes.com/issue/25/25/feature3.shtml
So, let me get this straight:
It's NOT stealing when a Bush does it.
It's NOT terrorism when a Bush does it.
It's not treason when a Bush does it.
OK. Got it! Feel better already.
Oasis
51. Bush first denies knowing Bath. Reminds me of his denial of Ken Lay. Lying
bastard needs to have his past shady dealings exposed in a big way.
The state of Texas has had to put up with the likes of Bush and slimy shills like Tom Delay for decades, yet right wingers have the nerve to criticize the UN for corruption.
Octafish
52. They've a lot to hide. Like Money Laundering.
"Dirty Money" Foundation of US Growth and Empire -
Size and Scope of Money Laundering by US Banks From La Journada (Mexico)
5/19/01,
by James Petras - Professor of Sociology, Binghamton University
-- There is a consensus among U.S. Congressional Investigators, former bankers and international banking experts that U.S. and European banks launder between $500 billion and $1 trillion of dirty money each year, half of which is laundered by U.S. banks alone. As Senator Carl Levin summarizes the record: "Estimates are that $500 billion to $1 trillion of international criminal proceeds are moved internationally and deposited into bank accounts annually. It is estimated that half of that money comes to the United States".
SNIP…
U. S. Banks and The Dirty Money Empire
SNIP...
Citibank, the biggest money launderer, is the biggest bank in the U.S., with 180,000 employees world-wide operating in 100 countries, with $700 billion in known assets and over $100 billion in client assets in private bank (secret accounts) operating private banking offices in 30 countries, which is the largest global presence of any U.S. private bank. It is important to clarify what is meant by "private bank."
Private Banking is a sector of a bank which caters to extremely wealthy clients ($1 million deposits and up). The big banks charge customers a fee for managing their assets and for providing the specialized services of the private banks. Private Bank services go beyond the routine banking services and include investment guidance, estate planning, tax assistance, off-shore accounts, and complicated schemes designed to secure the confidentiality of financial transactions. The attractiveness of the "Private Banks" (PB) for money laundering is that they sell secrecy to the dirty money clients. There are two methods that big Banks use to launder money: via private banks and via correspondent banking. PB routinely use code names for accounts, concentration accounts (concentration accounts co-mingles bank funds with client funds which cut off paper trails for billions of dollars of wire transfers) that disguise the movement of client funds, and offshore private investment corporations (PIC) located in countries with strict secrecy laws (Cayman Island, Bahamas, etc.)
For example, in the case of Raul Salinas, PB personnel at Citibank helped Salinas transfer $90 to $100 million out of Mexico in a manner that effectively disguised the funds' sources and destination thus breaking the funds' paper trail. In routine fashion, Citibank set up a dummy offshore corporation, provided Salinas with a secret code name, provided an alias for a third party intermediary who deposited the money in a Citibank account in Mexico and transferred the money in a concentration account to New York where it was then moved to Switzerland and London.
The PICs are designed by the big banks for the purpose of holding and hiding a person's assets. The nominal officers, trustees and shareholder of these shell corporations are themselves shell corporations controlled by the PB. The PIC then becomes the holder of the various bank and investment accounts and the ownership of the private bank clients is buried in the records of so-called jurisdiction such as the Cayman Islands. Private bankers of the big banks like Citibank keep pre-packaged PICs on the shelf awaiting activation when a private bank client wants one. The system works like Russian Matryoshka dolls, shells within shells within shells, which in the end can be impenetrable to a legal process.
CONTINUED...
http://www.fromthewilderness.com/free/economy/053101_ba..
Blm
53. CBS should've done an FOIA on James Bath's records.
I wonder why no reporter looking into Bush's TANG records figured out they could do an FOIA on Bath, too.
I also wonder if some of Bath's records have gone "missing" along with Bush's.....that would be very hard to swallow as mere coincidence.
Octafish
54. You know why they didn't, blm.
To do so would mean actually busting the turds they've protected since 22 November 1963.
You are correct, though. Filing a Freedom of Information Act request is what real journalists and real news organizations do. In fact, they would do whatever it takes to get to the truth in a story involving treason, national security and war.
In fact, getting the Truth to the American people is their DUTY. That's why the Founding Fathers put together that First Amendment -- guaranteeing a free Press is the only business mentioned by name in the Constitution.
How long has it been we've had an AWOL press? Oh yeah, going on 42 years now.
https://app.box.com/s/c0zrg5t2td
https://app.box.com/s/c0zrg5t2td
bowart_operation_mind_control.pdf
OPERATION MIND CONTROL
Walter Bowart was born in Omaha, Nebraska, in 1939. He was awarded a McMahon journal-ism scholarship to
the University of Oklahoma and has since worked as an editor, publisher and writer. His articles have appeared in many journals including
The East Village Other, the underground newspaper which he founded in 1965.
Walter Bowart lives in Tucson, Arizona, with his wife and three children.
Published in the U.S.A. by Dell Publishing Co., Inc. 1978
First published in Great Britain by Fontana 1978
Copyright © Walter Bowart 1978
Copyright © in the Foreword, Richard Condon 1978
Printed in Great Britain by
William Collins Sons & Co. Ltd, Glasgow
This book is dedicated to those who are obedient to authority. May they follow in the path of Daniel Ellsberg, L. Fletcher Prouty, Victor Marchetti, John Marks, and George OToole, become responsible, and break free from the chains of command.
“ I know of no safe depository of the ultimate powers of society but the people themselves, and if we think them not enlightened enough to exercise their control with a wholesome discretion, the remedy is not to take it from them, but to inform their discretion by education” …. Thomas Jefferson
“In the technotronic society the trend would seem to be towards the aggregation of the individual support of millions of uncoordinated citizens, easily within reach of magnetic and attractive personalities effectively exploring the latest communication techniques to manipulate emotions and control reason,” …… Zbigniew Brzezinski, National Security Advisor to USA President Jimmy Carter.
Author's Note
This book is an exercise in citizens' intelligence. The author and the majority of those who've contributed to it are private citizens working on their own in a synergistic effort, without major funding or corporate support, without government privilege or "need to know," other than that need cited by Jefferson—the need for informed discretion in a democracy. Without the help of these many people, who,
like the author, were motivated by shock and outrage that citizens have been so victimized by their own government, this book would not have been undertaken.
Thanks first to the victims of mind control who had the courage to come forward and tell their stories.
A number of professional people gave valuable technical assistance and patient explanations. My thanks to Harry Arons, Robert Brauers, Dr. and Mrs. Sidney M. Cohen, Dr. Remo Dicenso, Betty Dumaine, Dr. Milton E. Erickson, Morris Ernst, Bernard Fensterwald, George Griffin, Col. Laird Guttersen, Dr. Paul Henshaw, Edward Hunter, Hon. Louis K. Lefkowitz, John MacDonald, V. R. Sanchez, Alan W. Sheftin, Dr. Edgar Schein, Mrs. E. D. Yeomans, and Col. Joseph H. Ziglinski.
I received a great deal of assistance from a number of researchers and writers around the world. Thanks to Chip Berlet, Nancy Bressler, Jeff Cohen, Loren Coleman, Richard Crowe, William Grimstad, Paul Hoch, L. Ron Hubbard, Larry Lee, Charles Maierson, John Marks, David McQueen, Sandra Meiersdorff, Janet Michaud, Beverly Ogden, George OToole, Richard Popkin, Jeff Quiros, William Stevenson, Scoop Sweeny, Harold Weisberg, David Williams, and Peter Watson.
Other valuable assistance was given by the following institutions and organizations: The Rare Books and Special Collections Division of Princeton University Library, Brain Mind Bulletin, Zodiac News Service, Freedom News Service, Pacific News Service, The Fifth Estate, Network Against Psychiatric Assault, The Assassination Information Bureau, American Society of Clinical Hypnosis, Sanity Now, Society for Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, Center for National Security Studies, Group for the Advancement of Psychiatry, and the National Technical Information Service.
My understanding of the intelligence community was molded by exchanges with a number of intelligence and military people. They shall remain nameless. Special overt
thanks to Colonel L. Fletcher Prouty, Michael Kradz and Alan Bell of Dektor Counterintelligence and Security, and Carl F. Boode of Desert Security. Tom Miller gave me much of his time and expertise, as Director of Research and citizens' counter-intelligence agent extraordinaire. He gave me research and editorial assistance and encouragement. Above and beyond the call he patiently listened to the vent of all my frustrations over a period of years. His interest in the subject never waned, and research for his own book
The Assassination Please Almanac (1977, Contemporary Books) uncovered leads
for this one. Kudos to Dr. Robert M. Thomson, Johanna Moore G., Martha Sowerwine, my mother Fenna, and my wife Peggy for their patience and support.
I owe a special debt of gratitude to Richard Condon, who gave me early encouragement and offered his valued commentary. And to my editors Wendy Broad and Cynthia Vartan who burned midnight oil to polish this manuscript.
Last and foremost I am indebted to my Enid High School journalism teacher, Miss Ruth Scott, who, twenty years ago, started me on the path of citizens' intelligence.
—Walter Bowart July 7, 1977 Tucson, Arizona
Contents
Foreword by Richard Condon 13
Chapter 1 The Cryptorian Candidate 19
Chapter 2 Only One Mind for My Country 27
Chapter 3 The Mind Laundry Myth 43
Chapter 4 Without Knowledge or Consent 59
Chapter 5 Pain-Drug Hypnosis 75
Chapter 6 The Guinea Pig Army 87
Chapter 7 The MKULTRANS 99
Chapter 8 The Mata Hari of Mind Control 115
Chapter 9 The Slaves Who Buried the Pharaoh .. 131
Chapter 10 Brave New World in a Skinner Box .. 151
Chapter 11 A School for Assassins 161
Chapter 12 The Four Faces of a Zombie 171
Chapter 13 The Lone Nuts 183
Chapter 14 The Ignored Confessions 197
Chapter 15 Another Hypno-Patsy?.... 205
Chapter 16 Confession by Automatic Writing 215
Chapter 17 The Patriotic Assassin 233
Chapter 18 Deep Probe 249
Chapter 19 From Bionic Woman to Stimulated Cat 261
Chapter 20 The Engines of Security 275
Appendix A Memorandum from Richard Helms to
J. Lee Rankin, Warren Commission
Document 1131 285
Appendix B List of Drugs Tested by the CIA 289
Notes 293
Bibliography 297
Index 311
Foreword
The father of Grock the clown, having had his legs broken in eight places by
His father for professional reasons, broke Grock's legs in eight places to be certain that the child would grow up walking grotesquely so as to ensure his eminence as a clown. The act brought much pain and indignity forever but, Grock's father reasoned, was there not a wholly justifiable element involved? Was not the clowning tradition immortally enhanced by those unnatural legs?
As demonstrated inescapably by Walter Bowart in this book, our Father who art in the American secret police has endowed hundreds of scientists at American universities to unravel methods for fracturing American minds. That this research in so many great halls of learning has exceeded a cost of untold secret millions of dollars (the only yardstick remaining by which we are willing to measure anything)
indicates that this Grockian entertainment being produced by our secret police is a matter of ambitious policy rather than the happenstance of cloak-and-dagger adventure.
In this book Walter Bowart has proven each step of this official, terminal, government anarchy, even though that appears to be a contradiction in terms. To alter and control human minds is the ultimate anarchy. What is offered by official apologists as a tribute to the needs of derring-do by romantic spies are acts of hatred and sadism against all people in an insane and degraded determination to extirpate conscience from society.
Walter Bowart underwent a long and expensive process to assemble the hard facts which comprise this book. Each document attesting to secret police intent had to be ferreted out of government archives by badgering persistence until, page by page, the information was released to him by his right under the Freedom of Information Act. The essence of that law seems to be that one need only write away to a federal agency for information about the general areas in which the citizen is interested. Not so. Walter Bowart needed to expend large sums of money to employ researchers in Washington and elsewhere in order to discover the precise name, number, and description of contents of each document toward which he was groping through black streams of informational darkness. Without this it would have been impossible to apply for the transfer of copies of these documents to himself for this book. He had to comb the United States for people from many walks of life who knew, vaguely remembered, or suspected that they had been under the mind control of secret police and military agencies, then had to backtrack again with information gleaned from them to labyrinthine research among thousands of federal archives.
Please keep fearfully in mind that the astonishing information published in this seminal work of investigative reporting, concerning avenues taken to decision and execution by our secret police to fracture or dissolve human minds, then to operate those minds as a small boy might operate a Yo-Yo, for purposes of counter-intelligence military "efficiency," and the destruction of democratic institutions, was drawn directly from federal records and from official laboratory archives of the highest educational purpose—as well as from the reviving memories of those who had already undergone the dehumanizing process.
The prostitution of the mind by our secret police preceded the murder of the mind. To attain the advanced techniques now available to "magnetic and attractive"political personalities, it was necessary to turn out the laboratories of science as a pimp turns out his heartless whores upon the winter streets; our hallowed educators, army and navy and air force commanders and personnel, the beloved medical profession, august and inspiring temples of the law, our esteemed statesmen, and all Americans living and dead. Each one of those groups is involved in this dismeni-bering of the mind. Taxes and the collective conscience make the urination of the secret police upon the human mind possible. "Brainwashing" per se is no news to any of us. Controlled assassins are not known to us only through fiction. Advertising assaults on behalf of poisonous mate- rials to induce us successfully to buy and consume are early on bastions of mind control.
No one—not anyone—needs theologians to answer the question: "Where does the soul live?" We know the soul lives in the mind because the soul is the mind in all of its unfathomably intricate individual conditioning. It is the mind of intent, of hope, of purpose, of achievement by the spirit beyond achievement by physical action. When
Grock's father broke his son's legs in eight places there may have been alarm, on the one hand, that a man could do such a calamitous thing to his son but, on the other, the
same people responded to Grock's genius to which those hopelessly deformed legs had contributed, and roared with laughter. That was the normal reaction when we were the audience and crazy-legs Grock was the clown. But Walter Bowart demonstrates to us in this book that we have become Grock. We are the spinning, hobbling, waddling clowns in the eyes of our vividly delineated secret police.
"Oh, no!" (Can you hear the outcry?) Oh, yes, writes Walter Bowart in this fearful record you now hold in your hands.
Apologists rush in, hired for all such occasions from everywhere, by the secret government crying out, "You are, as usual, like all of your exaggerating kind, making a mountain out of a molehill. While it may (or may not) be true that our secret police occasionally swing the sledge-hammer on little minds, it is (or is not) being done as a
patriotic act to protect our beloved people." They reel backward, hands clutching chests as the full realization seems to hit them. "My Godl Bowart
Cannot believe that our government of the people, by the people, and for the people would use such loathsome forces against citizens. If such research were done (or was not done) then it would be for purely abstract research reasons—for the expansion
of human knowledge."
Walter Bowart's book is also a freezing vision of the mutations of the aspirations of science. Scientists, educators, and their leaders, The Great Men, having stumbled
Upon the possibility of controlling the human mind, might well have withheld this knowledge from the secret police and brought it forward for all to share, would you not say? If the means are at hand actually to enter and control the mind—not through the far-off smoke signals of psychiatry and psychoanalysis—can we conceive of what might be found in terms of medical triumphs, the conquest of pain and of group hatreds, and mental energy released by unraveling the Gordian knots of mental perplexity to make one straight laser line that might then pierce the doubts and fears which beset each one of us? In terms of education light-years ahead of the educational means we presently employ, in basic and advanced learning of cultures, languages, and skills; in short, understanding each other across the face of the world, this development of Mind Control makes the invention of movable type seem like a
primordial grunt from the shadows of a rain forest lost in time.
What has been achieved by the secret police in relation to mind control is scrupulously set down in Walter Bowart's extraordinary book. The question the book puts is this: do you wish this immeasurably important technique to remain as a weapon to be used against you and your children by what Bowart calls the cryptocracy, or do you wish to use it as a universal key to unlock a thousand new
chances that your children will not be murdered in future wars?
In an epigraph to this book, Zbigniew Brzezinski measures the political probabilities of mind control use when he says, "exploiting the latest communications techniques to
manipulate emotion and control reason." Today our secret police and our military establishment have demonstrated, in Vietnam and elsewhere (examined by Bowart herein), the powers to create assassins out of our children. The expansion of these powers, which are able to turn young men and women into murderous criminals at will, goes on unchecked by the oft-called "investigative" press, by "moral" leaders at the bar, in the pulpits, in high government, and on campuses. Yet the people they call the public have long suspected that it has become government policy to control minds. If there is general information abroad on this subject, then consider that which must be at the disposal congressional investigating committees as they bugle their determination to control the powers of darkness within our secret police. Zombie is a quaint, old-fashioned folklore word but its meaning becomes obscene when our children's minds are being controlled by any one of dozens of federal secret police agencies. Have government agencies perfected methods sustained by the taxpayers to control the minds of the people who shot the Kennedys, Martin Luther King, and Orlando Letelier, the former Chilean economist and diplomat. Were the assassins programmed to forget they did it or were they programmed to do it? We may never
know for they stand bewildered, idiotically grinning for the cameras. Have the technicians developed a model Giant, Economy-Size Government Assassin which can easily be turned out by the thousands?
The murders of a few hundred humans by a few hundred other humans is commonplace enough but, for the flavor of horror and terror, of endless nightmare rampant upon a landscape of what was once American democracy, consider
this expansion of the Brzezinski epigraph which cannot be repeated often enough: "In the techtronic society the trend would seem to be toward the aggregation of the individual support of millions of uncoordinated citizens, easily within
the reach of magnetic and attractive personalities, effectively exploiting the latest communications techniques to manipulate emotion and control reason."
The threatening state of American political leadership over the last fifteen years may seem to murmur that the magnetic and attractive personalities" might rather not resist the destruction of democratic institutions by "effectively exploiting" these shocking gains into the control of minds.
It might even be wise to consider Walter Bowart's real evidence herein, then to do what we can to protect ourselves if that proud right, with the love of freedom, has not been atrophied by "the latest communications techniques."
There is an alternative.
We can all forever more be transformed into the image of Grock the clown.
Richard Condon Kilmoganny, Ireland
31 May 1977
Chapter One
THE CRYPTORIAN CANDIDATE
It may have been the biggest story since the atom bomb.
The headline, however, was small and ignored the larger issue. "Drug Tests by CIA Held More Extensive Than Reported in '75," said the New York Times on July 16, 1977.
What it should have said is "U.S. Develops Invisible Weapons to Enslave Mankind."
The testing of drugs by the CIA was just a part of the United States government's top-secret mind-control project, a project which had spanned thirty-five years and had
involved tens of thousands of individuals. It involved techniques of hypnosis, narco-hypnosis, electronic brain stimu-lation, behavioral effects of ultrasonic, microwave, and low-frequency sound, aversive and other behavior modifi-
cation therapies. In fact, there was virtually no aspect of human behavioral control that was not explored in their search for the means to control the memory and will of
both individuals and whole masses of people.
The CIA succeeded in developing a whole range of psycho-weapons to expand its already ominous psychological warfare arsenal. With these capabilities, it was now possible to wage a new kind of war—a war which would take place invisibly, upon the battlefield of the human mind.
"Literature always anticipates life," Oscar Wilde said. "It does not copy it, but molds it to its purpose." By Wilde's definition, then, Richard Condon's The Manchurian Candidate is literature.
Condon published his tour de force in 1958. It was the story of an American Army sergeant who was captured by the enemy during the Korean conflict and, in an improbable nine days, was hypno-programmed to murder on cue.
The sergeant returned to the United States and was posthypnotically triggered to kill by the sight of the queen of diamonds in a deck of cards. The sergeant automatically
killed several people, among them a candidate for President of the United States. After he killed, his memory of the event was forever sealed by amnesia.
At the time The Manchurian Candidate was published, few people in the world, Richard Condon included, knew that total control of the mind was possible. Condon was writing fiction; he had merely read up on popular Pavlovian conditioning manuals and imagined the rest. He had no way of knowing then that mind control had already been the subject of eighteen years of secret research within
the clandestine agencies of the U.S. government. The tricks of mind control he described were later employed (right down to the queen of diamonds cue) by the programmers of real political assassins who developed foolproof techniques for the control of thought, memory, emotions, and behavior.
The Manchurian Candidate brought the idea of "brainwashing" to public consciousness. Brainwashing is the use of isolation, deprivation, torture, and indoctrination to break the human will. But what the book actually described was something more than brainwashing. It was mind control: a total takeover of an individual's mind by someone else. The someone else in Condon's version was a
mad Chinese psycho-scientist. Always the satirist, Condon brought the Fu Manchu myth up to date. But, ironically, the techniques he described were first perfected and used not by the Chinese or the Communists, but by the United States.
Condon's portrait of POWs during the Korean conflict went against the accepted scientific and medical opinion of the time, which held that a man could not be made to commit a criminal act against his own will or inner moral code by any known means. Although Condon's book was not completely on target about the details of GI mind control, he did accurately describe some of the motives, coercive methodology, and psychological results of real-life mind control.
The psychological techniques described in The Manchurian Candidate were to become a reality less than a decade after Condon saw his story set in type. As if Condon's fiction had been used as the blueprint, a group of hypno-programmed "zombies" were created. Some were assassins prepared to kill on cue. Others were informers, made to remember minute details under hypnosis. Couriers carried illegal messages outside the chain of command, their secrets secured behind posthypnotic blocks. Knowledge of secret information was removed from the minds of those who no longer had the "need to know"—they were given posthypnotic amnesia.
The ordinary foot soldiers who fought in the dirty, teleised Vietnam conflict were released to civilian life without debriefing. For them there was no "decompression" from the rage of war. They were released with all the reflexes of trained assassins intact.
Those who had been conditioned in the black science of the war of torture, terror, and technology were debriefed with special attention. Their memories were so completely
erased before they were turned out of the military that they returned to civilian life with only the minimum, fragmented knowledge of who they were or what they had done. The rest of their memories had been smudged or removed by drugs, hypnosis, behavior modification, conditioned reflex therapy, or some other evil wonder of mind control.
I encountered my first case of mind control in the midst of the Watergate scandal. A young man I'd known since childhood had returned from a tour of duty in the U.S. Air
Force, with amnesia, remembering nothing of his service years, except having had a good time. He subsequently learned, through intensive private psychotherapy, that he'd been hypnotized and conditioned. His mind had been unmade, then remade: his mind had been controlled.
I was completely fascinated by his story, but naturally, in 1973, I thought it was an isolated, single event. Then, quite by accident, a few months later, I overheard another man in my hometown telling what was essentially the same story: how he figured he'd been hypnotized and had his memory erased at a "debriefing" prior to his separation
from military service.
After hearing the second story I began to wonder how many more men had had their memories erased. I decided to run the following classified ad: "Researcher/writer in-
terested in contacting anyone with knowledge of the use of hypnosis by the military, including ex-servicemen who have reason to believe they were hypnotized (or drugged) while in the service and subsequently exhibited signs of amnesia or hypermnesia (improved memory). All info held in strictest confidence . . ."
I placed the ad in Soldier of Fortune (a magazine which reports on the activities of mercenaries), a number of small publications aimed at hypnotists, behaviorists, neurologists, and other professionals, and popular magazines such as
Rolling Stone.
To my amazement, I received more than a hundred replies to the ad. Many stated that they had amnesia.
Ignoring the obvious crank letters, I followed up on the others and discovered that many men were unable to say just what had caused their loss of memory. In some cases, it was obviously a result of the trauma of war—what came to be called "the post-Vietnam syndrome." So I concentrated on those who had not seen combat but who either had high security clearances or were employed at the periphery of the intelligence services.
Letter and telephone exchanges narrowed the field down to eighteen persons who fit the pattern of the first two men who had reported their amnesia to me. All eighteen had had security clearances—and could only recall isolated events from their GI experience. I narrowed the field still further to those who remembered enough to have at least some idea, however fragmentary and incomplete, of what had happened to them.
Their stories were believable, but they shed little light on how amnesia had been induced and what behavior had been controlled. To answer those deeper questions I went to the libraries, and after two years of research I was able to find enough scientific reports and government documents to tell the whole story of what I call Operation Mind Control.
Though the documented trail of mind control extends back many decades, it was not always called by that name.
The church and the state have always engaged in psychotheology and psycho-politics, the psychological manipulation of belief, opinion, and actions for political and/or religious ends. But the complete control of the human mind was only managed in the late 1940s. Therefore, my research is concentrated on the period from 1938 to the present, the period during which I found there was an effort made by the agencies of the U.S. government to develop sophisticated techniques of psycho-politics and mind control.
The objective of Operation Mind Control during this period has been to take human beings, both citizens of the United States and citizens of friendly and unfriendly nations, and transform them into unthinking, subconsciously programmed "zombies," motivated without their knowledge and against their wills to perform in a variety of ways in which they would not otherwise willingly perform. This is accomplished through the use of various techniques called by various names, including brainwashing, thought reform, behavior modification, hypnosis, and conditioned reflex therapy. For the purposes of this book the term "mind control" will be used to describe these techniques generically.
* Mind control is the most terrible imaginable crime because it is committed not against the body, but against the mind and the soul. Dr. Joost A. M. Meerloo expresses the attitude of the majority of psychologists in calling it "mind rape," and warns that it poses a great "danger of destruction of the spirit" which can be "compared to the threat of total physical destruction . . ."
Development of mind control was accomplished largely through the efforts of individual psychologists, psychiatrists, and chemists, working in isolated conditions under government contract. Each researcher or research team was allowed to know only what he or she needed to know to accomplish bis or her fragment of the research or testing.
* Various meditation groups use the words "mind control" to describe meditation, contemplation, and self-hypnosis; all these are usually harmless if not beneficial practices. These techniques might more properly be called "mind
Self -control," for the individuals who use them seek control over their
Own minds and bodies to obtain desired effects. The mind control examined in this book is the control of one individual's mind by another.
…..
The contracts were let through a number of government and private agencies and foundations so that the researchers were, by and large, ignorant as to the intended use of their research.
While the CIA was a major funder of the mind-control research, virtually every major government agency became in some way knowingly or unwittingly involved. While I began my research believing that a "cult of intelligence" was behind the mind-control program, I found that there is, in fact, no single originating force, but several. The operation is too widespread and complex for it to be created by a "cult." If a cult there must be, then it is a cult within a cult, in an interlocking chain of invisible mini-
governments with unwritten rules, unwritten plans, and unwritten loyalties. It is the plan of a secret bureaucracy— what I call a cryptocracy—which conspires against our
laws and our freedoms.
"Cryptocracy" is a compound of crypto, meaning "secret," and cryptocracy, meaning "rule, government, governing body." The cryptocracy, then, is the secret government
whose identity and whereabouts have slowly and reluctantly been hinted at by the Congress through its investigations into Watergate, the CIA, and the rest of the intelligence community.
While the CIA, near the top of the intelligence pyramid, has been drawing most of the fire, the evidence of a cryptocracy clearly implicates the National Security Agency, the Defense Intelligence Agency and its subsidiaries in military intelligence, as well as the civil service. The alliance extends even among private contractors and institutions and religious organizations. With Central Intelligence in the vanguard, the cryptocracy is composed of persons operating within the Office of Naval Intelligence, Army Intelligence, Air Force Intelligence, Department of Justice, Department of Health, Education and Welfare, Bureau of Prisons, Bureau of Narcotics, Atomic Energy Commission, Veterans' Administration, General Services Administration,
National Science Foundation, and even major American corporations, especially certain airlines, oil companies, and aerospace contractors.
The cryptocracy invades the privacy of citizens and corporations. It meddles, often violently, in the internal poli-tics of foreign nations, and has hired, trained, and equipped mind-controlled assassins for the murder of heads of state.
The cryptocracy may have been involved in attempts to control U.S. elections. It may control key figures in the U.S. and world press.
The story within the story, I discovered, is an astonishing one of a psychological war waged by this U.S. cryptocracy against the American people. The scientific reports
and histories place the story in time, and at the government's door. However, the literature of the cryptocracy ignores the very real human factor. There is no written record of the mental anguish, the torture to the soul that comes from loss of memory and the resulting identity crisis.
That mental anguish is the human story of mind control.
The stories that follow are told by the failures of Operation Mind Control—failures because the victims remember something; for where mind control is successful there is no memory left.
* One of the characters in The Manchurian Candidatedescribed bis recurring dream that resulted from the suppression of memory. "It's not so much that I can't sleep. It's
more that I'd rather not sleep. I'm walking around punchy because I'm scared. I keep having the same nightmare . . ."
The nightmare Condon's hero described was actually the memory of having killed on cue. On stage, before an audience of Communist mind controllers, he strangled one of
his fellow soldiers with a scarf, and blew out another's brains with a high-powered pistol at point blank range.
Several of the men I interviewed had dreams which could have been written by Condon.
Tex was an army sergeant stationed in the Mediterranean area. He came back from service with amnesia. But in his dreams a vivid scene was replayed again and again: "In the dream my buddy—I know him real well, we've shared things together—my buddy is taken with his hands behind bis back. I'm standing in rank in a line of other soldiers and we are like a firing squad. I keep thinking I won't shoot my friend, I'll turn the rifle on the commander. But we don't have rifles.
"My buddy is marched into an open area in front of us with his hands tied behind his back. He is blindfolded and some Ay-rab is talking to him, or reading to him. Another
Ay-rab comes up and hits him behind the knees with a rifle butt and he falls to a kneeling position.
"Then, while he's on his knees, one of the Ay-rabs takes a big sword and cuts his head off. His neck squirts blood, but surprisingly little ... his head rolls on the ground. His
face has a peaceful expression. His body twitches and squirms like a chicken. That's when I always wake up . . ."
So Condon was right. In their sleep, the memories of atrocities surface to vivid awareness among the victims of mind control. Night after night terrible images, suppressed by deeply conditioned responses, emerge as terrifying
nightmares. Are they mythological?
The stuff of dreams?
Or are they recovered memories? Tex's dream is a mere fragment of more than 1,200 pages of such testimony.
*Due to editorial considerations, many of the stories I uncovered have been left on the editing room floor. Each individual in this book stands for and tells the story of many victims of mind control.
In many cases the individuals I interviewed believed their lives or sanity would be in danger if their names were made public. I have honored that concern and have withheld real names and places when so requested. Except in these details, the first-person stories in this book are completely true.
Chapter Two
ONLY ONE MIND FOR MY COUNTRY
Through the gray waters of amnesia he drifted, coming back from blind coma. First the echoes, like electronically amplified voices speaking from a deep deep well . . .
then, far off, the dim pink molecules of light. . . David's body lay still in the military hospital bed. Only his eyes rolled beneath the lids. For several hours he lay that way, perfectly still—just eyes fluttering. The fluttering became more intense. Then his eyes opened.
"When I woke up," David said, "I couldn't remember anything. I couldn't remember how I'd gotten there or why I was in the hospital."
He asked nurses and aides why he was there. They told him he'd have to ask his doctor. When David finally saw him, the doctor said, "You tried to commit suicide."
That came as a great surprise to David. He didn't think he was the suicidal type. He asked the doctor how he'd tried to commit suicide.
"You took an overdose of Sleep-eze," the doctor told him.
David knew that Sleep-eze was a patent medicine, that it was related chemically to an antihistamine, and that it could produce drowsiness; but David also knew it was not
nearly as dangerous as prescription sleeping pills. Although he began to sense that something was fishy, he did not challenge the doctor, nor did he let on that he suspected the story to be untrue. For the next several days he simply lay in the hospital bed puzzling over the odd chain of events that had landed him there.
I interviewed David several times over a period of two years. Each interview produced additional information as David's memory returned in fragmented, isolated bursts.
The following is taken from thousands of pages of transcript and has been edited so that the tedious process which uncovered David's memories is absent. It is slightly misleading only in that David did not remember his story in one continuous sequence. Nor did the other victims quoted in this book.
David had joined the U.S. Air Force in 1969. During his high school years the draft had still been in effect, and after ngraduating on the honor roll, David decided to attend a small community college to get as much education as he could before his name was inevitably called by selective service.
As his induction date approached David realized he could obtain a deferral from the draft because of his high scholastic standing, but he decided instead to take a break
from education and fulfill his military obligation as profitably as he could. Although he questioned America's reasons for fighting, he did feel that military service was his duty.
David had not been a part of the sixties' "revolution."
He had never smoked marijuana nor taken LSD, nor had he demonstrated against the war in Vietnam like so many of his friends. He was a studious, intelligent young man
who was not inclined to rebellion. He was described by friends and family as one possessed of unusual common sense. In keeping with his cautious and practical nature he negotiated a "contract" for medical corps service with his local air force recruiter and enlisted for a four-year tour of duty, thinking this would help him fulfill his ambition to become a doctor.
After an uneventful in-processing, David was sent to Lackland Air Force Base for the usual six weeks' basic training, and then on to a technical school for another six
weeks of special training. But when the time came for his job assignment, to his great disappointment, he was assigned to the supply corps rather than the medical corps.
He felt betrayed by the air force, and immediately after receiving his AFSC job assignment number, he retired to his barracks to rehearse a protest to his commanding officer. Moments later, a nonuniformed man entered the empty barracks and asked him to step outside and take a walk. David was puzzled but went along without comment.
When the two had reached a quiet spot on the base, the man told David that he guessed he was disappointed about receiving the AFSC of a "box pusher" in a supply warehouse. David was surprised by the man's knowledge of his situation. Before he could reply, the man told David that the AFSC was just a cover, that he had actually been chosen to work in a sensitive area of intelligence.
The assignment sounded glamorous to David, and lifted his sagging spirits. He immediately decided to go along with the change of plans and accept the special assignment without protest. The unidentified man told David to be patient, and to learn well the special techniques of computer programming he would be trained in while waiting for his security investigation to be completed.
Within a few weeks David was issued a top-secret crypto security clearance and assigned to the air base at Minot, North Dakota. At Minot, he continued to feed supply numbers into a computer, developing his already excellent memory. He did his job well and soon he received a letter of commendation and was promoted to sergeant.
But for all his accomplishments, he had begun to grow restless. Although he knew his computer programming was just a cover for intelligence work, he was still not satisfied with air force life.
"I was beginning to not like the extreme regimentation and, I suppose, inside myself I was beginning to build up a resentment about being there.
"But after I woke up in the hospital I was not resentful. I was passive. I lay there thinking, trying to recall the last memories I had before I woke up in that bed. I didn't remember anything. It was like I'd been asleep for my entire life up to that point. Like I was Rip Van Winkle.
"The memories of what had happened I did recover over ma period of time. But they were fuzzy at first. It seemed like somebody was violating me—raping my mind.
"I was strapped down in the bed. I was yelling and screaming about something. I'm not the type of person that cusses that much. I hardly ever use foul language, but I
know that I said some pretty foul things to those men who were with me. They were officers, and in the service you can't call a superior officer an obscene name without getting punished. Yet I don't think I was ever reprimanded. "One guy would ask me questions in an accusatory manner. Another guy would come over and say comforting
things. Then the first guy would come back and accuse me again. Then the second guy would come and pat my arm and be friendly. I could remember their faces and their tone of voice, but I couldn't remember the content of what
they were talking about."
David thought about his situation; suppose he had tried to commit suicide. He probably would be kicked out of the service. At best he might be given a medical discharge. So he began to prepare himself for that eventuality. He thought he wouldn't mind getting out of the service under any circumstances, even with a psychological discharge.
It didn't happen. Instead, David was visited by men in civilian clothes who told him that he'd been chosen for a special intelligence assignment. They said the details of his
assignment could not be revealed until the proper time, and then he would not be allowed to talk to anyone about it.
They said he would be receiving his orders soon.
"I had expected at least to have some stripes taken away for the suicide attempt," David said. "Instead, five different sets of orders came down. They were all typed military orders, regular orders, but they had me going to five different
places at once. It was impossible.
"I took the orders to headquarters and told them that somebody had goofed. It was plain to see that somebody had screwed up. The way the military runs, it was not un-
usual. No one got excited about it. The guys in the office said that they would straighten it out.
"Then I was told that I had two weeks' leave coming.
They ordered me home to wait while they got my orders straightened out."
Happy to get a break after eighteen continuous months of military life without leave, David went home.
"I was hoping they'd forget all about me, I was praying that this time the computer would completely lose me."
The first evening at home something compelled David to break security. Alone with his mother, he told her that he knew he had not really attempted suicide.
"I suppose that my first duty was to my family, and my second duty was to my country. After I'd discharged my moral duty to my mother, I was free to obey my government's wish and not remember anything about it. That's probably how it worked, in spite of their programming."
After David had been at home for the full two weeks, and was just beginning to think that maybe the computer had lost him after all, a telegram came. There were no
written orders, no official seals, just a Western Union telegram ordering him to report to a base in northern California and from there to embark to the Far East on overseas
duty. There were numbers on the face of the telegram, but at the time David gave them no special notice. These numbers may have been an assignment authorization, for seldom are servicemen sent overseas on the strength of a tele-
gram alone.
"When I got to the base in California, I showed them the telegram and the air police hustled me to another airplane and flew me to Guam."
On the plane to Guam David ran into an airman he'd known at Minot. The airman's name was Max. Like David, Max had been attached to the supply wing at Minot, but he had been in a different type of supply operation.
In all the time they were together on Guam, David never learned the details of Max's assignment. Both of them were supposed to be supply men, but David thought Max had some pretty unusual qualifications for a supply man: for
instance, he held a fifth-degree black belt in karate.
"Max and I had checked into the barracks when we got there, but after preliminaries we were put on a bus and taken to an isolated place eight miles outside the base.
There were six L-shaped barracks set up inside a high electrified fence with barbed wire at the top. Inside the compound there was a movie theater, a store, a barbershop, a chow hall, and a recreation center. There were several
hundred guys living in that compound.
"We could leave anytime we wanted. All we had to do was show the proper credentials to the air police at the gate. The compound seemed to be regular air force. The place was called 'Marbo,' and as far as I could tell, there were guys there who had all sorts of different functions in the air force, but nobody really discussed their jobs.
"Several of the guys at Marbo had been in the supply wing in North Dakota. But at Marbo they were working in other areas ... In other words, guys who'd been in the
supply wing in North Dakota were in the civil engineers or the air police. One air policeman on Guam, I remember, had been shoving around boxes just like other supply men when he was at Minot. Suddenly now he was an air police-
man. I couldn't figure it out, and I wasn't about to ask questions.
"I guess we all assumed that we were all on special assignment, and I'm pretty sure that if I'd asked anyone about it, they would have avoided an answer.
I certainly would have, if somebody had asked me." David made rank fast in the air force. He was a good airman, a good supply man. Yet anybody he talked to about supply duties didn't know what he was talking about.
His duties weren't like the others.
"My air force file shows that the first three digits of my AFSC are 647. A 647 is some kind of a box pusher. Yet, I never pushed a box all the time I was in the air force."
After their tour of duty, Max and David returned home together on the same plane. At the airport Max was called over the intercom and went off to answer the page. Two air police returned for his luggage and David did not see Max
until after he was separated from the service for some months. Then it was a strange meeting.
David was walking down the streets of Disneyland and his eye fell on Max walking toward him in a crowd. David was delighted to see his old buddy again, but Max was
strangely distant. "He didn't seem very interested in our reunion." David said, "He shook hands with me, and I began to talk, but he seemed kind of passive. I wanted to sit down and tell all the things that had happened to me since we last saw each other, but Max didn't want to talk. He cut me short, said good-bye, and left.
"That's something that's always puzzled me. How can a guy who was your constant companion for so many months, a guy who has fought for you and gotten to know
you inside and out, not want to talk to you? How could he have just brushed me off like that?
"When I first got out of the service, all I could remember about my four years was that I'd had a lot of fun. I mean, all the pictures I have, and all the recollections I had, were of Max and Pat and I having fun, skin diving, laying on the beach, collecting shells, walking in the jungle.
It never dawned on me until later that I must have done
something while I was in the service."
Pat was a young woman from the Midwest who was assigned to serve as David's secretary. Almost instantly, when they met on Guam, they fell in love.
"Pat was something special. She was everything I would
have ever dreamed of in a woman. I suppose she felt that I was everything that she wanted in a man. It didn't take long for us to go to bed after we met, and from then on,
throughout my tour of duty Max, Pat, and I were inseparable."
David was not talking about a menage a trois. Max was not attracted to Pat nor she to him. They all held each other to be good friends, but David and Pat's feelings for
each other were strongest.
David now thinks it odd that the three of them got along so perfectly from the first moment they met. Max was David's kind of man, and Pat was David's kind of woman.
In the years that have passed since he got out of the air
force, David has come to believe that Max and Pat and he were matched up by a computer.
"We hit it off from the start. We had the same interests, we were nervous about the same things, and we would laugh at the same kind of jokes. We were three individuals
who were very very close and where one lacked a quality another had something that filled that lack.
"The air force takes your psychological tests—your cumes—the cumulative progress reports which have been kept on just about every individual in the United States from the first grade through high school. These records have your IQ, your aptitude tests, and all the things they accumulate on you through your school years . . . they
give them a complete examination to determine your psychological profile and everything about your likes and dislikes. They feed selected information, any information they are looking to match up, into a computer and run yours
with other people's until they have a psychological match.
"In spy books I've read, undercover agents sent to foreign countries are usually teamed with a spy of the opposite sex. Even if two people are both married and have left families at home, the directors of intelligence usually send along someone who can take care of the natural human sexual needs of the other without risking a breach of security. That way, no horny agent is going to have to associate with a prostitute or someone who might turn out to be a double agent or counterspy.
"I'd talk with the other guys in the service and they'd talk about getting laid in Hong Kong or Japan or Korea. I didn't have to talk about anything. I didn't have to brag.
I'd just smile at them, secure in my love for Pat."
David said that there were several other women in the barracks who, like Pat, were secretaries but had security clearance. And, as was the case with Pat, many of them
also had close relationships with the men to whom they had been assigned.
Two months before their tour of duty was to expire David and Max were sent home. Pat stayed behind on Guam. But David and Pat arranged to meet once they
were both out of the service. They exchanged home addresses, but somehow David lost hers and he is strangely unable to remember her last name, or even the town from
which she'd come. David never saw Pat again.
"Looking back on it, it looks like it was awfully convenient. Pat was a liberated woman, she knew exactly who she was. And that's just the kind of woman I like to be around.
She fulfilled every need that I ever had, to such a degree that it's a problem now. I can't meet a girl that's as good as she was. When you've been in paradise, it's hard to find paradise again. You always want to go back.
"I think of her all the time, but I just can't remember her last name. It's a total blank. I just can't remember."
During the entire thirteen-hour flight home David had to debrief himself into a tape recorder while sitting between two air policemen. He doesn't remember what he talked about. No one was "questioning" him; he just talked.
Upon his return, he was assigned to a base in California.
Immediately upon reporting for duty, he found that he no longer had a security clearance. His job was to answer telephones on the base and to listen to complaints. He'd take calls from the wives of air force personnel and relay their
complaints to the proper channels. That's all he did during
his entire last year of service.
"When it came time to get processed out, I wanted to get the medals I earned when I was stationed in Guam. They were actually theater ribbons. I had so many ribbons when I left Guam that the officer I reported to told me not to
wear them because I would attract attention to myself.
"During the out-processing they brought out my file.
They do that regularly every year anyway. They show you your records and have you go over them and make sure that they're correct. Then you sign a paper that states the
records have been approved by you. The last time I was shown my records, they'd been changed. Instead of all the typed dog-eared reports that were in my file before, there was this clean computer print-out.
"I asked the officer in charge what had happened to the notices of my being awarded those theater ribbons. He told me that since I had such a high security clearance some of the things that were in my files made it necessary to expunge a lot of the information from the record. He said that there was a top-secret file on me which was available to people who had the right clearances. The file he had me approve was the one which would be shown anyone who did not have the highest clearance. He said that because this was more or less a public record, it could not have anything on it of a sensitive nature. It was very misleading, that report. It looked like I had been a supply man, a box pusher, and I'd done nothing else, except try to attempt suicide. The phony hospital story was in the report—so deniability was built in.
"Then I went through the normal out-processing and went home. All I can say is that everybody, my folks, my friends, everyone who'd known me before noticed how
changed I was. I was fearful, and under tight control."
David decided that he would first reorient himself to the civilian pace of life and then look for a job. But when he began to look for employment, he suddenly realized that he had some deep psychological problems.
At his first job interview, he was routinely asked to fill out the company's job application form. He sat down at a desk and started writing. He wrote his name and noticed that his hands were sweating. As he began to enter his address his heart began pounding so loudly it was audible.
He became short of breath and felt like the walls were closing in. He fought to remain calm, but within a few moments he snatched up the form and bolted out the door.
That evening he discussed the strange physical effects that had come over him with his parents. They assured him he was probably just very anxious about getting the job.
The next day he went on another interview. Again he was asked to fill out a job application. This time he got further in filling out the form: he put down his name . . . address . . . date of birth . . . Social Security number . . . health information . . . but when he came to the place in the form which required work information about the past four years the pounding in his ears, the shortness of breath, and the terrifying feeling of being confined in a small space came over him again, and he left the building with the form wadded up in his hand.
Over the next few months David applied for many jobs.
The results were always the same. He could not overcome the terror that gripped him whenever anyone asked him for information about how he had spent the past four years.
David's parents suggested that he try to get a job working with computers and take advantage of the training that the air force had given him. The mere mention of computers made him fly into a rage. "I still couldn't face whatever it was that was blocking me. To this day, I can't stand the thought of a computer. I'd like to smash them all up. I realize, of course, that is irrational."
David remained hopeful that whatever was causing his anxiety would pass with time. Meanwhile, he decided to go back to college. He had no trouble getting into a major
university since his high school and community college grades were high, and no one asked him for details of his service years. But during his first semester he encountered
the same blocks that had kept him from getting a job.
"In my psychology course you had to get up in front of a circle of people and talk. You had to bare your soul. I just couldn't do it. I couldn't stand up and be calm and let
people question me. They were all harmless questions, but I'd get the pounding heart, the sweaty palms, the shortness of breath and the feeling of claustrophobia again. I'd just clam up and leave the room."
It was then that David understood that he could no longer face the problem himself. He sought out a psychiatrist who'd been recommended by a friend.
"The first psychiatrist I went to was male. He had used hypnotherapy with me, and he found me to be a very easy subject. I'd go into a trance at the drop of a hat. But when-
ever he tried to regress me—saying, 'I want you to go back'—I'd just bring myself out of the trance, even if it was a deep trance. My heart would be pounding, my palms
would be sweating, and I'd feel the same claustrophobia I'd felt whenever I'd confronted those application forms."
David found that he was much more relaxed with his second psychiatrist, a woman named Alice. Alice was also more successful with hypnotherapy. David would go into a trance quickly and deeply, but whenever Alice tried to regress him to his air force period, he would bring himself out of the trance as he had done previously. But she found that by regressing David to his childhood and approaching the air force period from earlier years, remembering was less difficult for him.
"At first she tried to have me relax. She talked in a very soothing voice, telling me to close my eyes. I felt like I was surrendering to her. It was easy to get me into a light
trance. I laid down my defenses and was going deeper and deeper, but just as soon as she said, 'Now we're going to go back,' I sat straight up and was wide awake.
"Alice couldn't get over how fast I went under. One time, she said, she was just talking to me and her voice put me completely under when she wasn't even trying. I was highly suggestible.
"But whenever she'd say, 'Let's go back,' all the muscles in my neck would strain, and I would grip the arms of the chair until my knuckles turned white. Once I was holding ab piece of paper in my hand, and when I came out of hypnosis, the paper was completely soaked with sweat. Only a minute after she'd said, 'We're going to go back,' I was wide awake.
"Alice never did succeed completely with hypnosis, but something must have been released because of her attempts. As soon as we were able to go back to the usual
talking technique of psychotherapy, I started talking about my childhood. I'd never thought that much about it, I guess, but I couldn't remember much of my childhood. For instance, my grandfather had died when I was fourteen,
and he had lived with us. Everyone says he and I were very close, but I had no mental picture of him at all. That's when Alice started trying to get me to remember my child-
hood. I don't know if I remembered my childhood before I went into the service or not. It seems like I did, because it wasn't a problem, but to this day, still, I can't remember
much, and everything before the age of ten is completely
blank.
"Alice and I kept working. At first, the memories web recovered were all painful memories. Alice thought that this was most unusual. Usually people remember the pleasurable things first. Then she tried to get me to remember only painful experiences. And once I'd remembered a lot she started trying to get me to remember the pleasurable ones."
David and Alice continued to work with standard psychiatric techniques and with hypnosis. Finally, after sixteen months of three sessions a week, Alice asked David to
make a choice.
"We probably can penetrate the blocks around your air force years and find out how they were planted and why, but it may take a long time. On the other hand, we can
work on every other area and get you to function normally without anxiety reactions whenever anyone asks you about those years," Alice said. "Now you have to decide if you just want to function normally, or if you want to unravel
the whole mystery and find out who did it, why it was done, and what they have hidden from your own mind."
Since the therapy had nearly depleted his family's savings, David knew what the answer must be. He told Alice he would be content to just function normally. After two more months of treatment, Alice and David had their last
session.
"After two hundred and six therapy sessions, Alice and I had one eight-hour session which more or less recapped all the information we had collected. She told me that when I first came in I'd' talked in a monotone. I was very, very, controlled. I showed no emotions and had no inflection in my speech. I'd talked to her for the first three months that way. She said that there was a wall that she couldn't break
down . . . Alice recommended that I continue working on my own by going to group therapy.
"I went to a couple of sessions, but when I got in front of a group I became fearful again. It was more than just stage fright, it was a horrible feeling. I still have it when I get up in front of a group to be asked questions.
"Alice did not figure out what this was about. I am now beginning to, but figuring something out is one thing, and actually overcoming it is another."
Alice's expert guidance and her deft use of hypnotherapy were helpful. While he did not recover his memory at once. in time David began to remember isolated events. He is now able to reconstruct a picture of at least some of the things he did while in hypno-service to his country.
"One day I had a vivid dream. Then it was like, little by little, memory cells exploding in my brain. I began to remember certain incidents. At first I didn't know if these
were real memories or just dreams. Today, I still don't know if they are accurate or not, but they are so real in all their details that I believe they are the truth. Naturally
when you've had amnesia you're not really going to trust your memories at first, but if the memories settle in—if you can recall more and more detail about an event—you know that you are recalling a true event.
"The most vivid memory I have is about Vietnam. I was standing at a long table on a beach. There were North Vietnamese soldiers sitting on one side and American officers sitting on the other. Everyone was in uniform. Our men
were from the air force, navy, and marines. The marines had sidearms, and no one else had a weapon.
"What horrified me was that out in the harbor, off shore at some distance from the beach, was one of our battleships, and another battleship or gunboat. I guess that it was Vietnamese or Russian, but I'm not expert at naval craft identification. All I know is I was terrified because the big guns on the ships were trained, not on each other, but on us ... I guess they were prepared to blow us all up should anything go wrong on the beach, or should there be a double cross.
"We had our interpreters, who were air force men. They did the translating and our officers waited for the translations. The discussion was very heated, but for some reason
I remember vividly, nothing was being written down. That may have been the reason that I was standing there at one end of the table. I remember that they had been trying,
somewhere along the line, to get me to have total recall. I can't remember the details, or the progression of events.
"I know that I had memory training. At Marbo, for some reason, I'd get up three hours earlier than anyone else and report to somewhere I can't remember and then go to
work at eight-thirty. I remember riding the bus from Marbo to the base on Guam, and I was the only one on the bus. But I can't remember where I went before I reported
for regular duty.
"I suspect that the computer work was part of the memory training, but I can't say that's exactly what it was.
There must have been more to it. I just don't remember the details. But I have the impression that I was used as a human tape recorder.
"I do know one thing about that beach scene. When I came back from overseas, only three days after I came back it was announced that the North Vietnamese were
going to give our prisoners of war back in an exchange.
The meeting on the beach might have been an early parley about ending the war and exchanging prisoners. At least that's what strikes me as the best answer to the question of what that meeting was about.
"I might have been a witness. I really don't understand why—or why the gunboats were pointing their guns at us. I can't remember the date, or anything that places that memory in time.
"The thing that really bothers me about this whole thing is that I can sit here and talk to you, but I still can't sit down and say, 'Okay, I joined the service on such and such
a day and this is what happened to me during a four-year period in chronological order.' Ever since I got out of the service I haven't been able to give a day-by-day account of what happened to me during those four years.
"Some people might call what happened to me
brain- washing.
I've called it that, but it's not really brainwashing. I think of brainwashing as something brutal. I don't think I was treated brutally. Also, what happened to me was some-thing that was much more sophisticated than what I have
read about brainwashing.
"I believe I'm telling the truth, and I'd like to see some- one disprove it. I only have these fragments of memory, so if I went to the Air Force they'd pull out my folder and
throw it on the desk and say, 'See, there it is in black and white . . . He's a nut. He tried to commit suicide by taking a patent medicine.'
"I feel I was used. Why would they use an enlisted man who is supposed to be a supply man? Every squadron has supply personnel, so I guess it's a perfect cover. A supply man is so common he wouldn't be noticed. How well it worked out, from their point of view, I just don't know.
But from mine, well, it didn't work out too well. All the doubts and fears I have now, years later, and after a lot of 40 Walter Bowart
"I suspect that the computer work was part of the memory training, but I can't say that's exactly what it was. There must have been more to it. I just don't remember the
details. But I have the impression that I was used as a human tape recorder.
"I do know one thing about that beach scene. When I came back from overseas, only three days after I came back it was announced that the North Vietnamese were
going to give our prisoners of war back in an exchange.
The meeting on the beach might have been an early parley about ending the war and exchanging prisoners. At least that's what strikes me as the best answer to the question of what that meeting was about.
"I might have been a witness. I really don't understand why—or why the gunboats were pointing their guns at us. I can't remember the date, or anything that places that memory in time.
"The thing that really bothers me about this whole thing is that I can sit here and talk to you, but I still can't sit down and say, 'Okay, I joined the service on such and such
a day and this is what happened to me during a four-year period in chronological order.' Ever since I got out of the service I haven't been able to give a day-by-day account of what happened to me during those four years.
"Some people might call what happened to me brain- washing.
I've called it that, but it's not really brainwashing.
I think of brainwashing as something brutal. I don't think I was treated brutally. Also, what happened to me was something that was much more sophisticated than what I have read about brainwashing.
"I believe I'm telling the truth, and I'd like to see someone disprove it. I only have these fragments of memory, so if I went to the Air Force they'd pull out my folder and
throw it on the desk and say, 'See, there it is in black and white . . . He's a nut. He tried to commit suicide by taking a patent medicine.'
"I feel I was used. Why would they use an enlisted man who is supposed to be a supply man? Every squadron has supply personnel, so I guess it's a perfect cover. A supply man is so common he wouldn't be noticed. How well it worked out, from their point of view, I just don't know.
But from mine, well, it didn't work out too well. All the doubts and fears I have now, years later, and after a lot of Operation Mind Control 41 psychiatric help, which I paid for myself, made the experiment, if it was one, a failure to me.
"I never thought about laying down my life, but maybe I laid down a lot more than my life in service to my country.
My soul?"
Chapter Three
THE MIND LAUNDRY MYTH
David's own assessment of his mental confusion after his air force experience was that he had not been "brainwashed." By the time David had his mind controlled,
"brainwashing" had become a catchall phrase, but what David had suffered was a much more subtle and hideous form of tyranny.
George E. Smith was a POW during the early days of the Vietnam War. Unlike David, George did not have a good education. It can even be said that he was a little
naive, and therefore a good candidate for brainwashing of both the American and the NLF (Viet Cong) varieties. He was one of the first of the Green Berets captured in the
Vietnam conflict in 1963.
It was the practice of the U.S. Army in those days to indoctrinate its men with poorly constructed lies, which, it Was hoped, would motivate them to fight a war in which
the U.S. had only dubious legal business and little moral argument. The "credibility gap" existed not only within the confines of the U.S. borders, but also in the far-flung fields of battle, all the way to Southeast Asia.
If brainwashing is making a person believe in lies, then our troops were already brainwashed by their own government. It was a simple job for the Viet Cong to gain the POWs' cooperation by telling them the truth—truth which was easily documented.
Smith described the attitude which was instilled in the American soldiers by their military indoctrination: "We were arrogant . . . the army is a separate society; it has
its own hierarchy, and I could rise to a stratum in the army that I couldn't attain in the outside world. They'd driven arrogance into us in the Airborne, which is a high level in the army, but Special Forces was the highest level you
could reach, the elite of the elite. Elitism was the philosophy they taught at Bragg: 'You are professors of warfare, you shouldn't fight unless attacked. It costs thousands of dollars to train one of you and you're too valuable to send into battle.'
"I believed it. I believed everything the army said. I never questioned anything they told me until I got to Vietnam, and then things didn't quite fit anymore."
Smith and three other men were captured in a midnight raid which followed a heavy mortar bombardment of their location. The Viet Cong took them deep into the jungles.
When they reached the VC compound they were forced to build their own prison out of bamboo. Then, after the primitive compound was completed and the POWs had settled in, the interrogations began. These were nothing like Smith had been led to expect. They were "friendly chats" with an interpreter Smith called the "Man with Glasses." Every day he would tell his prisoners about the history of Vietnam
and the U.S. role in that country. "It was right out of the movies," Smith said. "The prisoner was confronted by his interrogators, who were sitting on a higher level and making him look up to them.
"Look at you," Man with Glasses began. "You are pitiful." It was a typical brainwashing tactic, designed to make vthe prisoner think poorly of himself, to undermine his selfimage. Sergeant Smith, like many others, already had a
poor self-image long before he was captured, even before he enlisted in the army. That image wasn't enhanced any by finding that the authorities to whom he had been so obedient had misinformed him.
"We had known interrogation was inevitable and had feared it for so long, but it didn't go the way it was supposed to," Smith said. "The guards were off somewhere out
of sight. No one shone lights in our eyes. In fact, I sat in the shade while Prevaricator (one of the interrogators) served me tea and candy and cigarettes.
"Man with Glasses did most of the talking, though he encouraged me to say anything I wanted to. He insisted on giving me their side of the story—why they were there in the jungle and why the NLF had gotten together and wasfighting the U.S. and the Saigon regime. 'We are fighting for Vietnam. We do not try to take over your country. This is not in our plans. We are worried about our country. We love it very much. We are proud people, and we want to keep our country.' Didn't I know I was wrong to be part of the United States effort in Vietnam? And if I did, would I
write a statement saying so? He talked to me for about an hour, and at the end of the session he gave me a pack of the Cambodian cigarettes. 'For your enjoyment. Take them with you. When you are resting and smoking, I would like
you to think deeply of what we have discussed.'
"If sitting in the shade drinking tea while I listened to this old guy talk was brainwashing, then it didn't fit any description I had ever heard. I recalled the stories I'd heard about Korea—the scene where they hypnotize you, or drop water on your head, or put you in complete stillness— something that will drive you out of your mind. Then once they've taken everything from your mind they start over again. When somebody says 'brainwashing,' this is what I consider they're talking about—the classic Korean example. Or the stories that came out of there, anyway."
The word "brainwashing" summoned a terrifying image, but like so many other words it became corrupt in usage.
It was applied to describe situations in which mere pro- paganda or influence were used. Indeed, the word may have been corrupt from the very beginning when it was coined by a CIA propaganda specialist, Edward Hunter. In his book Brainwashing in Red China he claimed that "Brain- washing, with the even more sinister brain changing in re- verse, is the terrifying new Communist strategy to conquer the free world by destroying its mind."
In the words of the noted Yale psychiatry professor Robert J. Lifton, brainwashing was popularly held to be an "all-powerful, irresistible, unfathomable, and magical
method of achieving total control over the human mind."
It was in fact none of these things. Techniques which seemed to change the beliefs of American POWs and others behind the Iron Curtain employed no hypnosis, no drugs,
no new methods for the control of the mind and certainly nothing magical.
Hunter revised Brainwashing in Red China and reissued it in 1971. In the introduction of the updated edition he continued his attack on the Communists, much as he does
in his psychological-warfare journal Tactics.
"Change the word China to Cuba, and this book is a description of Communist warfare against the mind— brainwashing—in Cuba, as well as in China. This is the
world pattern the Communists employ; what might, in military parlance, be called mind attack. It is the new dimension in warfare, added to artillery attack, naval attack, rear and frontal attack, air attack. Brainwashing's dual processes of softening up and indoctrination have been added to the arsenal of warfare, girding the Trojan Horse in twentieth century accoutrements." Though Hunter may have been
correct about the Communist use of coercive psychological techniques on its own populations, he never once hinted that the U.S. government might just be establishing similar techniques of its own.
In 1958, in his testimony before the House Committee on Un-American Activities (HUAC) he continued to present brainwashing as a Communist weapon: "Since man
began, he has tried to influence other men or women to his way of thinking. There have always been these forms of pressure to change attitudes. We discovered in the past thirty years, a technique to influence, by clinical, hospital procedures, the thinking processes of human beings. . . .
Brainwashing is formed out of a set of different elements . . . hunger, fatigue, tenseness, threats, violence, and in more intense cases where the Reds have specialists available on their brainwashing panels, drugs and hypnotism. No one of these elements alone can be regarded as brainwashing, any more than an apple can be called apple pie. Other ingredients have to be added, and a cooking process gone through.
So it is in brainwashing with indoctrination or atrocities, or any other single ingredient.
"The Communists have been operating for a full generation taking strategic advantage of the American principles, exploiting the best sides in our characters as vulnerabilities, and succeeding for a generation in changing the characteristics of Americans."
Given the anti-Communist climate of the Cold War years, Hunter's zeal did not seem excessive, even though few of his conclusions were supported by the eyewitness
accounts given by the repatriated POWs. According to them, no drugs or hypnosis were used overseas; they told only of persuasion techniques.
Was Hunter's then an exercise in projection—an unconscious defense mechanism, in which he was shifting the blame from the U.S. onto another?
Hunter's Brainwashing in Red China was widely quoted.
Through front page news stories, the American public be- came aware, for the first time, that governments (though only Communist ones were mentioned) could control people's thoughts and motivate them against their will and without their knowledge.
Two years later, in May of 1960, Francis Gary Powers was shot down over the Soviet Union and cries of brain- washing again made U.S. headlines. At his public trial in
Moscow, Powers apologized to the Russian people for doing them wrong. Even though the CIA had told him that if caught, he could admit everything, the voices of the "soldiers" within the U.S. were quick to brand him a traitor, and those who were inclined to be more sympathetic said that he had simply been "brainwashed."
One psychiatrist, William Jennings Bryan, who had been the head of an air force medical survival training programwhich employed hypnosis to prepare pilots for resistance to brainwashing, went so far as to coin a term for the subtle new technique which he thought the Soviets had developed since the Korean conflict and had used on Powers. The U-2 pilot, Bryan said, had been "Powerized."
Bryan said that Powers' apologetic manner during the Moscow trial, his submissive, almost crippled words of testimony, his trancelike acceptance, all showed an amazing
personality change since his capture.
"The pilot's apparent lack of real emotion during the trial was the most startling evidence that the Russian brainwashing through hypnosis has destroyed the normal, aggressive confidence and the cockiness characteristic of the air
force fliers . . . The big tipoff came," Dr. Bryan said, "when Powers apologized for his American assignment, testified he knew he was wrong and said he felt no ill will
toward his country's Cold War enemy.
"It is no longer a secret that Russia uses hypnosis as a powerful instrument to destroy the resistance of individuals she wishes to conquer," he said. "Brainwashing hypnosis as apparently used on Powers is vastly different from the per-missive type of medical hypnosis . . . and the self- hypnosis used by air force fliers in caring for themselves
after a crash . . . Powers exhibited no telltale marks of physical abuse or torture during the Moscow trial, and indeed, he may have even thought himself that he was being
treated rather well, but bis manner and personality were obviously so unlike the typical American pilot that only a brand new type of other powerful technique could have changed his personality in so short a time."
Francis Gary Powers was returned to the U.S. in 1962 in a trade for Russian spy Rudolf Abel. He wrote in his book Operation Overflight (which was withheld from publication by the CIA until 1970) that the tactic he decided upon when captured was in accordance with his CIA instructions. He said, "When questioned, I would tell the
truth."
Powers insisted that he did not tell the Russians anything which he thought they did not already know. In fact he often agreed to things they suggested simply to mislead them.
As for sophisticated, "Powerizing" techniques, Powers denied their existence. He even went so far as to suggest that the Russians were actually highly overrated in their
intelligence-gathering methods.
"From what I had been taught about brainwashing, I had anticipated certain things: I would be lectured about communism, given only propaganda to read. Food would
be doled out on a reward-punishment basis; if I cooperated, I would be fed; if I didn't, I wouldn't. Interrogation would be at odd hours, under bright lights. No sooner would I fall asleep than I would be awakened, and it would start all over again, until eventually I lost all track of time, place, identity. And I would be tortured and beaten until, finally,
I would beg for the privilege of being allowed to confess to any crime they desired. None of this happened."
Immediately after Powers crossed the bridge from East Berlin he was examined by a West German flight surgeon under orders from the CIA. The surgeon took blood from
his arm. Powers says the doctor told him "the blood samples were necessary to determine whether I had been drugged. This seemed to be the first question of almost
everyone to whom I talked: Had I been drugged? They seemed almost disappointed when I told them I hadn't."
Powers was then flown to the U.S. "I still couldn't comprehend that after twenty-one months of captivity I was once again a free man," he said, "which was perhaps best,
for though I was yet to realize it, I wasn't quite free, not yet. In a sense, I had been released by the Russians to become a de facto prisoner of the CIA."
The CIA men told Powers they would like to talk to him for a couple of days. The "couple of days" turned out to be over three weeks, in which Powers was thoroughly debriefed by a team of intelligence analysts and psychiatrists.
The first question the psychiatrists asked was, again, had he been drugged by the Soviets? The second question they asked was, had he been brainwashed? When Powers answered "no" to both questions he was given tranquilizers, which were the first drugs he had received since his U-2 left Turkey for the overflight of the USSR. Powers noted, with some irony, that Americans are much more disposed
to the use of drugs than are the Soviets.
Perhaps even more ironic was the public disclaimer issued by CIA Director Allen Dulles, which said the U.S.had no use for brainwashing: "What had popularly become
known as 'brainwashing,' while of great psychological interest to the West, as it is important to study defensive techniques, is never practiced by us ... for the simple reason that we are not interested in converting people to our way of thinking either forcibly or by trickery, which is its main intent. We have never felt, as obviously the Soviets and the Red Chinese and the North Koreans have, that there is bmuch to gain in putting a 'brainwashed' person on the air to denounce his own countrymen. We have enough people who come over to us voluntarily from communism and who need no prompting."
Dulles, it seemed, was either a reader of Hunter's or they both had been briefed by the
same propaganda section of the CIA.
Brainwashing was the term the psychological warfare unit of the CIA thought up to explain why American POWs cooperated with the enemy in Korea. Brainwashing
was explained as severe deprivation of food, clothing, and shelter, during which time a series of punishments and rewards were applied so effectively that a person's fundamental beliefs could be made to change 180 degrees from their original position. This brutal technique was not called torture; there was no propaganda value in something as old as torture. The CIA thought up the term "brainwashing" to lead people in the Western world to believe that the inscrutable Orientals had again, like Fu Manchu, invented a revolutionary technique controlling the human mind. The
word "brainwashing" and the official government explanation of what happened to the Korean POWs was propaganda. It was aimed at fueling a home-grown fear of the
Communists upon which the Cold War so greatly depended. Propaganda, of course, was nothing more than artful deception; the careful planting of "misinformation" and
"disinformation," Cold War euphemisms for what had been called "the big lie" in World War II.
Modern propaganda began when Nazi Germany perfected the art of "the big lie." The Soviet Union and other Communist countries took the methods of the Nazis and I
improved upon them. The United States did not actively engage in wide-scale propaganda until World War II, when the OSS and the Office of War Information started. But then it was well understood that the guiding principles of
propaganda were: "When there is no compelling reason to
suppress a fact, tell it ... Aside from considerations of military security, the only reason to suppress a piece of news is if it is unbelievable . . . When the listener catches you in a lie, your power diminishes . . . For this reason, never tell a lie which can be discovered." As far back as 1940, American propaganda services had orders to tell the truth. It was a sound premise for effective propaganda, but it was a premise which was ignored by the succeeding generations of Cold Warriors.
Somewhere along the line the CIA's Covert Action Staff lost sight of the value of using the truth as the main weapon. Taking over from OSS, they soon became experts
in "the big lie."
This policy surfaced to the attention of the American people during isolated events such as the U-2 incident and the Bay of Pigs invasion of Cuba when Presidents Eisen-
hower and Kennedy took the blame for what were obviously CIA lies. In the light of recent history it would appear that these chiefs of state were somehow convinced that
it was better to issue a false confession that they had lied to the nation than to admit that they had been lied to by their own intelligence agency.
In the years since the founding of the CIA in 1947 there
were hundreds of such lies and false denials and domestic propaganda campaigns which did not immediately gain public attention.
Brainwashing, as planted in the press, is one little propaganda weapon in a vast arsenal. But it is a weapon that has remained effective against communism, cropping up in news accounts whenever it is needed—whenever the Cold Warriors' domestic covert action arm thinks that the public is going "soft on communism."
Albert D. Biderman, a senior research associate of the Rand Corporation's subcontractor, the Bureau of Social Science Research, conducted a study of news items published about our POWs in Korea. Biderman's analysis con-
firmed that this kind of propaganda was "successively dominant in the press during and after the Korean War. During the war, Propaganda focused on prisoner atrocities; when the war had ended, the focus shifted to stories involving the
brainwashing of POWs.
"Beginning with exchanges of prisoners," he wrote,
"prisoner misconduct received gradually increased attention until, several months after the war, it came to overshadow the other themes."
Throughout the Korean conflict, propaganda and counterpropaganda campaigns on both sides grew in intensity until eventually POWs became the most critical issue of the war, the "stumbling block" in the drawn-out truce talks that delayed the war's termination.
In 1953, some 4,000 surviving American POWs became the subjects of another type of propaganda—propaganda by Americans, about Americans, directed at Americans.
According to Biderman, "The theme of this propaganda was that there had been wholesale collaboration by the American prisoners with their Communist captors and that this unprecedented misbehavior revealed alarming new
weaknesses in our national character. This post-truce propa- ganda . . . was an outgrowth of propaganda activities during the war."
Desperately trying to believe that U.S. propaganda was motivated by good intentions, Biderman suggested that the "brainwashing theme" was pushed at home because the
Cold Warriors were "apparently worried that a number of American prisoners would return espousing the Communist view." Biderman noted that "the Defense and State Departments and the Central Intelligence Agency issued a stream of press releases during the days prior to the first prisoner exchanges in Korea to prepare the public for the shock of finding that many of the POWs had been brainwashed. The
theme of these releases was that evidence of Communist indoctrination or 'pro-Communist' statements by Americans when they were released would be discounted because the prisoners would have been subjected to the well-known
tortures that Communists used to brainwash their opponents.'"
And just what were these "well-known tortures"? The general principles of the Chinese brainwashing techniques were repetition, pacing of demands, the forced participation in classes of prisoners, propaganda which would insert
Communist ideas into familiar and meaningful contexts, punishment, threats, rewards, suggestion, pleas for peace, manipulative tricks, and deprivation of all but the minimum necessities of life. There was little that was new or innovative about the techniques used by the Chinese. They did not use drugs or hypnosis, nor did they invent any mysterious new devices for breaking the mind and will of a man.
Actually the Chinese controlled information in their POW camps just as they controlled the mass media in their own country. The system they used in the camps of propagandizing through lectures, movies, reading, and testimonials was based on the same system used on the Chinese population, and is not without parallel in Western education and advertising practices.
Nor are the punishment-and-reward techniques used by the Chinese in their interrogations exclusively Oriental.
These same practices are employed by Western intelligence agents, police, and, more subtly by reporters trying to elicit information from a hostile subject. Confession and selfcriticism have been used in religious movements as a basis
of conversion, or as a way of perpetuating the faith, from time immemorial.
Dr. Edgar H. Schein of the Massachusetts Institute of Technology was one of many persons who contributed to the army study of the returned POWs. Of the central reason behind the brainwashing propaganda which the army study
disclosed, he wrote "When things go wrong, it is far less
ego-deflating to say that we have been brainwashed than to
recognize our own inadequacy in coping with our problems. A crucial question, however, is whether such changes in our society and such preoccupations represent weaknesses and signal the deterioration of some of our highly
valued institutions, or whether they are merely the symptoms of the changing world. Are we becoming mentally apathetic and hence more prone to totalitarian solutions, or are we finding new ways in which to relate ourselves to our
international and internal problems? Many observers of the
contemporary scene, among them the novelist and philosopher Aldous Huxley, and Joost Meerloo, a psychoanalyst, feel strongly that we are headed squarely in the
Wrong direction—that the combination of certain social forces and the weapons against the mind now available will inevitably lead to the destruction of the democratic way of life and the freedom of mind which goes with it, unless we recognize clearly what is happening and put counter-forces into operation."
In succeeding years, talk of "brainwashing" continued.
Usually it was heard that the Communists had "brain- washed" somebody, but on April 7, 1967, presidential hopeful Governor George Romney turned that around.
Romney, who had gone to Vietnam believing in the rightness of the U.S. involvement there, came home saying that he had suffered "the greatest brainwashing that anyone can get when you go over to Vietnam, not only by the generals,
but also by the diplomatic corps over there, and they do a very thorough job."
Nine governors who had accompanied Romney on the
tour disagreed with him. Governor Philip H. Hoff said thatRomney's brainwashing statement "tends to be almost incredible." Finding he had no support among his colleagues Romney quickly told reporters that he had not been talking
about "Russian type brainwashing, but LBJ type brain-washing." He said he meant the same thing the press meant when you write about the credibility gap, snow job, and
manipulation of the news."
Webster's Third New International Dictionary
gives the second meaning of brainwashing as "persuasion by propa-
ganda or salesmanship," but the press and public thought that Romney had meant the word in its first sense: "A forcible indoctrination to induce someone to give up basic
political, social, or religious beliefs and attitudes and to accept contrasting regimented ideas."
And the public let it be known that it would not vote for a brainwashed presidential candidate. Romney's popularity fell so dramatically in the polls that he eventually dropped out of the race for the presidency. The word "brainwash- ing" proved to be more charged with emotions than anyone! had supposed.
In one of the first mass market books published on the subject following the army's release of the study of the Korean POWs, Eugene Kinkead wrote, "Unfortunately, the
distinction between brainwashing and indoctrination is far from clear to the average American. The army defines indoctrination as an effort to change a man's viewpoint while he is still a thinking individual by regulating his thoughts and actions. This falls far short of the effect produced upon some defendants seen in Communist courts, defendants who had obviously been completely broken, and had
ceased to be thinking individuals. I am afraid that the general conception has been that Communist techniques of manipulating human beings are so persuasive, so completely irresistible that no prisoner can keep his integrity in the face of them—and, by analogy, that no people, including ours, can stand against such an enemy. This is what distresses me so much about the popular and improper use
of a word like 'brainwashing . . .' "
Perhaps. But by 1967, when George Romney claimed he had been brainwashed, our own government was already far beyond what Kinkead referred to as "brainwashing." The United States government did not have to stoop to the slow and exhausting process the Chinese and Russians used. In the age of electronic brain stimulation, neuro-psychophar- macology, and advanced methods of behavior modification
and hypnosis, the government certainly didn't have to resort to methods as unsophisticated as brainwashing.
The techniques of mind control developed, even by 1967, were making brainwashing seem like the metaphor it was: a washboard and scrub-bucket technique which had
little use in a world where the sonic cleaner, with high" frequency sound, higher than the human ear can hear, vibrates the dirt from the very molecules of matter—or the
mind. Brainwashing was largely a campaign waged in the United States home press. It served as a sharp-edged propaganda weapon and was aimed at the American people to add to the already considerable fear of the Communists.
It also covered official United States embarrassment over a seeming rash of defections and collaborations with the enemy, and perhaps most important, offered moral justification for immoral and illegal experiments to scientists working under government contract. They were urged as a matter of patriotism to "beat the Communists in the mind-control race."
It is doubtful that all of the "collaborators" in the Korean conflict succumbed to brainwashing. The eyewitness testimony of air force Col. Laird Guttersen, one of the few heroes of the Vietnam conflict, and a real hero of the mind-
control war, would suggest that they didn't. Guttersen had been in charge of the air force seminar on Korean brainwashing at Maxwell Air Force Base. An ex-
pert hypnotist, he later used self-hypnosis to block pain and keep himself alive in a North Vietnamese POW camp where he spent more than twenty-seven months in solitary confinement.
He took the time during his campaign for the U.S. Congress to offer me his views on brainwashing and mind control.
As early as 1956 Colonel Gutterson realized that what was called brainwashing was nothing more than psychological indoctrination. "Controlling the mind is one thing," hetold me, "but remember, this does not occur with psychological indoctrination. Nor does it occur, normally, with hypnosis. The concept of complete and total mind control was projected by the 'brainwashing' myth, and it was the theme of the book
The Manchurian Candidate; but mind control is not what happened to the Korean or Vietnamese POWs. What the Chinese, the Russians, the Vietnamese did was mind influence, not mind control."
Guttersen said that while it was generally believed that brainwashing was the result of drugs and hypnosis, to his first hand knowledge, from the Korean conflict to Vietnam,
there are no documented cases of drug- or hypnosis- induced mind control. Reading the examples of what the POWs stated in both Korea and Vietnam, and what I saw in Hanoi, there are only men saying, 'I couldn't have done or said those things unless I had been drugged.' There are no specific reports of anyone saying, 'They stuck a needle into me and I did so and so,' or 'They gave me something to eat, and then I did so and so.' There were men who said,
'I acted in a very strange way, just like I was in a dream or something. I must have been drugged.'"
There was a cover-up for a snafu in some of the original Korean briefings of our combatants who, Guttersen said, were told to cooperate if captured.
"I remember a specific briefing, though later it was denied, where a group of us were told that we would be well- advised, if we got shot down, to whip out a bottle of vodka and a red flag and start waving it. We were advised to cooperate in any possible way with the enemy because any- body back home would know that we were cooperating under duress. We were told that if we cooperated with our
captors, it would not give them an excuse to torture us.
That was a specific briefing given to us. Of course, now we know that a good number of our captive men followed that advice and did collaborate on the basis that 'What the hell, nobody would believe me anyway. I'll just play the game.'
"But after they collaborated, it was denied that they had ever been told to do it. When it was brought up by the returned POWs who had received the briefing, it was denied by the military. But many of us who sat in on those briefings knew about them. This could be one of the reasons why they later came up with the Code of Conduct, in order to provide specific guidance to all military personnel, so that nobody would ever be told to collaborate with the enemy again."
The word "brainwashing" became commonplace after the Soviet Union presented evidence before the United Nations that charged the United States with the use of
germ warfare in Korea—a major violation of the Geneva Convention. The Soviet evidence contained the confessions of several captured United States pilots stating both in documents and on film that they had dropped germ bombs on
North Korea. By the time these men were repatriated, their stories had changed.
Marine Corps Colonel Frank H. Schwable was the first American to sign a germ warfare confession. His confession named names, cited missions, described meetings and strategy conferences. Before a military court of inquiry Schwable said: "I was never convinced in my own mind that we in the First Marine Air Wing had used bug warfare. I knew we hadn't, but the rest of it was so real to me—the confernces, the planes, and how they would go about their missions. . . .
"The words were mine," the Colonel continued, "but the thoughts were theirs. That is the hardest thing I have to ex-plain: how a man can sit down and write something he
knows is false, and yet, to sense it, to feel it, to make it seem real."
A CIA memo dated April 11, 1953 addressed to the Chief of CIA's Plans and Preparations, contained a report of an exchange that took place between then United Nations Ambassador Henry Cabot Lodge and an unidentified CIA agent. The CIA agent began to brief Lodge on the germ warfare confessions of Schwable and others when, according to the memo, Lodge interrupted expressing ". . . a profound distaste for the entire matter," adding that "he hoped he would never hear of it again—it had been a nasty and difficult issue, principally because of the difficulty of
explaining away the film and the statements of the American fliers. . . ." (Emphasis added.)
The CIA memo continued with the agent reporting. "I said that we fully shared his view that 'the issue was finished in the United Nations,' but that it had been our experience that 'the bug' comes from a very hardy strain and had exhibited apalling vitality.
For this reason, I said that I thought it would be a mistake to be too complacent about the matter. To the last statement Senator Lodge replied with a question
as to just what explanation we could give of the statements of the American fliers—how did we account for this and what could be done about it? I said that our best guess was that the statements had been in one way or another forced out of the captive airmen and that one of the techniques which we thought had possibly been used was the Soviet (and now Chinese) techniques of 'brainwashing.' Senator
Lodge said that he thought the public was very inadequately informed about 'brainwashing' and that in the absence of a much larger quantity of public information than now exists on the subject, the impact of the fliers' statements is terrific. I replied by stating that we shared his view and Pointed out that the Department of Defense is expected to issue a lengthy statement. . . ." (Emphasis added.)
Shortly thereafter, the word "brainwashing" was on the front page of every paper in America. We had not used germ warfare, CIA propaganda claimed, the Communists
had used brainwashing.
Chapter Four
WITHOUT KNOWLEDGE OR CONSENT
"I can hypnotize a man— without his knowledge or consent —into committing treason against the United States," boasted Dr. George Estabrooks in the early 1940s.
Estabrooks, chairman of the Department of Psychology at Colgate University, was called to Washington by the War Department shortly after Pearl Harbor. Since he was
the ranking authority on hypnosis at the time, they wanted his opinion on how the enemy might be planning to use hypnotism. "Two hundred trained foreign operators, working in the United States," Estabrooks told the military leaders, "could develop a uniquely dangerous army of hypnotically controlled Sixth Columnists."
At that time, only a handful of men knew of the government's experiments with hypnosis for the purpose of controlling minds in the interest of "national security." In
that decade there had been no concentrated assassinations of presidents, candidates, or civil rights leaders. There had not yet been Watergate, nor any disclosures of government agencies invading the privacy of United States citizens. The CIA had not yet been conceived, and even its parent, the Office of Strategic Services (OSS), did not exist.
It was unthinkable at the time that an agency of the U.S. government would employ mind-control techniques on its own people. Therefore it was natural for George Estabrooks to believe that if America were threatened by hypnotic mind control, the threat would be posed by a foreign enemy working within the United States.
So in 1943 Estabrooks sounded bis public alarm, and planted the seed for what would become priority top-secret research for the next twenty-five years. Couching his dis-
closure in hypothetical terms and saying that the hypnotized mind "could be" put to military use, he then portrayed a scene which he said could "very easily take place."
It would be possible, he said, for "the enemy" to plant a foreign agent as a doctor in a hospital or his own office.
This "doctor" could, by means of fake physical examinations, place thousands of people under his power over a period of time. Estabrooks projected how, by hypnotizing key officers and programming them to follow suggestions, this "masked maneuver" could enable a lowly first lieutenant to take over the reins of the entire U.S. Army.
His alternate scenario depicted the General Staff summoning a colonel from Intelligence to an emergency meeting in the Pentagon two days after an outbreak of war.
Shortly after entering the room where Pentagon "brain trusters" were gathered, the colonel is put into hypnotic trance by an army psychologist and told there has been a
change of plans for the defense of major territory. The details of the plan have to be conveyed in absolute secrecy to the Pacific Command. Since the enemy has been very successful in monitoring U.S. communications, a new, highly reliable procedure is needed to slip the message past the enemy. The colonel, under the influence of hypnosis, will carry the top-secret message.
"When you wake up," the hypnotized colonel is told, "you will no longer have the slightest knowledge of the secret information carried in the lower layers of your mind."
The colonel is then given instructions to proceed by airplane to Honolulu. He is told that in his normal waking state he will hold the impression that he is on a routine
mission and must report after his arrival to General Y.
"He is the only man in the world who can hypnotize you again. Put to sleep by General Y—and only him—you will correctly recall all the details of this conversation and disclose the secret instructions we have just given you."
Estabrooks said later he had given the Pentagon episode
Only as a practical example of how the new science of hypnotism could be used for military purposes.
Going even further with his alarming predictions, Estabrooks told how disguised techniques of hypnosis could be employed to create an entire army of saboteurs within our own country. "Let us suppose that in a certain city there lives a group of a given foreign extraction. They are loyal Americans but still have cultural and sentimental ties to the old country. A neighborhood doctor, working secretly for a
foreign power, hypnotizes those of his patients who have ties favorable to his plans. Having done this he would, of course, remove from them all knowledge of their ever having been hypnotized.
"Next comes a one-month period of indoctrination under hypnosis. By various means, including the offer of substantial rewards and educational processes designed to strengthen their ancestral loyalties, their cooperation is obtained."
Estabrooks explained how individuals so controlled would have no conscious aversion to Americans and would continue to behave as good citizens. Subconsciously, however, they would be saboteurs and agents of the enemy.
"All right, you say. This sounds beautiful on paper. But what about the well-known 'psychological principle' that no one will do anything under hypnosis that he wouldn't do when he's awake?" Estabrooks was asked.
"My experiments have shown this assumption is poppy-cock. It depends not so much on the attitude of the subject as on that of the operator himself ... In wartime, the motivation for murder under hypnosis doesn't have to be very strong," Estabrooks warned.
"During World War I, a leading psychologist made a startling proposal to the navy. He offered to take a submarine steered by a captured U-boat captain, placed under bis
hypnotic control, through enemy mine fields to attack the German fleet. Washington stated the strategem as too risky.
First, because there was no disguised method by which the captain's mind could be outflanked. Second, because today's technique of day-by-day breaking down of ethical conflicts brainwashing was still unknown.
"The indirect approach to hypnotism would, I believe, change the navy's answer today. Personally," Estabrooks concluded, "I am convinced that hypnosis is a bristling,
dangerous armament which makes it doubly imperative to avoid the war of tomorrow."
George Estabrooks may have greatly contributed to the U.S. government's interest in hypnosis. For during the years that followed, seeking ways both to improve the mind and to control it, various government agencies, many of them with intelligence functions, secretly pursued research in hypnotic techniques.
A number of related events during the 1940s demonstrated the extent of the government's interest in hypnosis.
Beyond changing beliefs, they sought ways to motivate people to commit acts which they would not commit in a normal state.
Dr. Bernard C. Gindes wrote of an amnesia experiment he undertook for the U.S. Army in the late forties. "A soldier with only grade school education was able to memorize an entire page of Shakespeare's Hamlet after listening to the passages seven times. Upon awakening, he could not recall any of the lines, and even more startling was the fact that he had no remembrance of the hypnotic experience. A week later he was hypnotized again. In this state, he was able to repeat the entire page without a single error. In another experiment to test the validity of increased memory retention, five soldiers were hypnotized en masse and given a jumbled 'code' consisting of twenty-five words without phonetic consistency. They were allowed sixty seconds
to commit the list to memory. In the waking state, each man was asked to repeat the code; none of them could.
One man hazily remembered having had some association with a code, but could not remember more than that. The other four soldiers were allowed to study the code con-
sciously for another sixty seconds, but all denied previous acquaintance with it. During rehypnotization, they were individually able to recall the exact content of the coded message."
In 1947, J. G. Watkins induced criminal behavior in deeply hypnotized subjects during an army experiment.
Watkins suggested a distorted view of reality to his subjects by inducing hallucinations which allowed them to avoid direct conflict with their own moral concepts. He carefully chose his suggestions to be in line with his subjects' pre-
existing motivational structures, and so was able to induce so-called antisocial behavior.
Watkins took a normal, healthy army private, a young man whose tests indicated a most stable personality, and put him in a deep trance. Though merely striking a superior officer is a court-martial offense in the army, Watkins wanted to see if he could get his subject to strangle a high- ranking officer.
After the subject was deep into trance, Watkins told him that the officer sitting across from him was a Japanese soldier who was trying to kill him. He must kill or be killed,
Watkins suggested, and immediately the private leapt ferociously at the officer and grabbed him by the throat. In his waking state, the private would have been aghast at the thought of trying to strangle a superior officer. But under hypnosis, believing the officer was a dangerous Japanese soldier, the young private had to be pulled off his superior by three husky assistants. The officer came within a hairsbreadth of being strangled, as the young man was most persistent in his attempt to kill what he regarded as the enemy.
Watkins repeated this experiment with other subjects.
The second time he used two officers who were good friends. One of them was given the hypnotic suggestion that the other was a Japanese soldier and that he must "kill or
be killed." The man who had received the command not only made a powerful lunge at his friend, but as he did, he whipped out and opened a concealed jack knife, which neither the doctor, his assistants, nor his friend knew he had.
Only the quick action of one of the assistants, who was a judo expert, prevented a potentially fatal stabbing.
In both cases, reality was so distorted that the subjects took murderous and antisocial action. If they had accomplished their "defensive" acts, both men could have been
convicted of murder, since the law did not recognize motivation through hypnosis as a fact. The courts, in all but a few cases, had adopted the traditional scientific view that
criminal behavior cannot be induced under hypnosis. That view still stands today.
To test the premise, which was then widely held, that a normal person under hypnotic trance could not be made to divulge information which would be self-incriminating,
Watkins conducted a number of experiments where a monetary bribe was offered to withhold information. Watkins discovered that "when placed in a trance they 'spilled' every time, either verbally or in writing."
The subject of one of these experiments was an enlisted WAC in military intelligence. Her commanding officer ordered her not to reveal a list of what were made to appear to be real military secrets. Under hypnosis she "spilled" everything.
Another experiment was discontinued when it was discovered that a research worker in the government arsenal was spilling vital and top-secret war information to the
friendly army hypnotist, who did not have a "need to know." He did this loud and clear while in a trance before an audience of 200 military professionals. If the subject had been allowed to continue, the disclosures of information would have resulted in a general court martial, no matter how the doctor might have tried to persuade intelligence headquarters that this was "just a test."
Much of the army's experimentation with manipulation by hypnosis was inspired by the reports of Wesley Raymond Wells, a doctor at Syracuse University. Wells's research, in turn, had been inspired by the fiction of the 1880s and 1890s, which described criminal acts as being induced by hypnosis. Wells was taken by the idea that "the most striking feature in a hypnotized subject is his automatism." Although earlier experiments had elicited no immoral or criminal behavior from subjects under hypnosis, the results of experiments which asked subjects to resist various suggestions indicated to Wells that people might be more suggestible than was generally believed.
In the late 1930s, Wells conducted a simple experiment with a student volunteer. He chose a subject who had stated that he expected he would be below average in hypnotizability and claimed he could not be put into a trance.
Before inducing trance, Wells urged him to do his utmost to resist, in every possible way, first going into the trance, and then doing anything against his own moral code.
When the student told Wells that he was ready to begin the contest, the doctor put his hand on the subject's chest, counted to seven, and found that the subject had already
fallen into a deep trance! After testing the subject's muscle control and ability to obtain amnesia and hallucinations, Wells proceeded to suggest that the subject get up from his chair, go over to Wells's overcoat which was on a coatrack across the room, and take a dollar from the right-hand pocket. Wells suggested that the subject see the coat as his own, and take the dollar thinking that he had left it in the pocket. When the subject followed all of Wells's suggestions, he then told him to put the dollar in his own breast pocket and return to his chair. As he was about to sit, Wells said to him that when he sat in the chair he would remember only that he had had this extra dollar when he came into the office, and that later- he would spend the dollar, just as if it were his own.
Afterwards, during the student's recall of his experiences, Wells found that everything had worked according to the hypnotic program he had implanted. This was, of course, a clinical sort of test for amnesia.
"Whether his amnesia would have withstood 'third-degree' methods of the police or the lie detector methods of the psychological laboratory is another question," Wells
said. "On the basis of my previous experimental study of posthypnotic amnesia, I would state it as my opinion that hypnotically induced amnesia in the case of so good a subject . . . would have withstood any possible tests, or at least it might have been made to withstand any possible tests if added precautions had been taken in the hypnotic production of the amnesia."
Wells' report of this experiment, published in a psychology journal in 1941, brought a negative reaction from the scientific community. Milton Erickson was among the first
to say that Wells's experiments were at best inconclusive. Erickson reported that after attempting to duplicate similar hypnotic inducements of crime with fifty subjects, he had failed. He concluded from his own investigations that "hypnosis cannot be misused to induce hypnotized persons to commit actual wrongful acts either against themselves or others ..." The so-called antisocial acts induced by Wells and others, Erickson maintained, were most likely motivated by factors other than hypnosis or suggestion.
"We know that it is possible, without recourse to hypnosis, for one person to induce another to commit a wrong, a fact we may explain loosely as the influence of one personality upon another," Erickson explained. "To settle this question is difficult, since it involves three inseparable factors of unknown potentialities—specifically, the hypnotist as a person, the subject as a person, and hypnosis as such,
to say nothing of the significant influence upon these three, both individually and collectively, of the suggestion and the performance of a questionable act."
But even Erickson conceded that the primitive being, the libido, which dwells in everyone, makes almost any crie possible. When a hallucinatory state has been induced and the subject thinks he or she is acting out of self-preservation, the primitive mind takes over and the killer instinct is un- leashed.
In the late 1930s psychologists began grappling with the problem of human will, as the theologians before them had done for centuries. Some maintained that "will" meant conscious volition; others, that it meant nothing but the manifestation of the belief system, that is to say, the result of the earliest conditioned responses. The area of will still lies outside the limits of modern psychology. Many experts are loath even to use the word "will" since it represents a most ill-defined dimension of human nature.
Summing up a carefully constructed semantic argument, psychologists often say, "A person cannot be made to do anything against his will or basic moral precepts." That
statement, taken at face value, is certainly true. A normal person would not wittingly kill a friend. But if he was made to hallucinate that his friend was an enemy, and it was a "kill or be killed" situation, he would initiate a natural response to preserve his own life. In the process he might even take the imagined enemy's life. After the hallucination passed, he would realize he had killed his friend. This criminal act would be considered, in one sense, an act of will; but the real cause of the action would not be understood outside the hallucinated state. Only the killer's grief would
remain, to attest to his knowledge of what he did, and that he really did not want
to do it.
Whether or not hypnosis can be used to deeply motivate people to commit antisocial acts despite the call of their own conscience is still an open question in academic circles.
George Estabrooks had evidence which made him conclude that "one in every five of the human race are highly suggestible, at least half are suggestible to a very consider-
able degree." And he warned, ". . . mere figures do not tell the story. That one fifth has a power far beyond its numbers; for this type of man, acting under direct suggestion, is no mere average person. He is a fanatic, with all that fanaticism may imply for good or evil . . . Can this prospective subject—this one in five individual—be hypnotized against his will?"
"The answer to this very vital question," Estabrooks concluded, "is 'yes' though we prefer to say 'without his consent' instead of 'against his will.' We do not need the subject's consent when we wish to hypnotize him for we use a 'disguised' technique . "
Believing in Estabrooks' logic, pragmatists in the government began to explore the possibilities of ways to change belief and motivate behavior. They let scores of contracts for research into hypnosis, behavior modification, conditioning, and virtually anything that held even a slim chance of being able to give them control over the individual human mind and will.
Meanwhile foreign governments unfriendly to the United States were involved in similar psychological research. But the U.S. government's fear of losing superiority in this new and untested field ran away with them. Intelligence analysts believed a "mind-control gap" existed, and to close it they mobilized "think tanks" to develop a usable program of experimental research, at once.
From one such think tank, the Rand Corporation, came a report entitled
Are the Communist Countries Using Hypnosis Techniques to Elicit Confession In Public Trials?
Dated April 25, 1949, it helped set the stage for using national security as the rationale for resorting to mind control to motivate criminal acts, both at home and abroad.
"The successful use of hypnosis," the report said, "would represent a serious threat to democratic values in times of peace and war. In addition, it might contribute to the development of unconventional methods of warfare, which will be widely regarded as immoral. The results of scientific research in the field under discussion would obviously lend themselves to offensive as well as defensive applications and to abuse no less than to use. It must be assumed that almost all of the scientific personnel in the field of hypnosis are keenly aware of these social implications of their work and that they are interested in limiting the practice of hypnosis to therapeutic applications." That assumption proved to be untrue.
The Rand report recommended "that these moral and political implications of experimental research on hypnosis be explored as fully as possible prior to official encouragement or sponsorship of such research, so as to establish the most effective safeguards against its unintended consequences."
The Rand study dwelt at length upon Soviet experiments in hypnosis dating back to 1923. "At the State Institute of Experimental Psychology in Moscow," the report stated, "it was demonstrated that hypnosis could be used in inducing an innocent person to develop intense guilt feelings and to confess to a criminal or immoral act which he did not commit. In 1932 the experiments on hypnotically implanted 'crimes' were reported (in English translation) by A. R. Luria, who at that time was a professor in the Academy of Communist Education."
Quoting Luria, the report described how hypnosis was used as a device for producing emotional disturbances in order to control behavior. "We suggested to the person under test, while in a sufficiently deep hypnotic state, a certain situation, more often a disagreeable one, in which he was playing a role irreconcilable with his habits and contrary to bis usual behavior—we thus obtained an actual and rather sharply expressed acute effect. After awakening the person under test ... we had a subject who was 'loaded' with certain definite affective complexes, which mostly remained unknown to himself ..."
Luria described an experiment with a twenty-year-old female college student who was told under deep hypnosis that she was sitting in her room studying when a neighbor
child, a boy of six, came into the room. She was told that the child shouted when he came into the room and disturbed her studies. She asked him to stop, but he did not
listen. The young woman was then told that she would get angry and forget herself. She would take a stick and beat the boy, first on the back and then on the head. The boy would cry out from the wounds on his head, but she would keep on beating him. She would then feel very ashamed and would be unable to understand how such a thing could happen, how she could beat up a child. Finally, she was told that she must try to forget the incident altogether.
Luria explained that he had chosen this situation with a definite purpose. Since the hallucinated event was entirely unacceptable by the moral standards of the young woman's personality, it was natural that she would feel repentant.
He reinforced her natural desire to forget by suggesting to her that she remove the memory of the event from her mind.
In subsequent trances the subject was questioned about the "beating." With great difficulty she reconstructed the event, but shifted the emphasis on several points so that the imagined event would conform more to her basic moral code. At first she refused to remember that she had "beaten" the child. She then conceded that she had "pulled his ears." Then, finally, she admitted she had "beaten him," but she maintained she had not beaten him with a stick.
Luria said that this showed how unacceptable the situation was to her personality. The student said twice, "my con- science has tortured me." Luria said this showed the effectiveness of the hypnotic suggestion.
Of the experiment, Irving Janis, author of the Rand report, observed, "in this particular case, the implanted memory was initially referred to by the examiner as a 'dream' rather than as a real event. But from the detailed reports of other investigators, this procedure does not appear to be necessary for eliciting a false confession: a hypnotized subject will often accept and confess to an implanted memory as a real event in his own past life."
The Rand report itself suggested that this trick of hypnotic suggestion might be used on a defendant awaiting trial. The defendant could be "prepared" in a series of hypnotic sessions to accept guilt about a criminal act he did not commit, and then, if placed in a hypnotic trance while in the courtroom, the prosecutor's interrogation would elicit a false confession.
Fearing the Communists' use of hypnosis, the Rand report warned that hypnosis, once accomplished, is hard to detect. Contrary to reports in the nineteenth century, "a hypnotized subject is not blindly obedient, nor does he act like an automaton when in trance. Hypnotic suggestions are acted out and elaborated in a way that is consonant
with the individual's habitual social behavior and his basic personality traits." The report stated that while often "the hypnotized subject seems literal and humorless . . . he appears entirely unselfconscious, and very often he acts abstracted, inattentive, almost as if he were insulated against his surroundings," this is not always the case. A number of experienced hypnotists had been able to train their subjects to perform "in such a way that observers could not tell that the subject was in a trance or that he was acting under hypnotic suggestions."
The Rand report outlined the following procedure that would elicit a false confession. "First, make the subject feel guilty about some acts he had thought about or had actually carried out in the past. Second, make him feel guilty about having committed some crime of which he was actually innocent. The implanted guilt would compel the subject to confess when examined by a hypnotist or anyone else designated by the hypnotist. Third, train the subject, by means of post- hypnotic suggestion, to go into the trance whenever a simple signal was encountered." The subject would be trained
to give his false confession in a normal, convincing manner, so that observers would not be able to detect the trance state.
To induce hypnosis in an unwilling subject, the report suggested any of three possibilities which were then well supported by research findings:
1. As part of a medical examination, talk relaxation to the subject, thus disguising the hypnotic induction. For ex- ample, the person could be given a blood pressure test, told that he must relax completely in order to give an adequate test record, and then be given suggestions to go to sleep which would result in a hypnotic trance.
2. Induce hypnosis while the person is actually asleep from normal fatigue. This could be done by simply talking softly into the sleeper's ear.
3. Use injections of drugs to induce hypnosis. The hypnotic drugs would relax the subject and put him in a "twilight state" where the subconscious mind is very susceptible to suggestion.
Subjects who refuse or resist the simple "talking" methods of hypnotic induction could be given a few grams of paraldehyde or an intravenous injection of sodium pentothal or sodium amytal. The appropriate dosage of these drugs invariably induces a state of light hypnotic sleep.
During sleep, the subject could then be given suggestions which would produce the characteristic deep hypnotic trance. While in the first drug-induced trance, the patient
could be given posthypnotic suggestions to the effect that he would be susceptible to hypnosis thereafter without the use of drugs. Subsequently the subject could be allowed to practice carrying out posthypnotic suggestions. He could then be rehypnotized, still without bis conscious cooperation, but this time without the use of drugs.
The report admitted that at the time of its writing there was no certain knowledge of just how successful each of the three methods described might prove to be with individuals "who are on their guard against being victimized by hostile
authorities."
"The drug technique," suggested the report, "would probably turn out to be the simplest and most efficient of the three and so it would be the most likely candidate for . . . hypnotizing defendants against their will."
Another important use of hypnosis for the government, the report said, would be the induction of amnesia: "Once a deep hypnotic trance is achieved, it is possible to intro-
duce posthypnotic amnesia so that [a subject] . . . would not know . . . that he had been subjected to hypnosis, to drugs, or to any other treatment."
The report then turned to the problem of producing the deep hypnotic trance essential to posthypnotic amnesia. It stated that, based on research reports of that time, "in
about 90 percent of any unselected population it should be possible to produce the deepest (somnambulistic) type of trance. According to numerous authorities, a light trance is sufficient to elicit a 'confession' of actual misbehavior
which might otherwise be withheld; but, for carrying out complete posthypnotic amnesia, it is a somnambulistic trance that is required."
The Rand document expressed fear that Soviet investigators had found other techniques which could produce deep hypnosis in perhaps 90 percent or more of all individuals.
Anticipating future advances, the report speculated on more efficient ways to develop greater depth in hypnotic trance. It suggested that a subject could be placed in a
trance many times each day until a sufficient depth of trance was achieved. It was thought that hypnotizing the subject and then awakening him several times in the same session might speed up the process. This technique of successive and rapid trance induction would, it was hoped, make the subject easily susceptible to deep trance in a few days.
To increase speed and depth of hypnosis, special uses of hypnotic drugs were also suggested. "For example, a series of drug-induced trances, as against only one such treatment, might serve to develop the majority of cases into
somnambules. Moreover, certain unique drug compounds may be especially effective in inducing very deep states of hypnosis."
The report then said, "Conceivably, electroshock convulsions might be used as an adjunctive device to achieve somnambulism in a very high percentage of the cases. Many studies have shown that there is a temporary intellectual impairment, diffuse amnesias, and general 'weakening of the ego' produced during the period when a series of electroshock convulsions is being administered. From my own and others' investigations of the psychological effects of such treatments, I would suspect that they might tend to reduce resistance to hypnotic suggestions. It is conceivable,
therefore, that electroshock treatments might be used to weaken difficult cases in order to produce a hypnotic trance of great depth."
In 1958 the Bureau of Social Science Research (BSSR), a subcontractor to the Rand Corporation, issued a "technical report" on hypnosis to the air force that took up where the earlier Rand report had left off. Once again a "think tank" was calling for action in the mind-control race against the Communists.
"To both the lay person and the behavior scientist," the author, Seymour Fisher, wrote in the introduction, "hypnosis has long been regarded as a potentially powerful instrument for controlling human behavior. Undoubtedly, the intelligence divisions of many countries have given serious thought to this potential and have done classified research in various areas of hypnosis ... it is conceivable . . •that these techniques could have been used and covered up so successfully that they might be impossible
to recognize . . ."
Fisher outlined areas of future research where Americans could advance in the mind-control race. He urged the government to develop tests to determine who was and who was not a good hypnotic subject. He urged further research in pharmacology, suggesting that a number of drugs little known at the time might be effective in induc-
ing hypnosis.
He predicted that some drugs would prove useful in reducing the amount of time required to induce complex
hypnotic behavior and that others would be useful in reinforcing the lasting effects of hypnotically induced behavior control. He predicted that drugs would be developed which would permit far greater control over autonomic processes,
Some drugs, he suggested, would be found to permit control over learning and perception as well. He also predicted that new drugs would be discovered which would be capable of inducing deep hypnosis in virtually
Any individual regardless of bis degree of cooperativeness.
All of these techniques, involving drug-induced hypnosis and electroshock convulsions, were eventually developed and used to reduce some of our own citizens to a zombie state in which they would blindly serve the government.
Regardless of the Constitution and the laws which supposdly protect the individual against government coercion, "zombies" were covertly created to do the government's
more unsavory bidding. Such "zombies" asked no questions about the legality of their assignments. Often their assignments were never consciously known. And if they were ever questioned about their own actions, amnesia protected them from self-incrimination.
What had started out a race against the Communists slowly turned into a private war from within.
Chapter Five
PAIN-DRUG HYPNOSIS
In 1951, a former naval officer described "a secret" of certain military and intelligence organizations. He called it "Pain-Drug-Hypnosis" and said it "is a vicious war weapon
and may be of considerably more use in conquering a society than the atom bomb. This is no exaggeration. The extensiveness of the use of this form of hypnotism in espionage work is now so widespread that it is long past the time when people should have become alarmed about it… Pain-Drug-Hypnosis is a wicked extension of narcosynthesis, the drug hypnosis used in America only during and since the last war . . ."
That statement was the tip of a vast iceberg of mind-control research using drugs as an aid to hypnotic induction. In the 1950s, under air force (and ultimately CIA)
guidance, a series of papers was written defining the limits to which a government (ours or an enemy's) could go "to make persons behave against their will." In the introduction to one of these, the authors stated that the purpose of their study was "to review available scientific knowledge on the use of pharmacologic agents to influence the communication of information which, for one reason or another, an
informant does not wish to reveal."
They went on to say that, contrary to the alleged necessity for conducting such drug experiments, "no published reports have come to our attention . . . detailing the scientific application of drugs by intelligence agencies of any nation as a means of obtaining information. The methods of Russian interrogation and indoctrination are derived from age-old police methods that have been systematized, and are not dependent on drugs, hypnotism, or any other special procedure designed by scientists."
The report, expressing concern over "proper" drug experimentation, urged that control placebos be administered "silently" so that no one would know who was getting what or when. Also discussed were the effects of drugs on different individuals in various settings, the relation between dosage levels, the effects of food, drink, and other physiological needs, and the effects of individual variables, such as sex, intelligence, medical and psychiatric status, life situation, and so forth upon drug reactions.
The top priority for testing in mind control were those drugs which were found to induce hypnosis. The administration and effects of barbiturates, amobarbital, secobarbital, pentothal, and sodium amytal were studied. Nonbarbiturate sedatives and calmatives such as ethchlorvynol, glutethimide, methyprylon, methylparafynol, captodramin, and oxanamide were also tested. A whole range of amphetamines and their derivatives were discussed as good tools to "produce a 'push'—an outpouring of ideas, emotions, memories, and so forth." New drugs such as ritalin, marsilid, and mescaline were thought to hold great promise for mind-control applications. Perhaps the most promising of this last group was a "consciousness-expanding" drug called LSD-25.
Four months after the first nuclear reaction was created in a pile of uranium ore in Chicago, the psychotropic effects of LSD-25 were discovered by a thirty-seven-year-old Swiss chemist working at the Sandoz research laboratory in Basel, Switzerland. On April 16, 1943, Dr. Albert Hofmann accidentally absorbed a minute quantity of the rye fungus byproduct with which he was experimenting. He later filed a report which described history's first LSD "trip."
"I was forced to stop my work in the laboratory in the middle of the afternoon and to go home, as I was seized by a peculiar restlessness associated with a sensation of mild
dizziness ... a kind of drunkenness which was not unpleasant and which was characterized by extreme activity of imagination . . . there surged upon me an uninter- rupted stream of fantastic images of extraordinary plasticity and vividness and accompanied by an intense kaleidoscope-like play of colors . . ." Sandoz Laboratories had actually been manufacturing LSD since 1938, when it was first used in an experiment with monkeys. Their scientists observed then that the substance caused a marked excitation of the animals, but these results did not motivate scientists to follow up with further research. Work with LSD fell into abeyance until the spring of 1943 when Hofmann prepared a new batch for the storeroom, and accidentally ingested some himself.
Dr. Hofmann described that LSD experience: "... I did not know what was going to happen, if I'd ever come back. I thought I was dying or going crazy. . . . My first
. . . experiment with LSD was a 'bum trip' as one would say nowadays."
Dr. Hofmann's new discovery was investigated by the European psychiatrists as a possible key to the chemical nature of mental illness. In 1950 LSD was introduced to
American psychiatrists, and interest spread rapidly in the scientific community here.
In 1953, the CIA made plans to purchase ten kilograms of LSD for use in "drug experiments with animals and hu-man beings." Since there are more than 10,000 doses in a gram, that meant the CIA wanted 100 million doses. The CIA obviously intended to "corner the market" on LSD so that other countries would not be ahead of the U.S. in their potential for "LSD warfare."
That year Sandoz Laboratories filled many orders for LSD from both the CIA and the Department of Defense.
According to Hofmann, they continued to do so up until the mid-sixties. The army would visit the labs every two years or so, to see if any technological progress had been made towards the manufacture of LSD in large quantities.
Dr. Hofmann said that he had never been told the reason for the army's interest in the drug, but he assumed, from the large quantities being discussed, that it was to be used
for weapons research.
As an employee of the pharmaceutical house Dr. Hofmann was in no position to warn the army researchers sway from the drug despite his belief that it would be extremely dangerous if used improperly and despite his personal distaste for their work.
"I had perfected LSD for medical use, not as a weapon,"
he said. "It can make you insane or even kill you if it is not Properly used under medical supervision. In any case, the research should be done by medical people and not by soldiers or intelligence agencies."
In 1963 Hofmann received a letter from a scholar at Harvard requesting twenty-five kilograms of psilocybin for research purposes. Psilocybin was a psychedelic substance similar in effect to LSD but more subtle and much less
powerful. Before the sales department at Sandoz would act on this order for "the extraordinarily large quantity of psychedelic compounds," they asked the scholar to provide them with the necessary import license from U.S. health authorities. He failed to provide it. Later Hofmann commented on "the unrealistic manner with which he handled this transaction [which] left the impression of a person un-
concerned with the regulations of society."
The scholar's name was Timothy Leary.
Leary had been experimenting with psychedelic substances for several years by the time he wrote to Hofmann.
In 1961 he had conducted experiments with LSD at the Concord Correctional Facility in Concord, Massachusetts.
That research was funded by the Uris Brothers Foundation in New York City, under the auspices of Harvard University. What Leary learned from the Concord prisoners was published in 1962 in his paper entitled "How to Change Behavior." In it, Leary explained what a powerful tool LSD was for changing ways of thinking and living.
While Leary did receive NIMH grants while at the University of California at Berkeley from 1953-56 and while working for the U.S. Public Health Service from 1954-58, he denies that any of his psychedelic research projects at Harvard were funded by the government. However, they may have been indirectly supported by it. In response to my query, National Institute of Mental Health Director Bertram Brown said that, although such research at Harvard University was funded by HEW and NIMH grants from the period of 1956-63, "records available for projects
supported during that period generally do not go below the major institution level; e.g., awards are identified as being made to Harvard University, but not to departments or
centers within that institution . . ." Here we encounter another example of the government's built-in deniability.
Harvard claimed that its records on Leary's research could not be located.
Tim Leary and Richard Alpert were fired from Harvard in 1963, ostensibly for giving LSD to an undergraduate, but basically because of increasing controversy over the nature of their research. Leary and Co. retreated to Mexico, where they attempted to carry on LSD experiments outside the U.S. government's purview. In June of 1963 they ran afoul of even the notoriously corrupt Mexican government and were expelled from that country for "engaging in activities not permitted to a tourist."
From Mexico they moved to Millbrook, New York, and established the International Federation for Internal Freedom (later the Castalia Foundation), which served as a
platform for Leary to propagandize for LSD which, he now believed, could save the world from nuclear perdition by 'blowing the mind."
Leary frequently took LSD himself. His speeches, which were addressed to overflow audiences, were tailor-made for true believers in the new drug cult. Leary issued many public statements on the benefits to the individual and society of LSD. Always politically naive, he predicted that there would come a day when "a new profession of psychedelic guides will inevitably develop to supervise these experiences."
Finally, in the mid-sixties, Leary coined his famous slogan, "Turn on, tune in, drop out," and spoke at college lectures to the legions of young people who had illegally experimented with LSD and other psychedelic substances.
Through magazine interviews, television appearances, movies, records, and books Leary projected himself as the culture hero of a new generation which was fighting for an individual's right to alter his own consciousness—a right which Leary maintained was guaranteed by the Constitu- tion of the United States.
A CIA memo dated November 1, 1963 and obtained by John Marks under a Freedom of Information suit in August, 1977, featured Dr. Leary, Dr. Richard Alpert and their organization which advocated the expansion of consciousness through psychedelic chemicals, the International Federation for Internal Freedom (IFIF). In alarming tones the memo ordered all CIA groups involved in mind control operations to report if any agency personnel were involved with either Leary or Alpert or IFIF. The response to this in-house memo, if there was one, was not released by the CIA.
By 1968, society seemed to become divided into those who had taken illegal drugs and those who hadn't. Eventually LSD, marijuana, and cocaine were available on street-corners and schoolyards throughout the land. If the government had
covertly supported the unwitting Leary andassociates, the snowballing effects of their LSD propaganda now caused a reversal of policy. It became obvious to them that LSD and the other psychoactive drugs were politically dangerous. They allowed people to see through the indoctrination of the government, the credibility gap, and the government propaganda for the Vietnam War. The "acid heads" adopted a visionary fervor and began actively criticizing the war in Vietnam and calling for many social reforms. The "psychedelic revolution" embarrassed the
government at every turn.
If the government didn't actually "begin" the psychedelic revolution, it was certainly responsible for shutting it down.
It did this by controlling the availability and quality of drugs. Underground LSD labs were raided, and it wasn't long before its quality degenerated and the supply dried up.
Several studies have shown that when LSD became illegal (October 6, 1966) real LSD ceased to be available on the street. What was sold as LSD was every other kind of chemical, including several forms of veterinary tranquilizers! Often methedrine was sold as LSD, as well as heroin mixed with amphetamines.
Simultaneously, as the LSD supply dried up, large supplies of heroin mysteriously became available. It was strong heroin, imported from the Golden Triangle in Southeast Asia (largely under CIA control). Many young people who had had their "consciousness expanded" too far to distinguish between one drug and another turned to heroin.
The government-inspired hysteria over drugs had led many to think, "Well, they lied to us about pot, they must be lying about heroin." And so when psychedelics were no longer easily obtained, and heroin was, many young people became addicts.
The political visions of the psychedelic generation faded, as many who had "turned on" dropped out of city life and fled to the country. Those who stayed in the cities followed Leary's advice and dropped out from participation in the
main stream of the society. Many of them followed an alternate route in the American tradition by living as pushers and bootleggers, making large sums of money from the
newly created demand for illegal drugs.
In 1958, Dr. Louis Gottschalk, the CIA's "independent contractor," had prepared a think tank report which suggested that the intelligence agencies might control people
through addiction.
The report put it this way: "The addiction of a source to a drug which the interrogator could supply, obviously would foster the dependence of the source on the interrogator. Where the source was addicted previous to the situation,the interrogator might find already established a pattern of evasion of laws and responsibilities which the addict had developed to meet his need for the drug in a society which ; proscribes its use."
The report went so far as to recommend that wounded GIs who had become addicts to pain-killing drugs be recruited from hospitals. It stated: "Where the source had
become addicted in the setting as a sequel to the treatment of injuries, the ability of the interrogator to give or with- hold the drug would give him a powerful weapon against the source . . ."
In the late sixties, when it became known that thousands of GIs serving in Vietnam had become addicted to Laotian heroin, the U.S. Bureau of Narcotics tried sending a team of agents to Laos, but its investigations were blocked by the Laotian government, the State Department, and the CIA.
While the Laotian government's hostility toward the bureau is understandable, the reticence shown by the American government and the CIA requires some explanation. According to U.S. narcotics agents serving in Southeast Asia, "the Bureau encountered a good deal of resistance from then CIA and the Embassy when it first decided to open an office in Vietnam . . ." Did this policy bear some relation to Gottschalk's think-tank statement, made some thirty years earlier—to create an army of drug dependent people who could be controlled by their suppliers—in this case the
CIA?
The CIA also contributed indirectly to the heroin traffic by training men who then turned to smuggling. In the 1974 Pulitzer Prize-winning study of the heroin trade by the staff and editors of Newsday, it was revealed that U.S. Bureau of Narcotics and Dangerous Drugs (BNDD) agents in Miami cross-checked a list of men who landed at the Bay of Pigs against police records. They found that at least 8 per-cent of the 1,500-man CIA-trained force had subsequently been investigated or arrested for drug dealing.
"If it hadn't been for their CIA training," one BNDD agent was quoted as saying, "some of these might never have gone into the [smuggling] business." He added that
their training in paramilitary operations, weapons use, and smuggling of equipment and men from one place to another is well suited for illegal drug importing.
The head of the Office of Strategic Intelligence at BNDD, John Warner, said, "The key to heroin trafficking is the principle of compartmentability. It's the same way
the CIA operates. Most people don't know what the whole project involves; most just know their particular job."
Former CIA agent Victor Marchetti was reported as stating "The CIA is implicated in the drug traffic in several countries. The Mafia, thanks to the CIA, has a free hand in
the vast opium traffic from Turkey through Italy to the United States."
On July 19, 1975, Sen. Charles H. Percy, (R., Ill.) released a letter charging that the CIA had the Justice Department drop a drug case to protect its own involvement in drugs. Percy's letter said that the CIA refused to give federal prosecutors evidence in a case against Puttaporn Khramkhruan, a CIA employee, and one other person.
Percy complained that "apparently CIA agents are untouchable—however serious their crime or however much harm is done to society."
The senator's letter said he had written the Justice Department to find out why charges were dropped against the two men, who were allegedly attempting to smuggle fifty-
nine pounds of opium into the United States from Thailand. The reply he received, from Deputy Assistant Attorney General John C. Kenney, stated that CIA Associate
General Counsel John Greany had "insisted that there were other considerations at stake and that the material sought by the prosecutors would not be turned over." Kenney said Greany had explained that if Khramkhruan and his associate went on trial, "the situation could prove embarrassing because of Mr. Khramkhruan'sm involvement with CIA activities in Thailand, Burma, and elsewhere."
The CIA knew that heroin causes no "consciousness expansion." It brings on a physical feeling, a warm, glowing "high," and then dullness and insulation. But the government was interested in behavior control, and heroin, like LSD, was an important tool in gaining such control.
While some clandestine agencies of government were busy distributing drugs to pleasure-seeking underground America, in the laboratories they were studying drugs for their capacities to provide access to the mind for purposes of behavior control. Seeking the perfect "incapacitating agent," army chemists at Edgewood Arsenal came up with a drug known as "BZ" whose effects were ten times more powerful than LSD. Described as a hallucinogenic "superdrug," BZ was said to be so powerful that a person who took it often experienced amnesia for long periods of time
afterwards.
To test its effects BZ was given to 2,490 "volunteers." General Lloyd Fellenz, former commander of the Edgewood facility, said that the purpose of the BZ experiment
was to produce an incapacitating gas or drug which could be placed in an enemy's water supply.
Dr. Solomon Snyder, professor of psychiatry and pharmacology at Johns Hopkins University Medical School, had formerly worked at Edgewood. "The army's testing of LSD was just a sideshow compared to its use of BZ," Dr. Snyder said. "Nobody can tell you for sure it won't cause a long lasting effect. With an initial effect of eighty hours, compared to eight hours for LSD, you would have to worry more about its long-lasting or recurrent effects."
Dr. George Aghajanian, who had also worked at Edge- wood, confirmed Snyder's opinion. "With LSD," Aghajanian explained, "you tend to dwell on the experience and recall it and that can lead to flashbacks. But with BZ an amnesia occurs afterwards that blocks the experience out."
Predicting the course of future events, Gottschalk's report stated: "The volume of effort devoted to studying the behavioral effects of drugs has expanded tremendously in recent years and will probably continue to grow. In part, this may be attributed to the ready financial support such activities have achieved. The interest of scientists in employing drugs in research, however, transcends an interest in drug effects, per se. Drugs constitute valuable tools for experimentation directed toward developing basic physiological and psychological knowledge. Work by scientists in several such areas, in particular, will increase knowledge of drugs which may be exploitable by interrogators."
Gottschalk's conclusion was that "drugs can operate as positive catalysts to productive interrogation. Combined with the many other stresses in captivity that an individual
may be obliged to undergo, drugs can add to the factors aimed at weakening the resistance of the potential informant . . . But for many reasons, the use of drugs by an interrogator is not sure to produce valid results. The effects of drugs depend to a large extent on the personality makeup and physical status of the informant and the kind of rapport that the interrogator is able to establish with the informant. Knowing the predominating pharmacologic actions of a number of psychoactive drugs, an interrogating team might choose that chemical agent which is most likely to be effective in view of the informant's personality, physi- cal status and the various stressful experiences he has already undergone . . ."
This study and subsequent ones verified the fact that a number of drugs could conveniently be used to take over the human mind against the will of the individual. Through the use of drugs, the skilled mind controller could first induce a hypnotic trance. Then, one of several behaviour modification techniques could be employed with amplified success. In themselves, without directed suggestions, drugs affect the mind in random ways. But when drugs are combined with hypnosis, an individual can be molded and manipulated beyond his own recognition.
The government's interest in controlling minds and motivating involuntary behavior was focused not only on individuals but also on large groups. Mass hypnosis and
"crowd psychology" were well-known phenomena, and to that end propaganda techniques had already been developed. But mass "narcosis" was a new concept out of which grew the idea of "nonkill" warfare, where vast populations could simultaneously, or in one action, be drugged into submission.
In 1961, in an appearance before the Subcommittee on Science and Astronautics of the House of Representatives, Maj. Gen. Marshall Stubbs, head of the Army Chemical
Corps, gave a speech cautioning that "we have not gone far enough in our research on these incapacitating compound to be confident that they have real potential in warfare. We do not want to exaggerate claims for them to create the impression that we are on the verge of bloodless war." General Stubbs admitted, "We are attempting to completely separate the incapacitating agents from the lethal agents so that any castigation normally given to toxic agents will not be associated with them, since they do not maim or kill. As a result we hope to have a weapon which will give the commander much freer rein in its use as compared to the toxic agents. It is my hope that through the use of incapacitating agents, the free world will have a relatively clear and rapid means of both fighting and deterring limited war, which has come to the forefront in the international political scene in the last several years. It is one means by which we can maintain some degree of equality in the face of overwhelming manpower superiority of the Communist-dominated nations."
One idea consistently expressed in the utterances of government employees was the idea that "we must beat the Commies to the punch." To that end the army launched a
crash program investigating nerve gases, riot control gases, defoliants, herbicides, and biological agents such as anthrax, Rocky Mountain spotted fever, and bubonic plague.
It also developed what it called "harassing agents"— chemicals that cause headaches, vomiting, and severe pain.#The idea was that one saboteur would be able to carry enough in his pocket to temporarily incapacitate the population of a city the size of New York. A two-suiter piece of luggage could hold enough drugs to disable every man, woman, and child in America. Most of the drugs the government experimented with were odorless, colorless, and tasteless and therefore undetectable They were easily soluble in water, and only slowly would they lose their potency in chlorinated water supplies. Food which came in contact with these chemicals remained contaminated for days unless thoroughly washed. The inhalation of particles of these
drugs suspended in the air produced the same effects as ingestion. Dissolved, they could penetrate the skin and enter the bloodstream without having been ingested.
The army assumed that a city exposed to such chemical attack would cease to function, the inhabitants so confused by the "trip" that the army could march into the city and take over, facing only minimal resistance. And the next day, the populace would return to normal consciousness and be fit to work for the occupying army.
To test their assumption, the army gave a squad of sol diers LSD in coffee without their knowledge. After the drug effects began, the soldiers were ordered by their sergeant to perform normal and routine tasks while they were filmed by a hidden camera. They could not follow even the simplest command nor accomplish the most ordinary task with an acceptable degree of competency. Two of the men simply giggled helplessly throughout the entire afternoon.
As the platoon sergeant was not a coffee drinker, he did not receive the drug. Neither had he been told about the test. Accordingly he grew more and more frustrated and perplexed as his men acted more and more erratically.
Further studies indicated, however, that in actual warfare things would not be that easy. Urban populations spend relatively little time out of doors. Since most of these
drugs settled out of the atmosphere quickly and did not pass through air-conditioning systems, they would therefore not affect everyone. If the water supply were lightly laced with a psychedelic, an individual would have to drink a pint of tap water before being affected. The concentration could be made heavier, enough so that one would only have to brush his teeth or wash his face before getting "high," but with concentrations that large, even an infant's formula or a cup of tea would be a dangerous poison.
Further, those exposed to minute amounts of these "in-capacitating agents" might be able to fight off the symptoms. Those heavily dosed would suffer enormous mental
distortions and could become wildly irrational. Mildly intoxicated persons might go about as if in a normal state, unaware that their judgment and motor skills were impaired. The resulting number of accidents would be monumental. Thus, it became clear to the government that even the supposed "nonkill" type of warfare
Could take thousands of lives.
Eventually the army did shelve its plans for drug "nonkin" warfare. But the major obstacle, as they saw it, was not that it might kill the enemy, but that as of yet the army was unable to immunize its own troops against drug effects. Not until 1975 was a reliable LSD antidote developed.
Chapter Six
THE GUINEA PIG ARMY
In June, 1975, it was revealed publicly for the first time what many had suspected—that the CIA and a number of government agencies under its direction had actually been giving behavior-influencing drugs to citizens within the
United States for more than twenty years.
I was in Washington at the time, searching the catalogue card files at the National Technical Information Service. A previous search by friends in military intelligence of the M.I. Classified Index had revealed nothing but peripheral references to the object of my study: government research in drugs, hypnosis, behavior modification, and related subjects.
The NTIS file is supposed to contain a complete numerical listing of all government contracts, by contract number, whether or not they are classified. The contract cards were indeed numbered in consecutive order, but the ones I was looking for were missing; the index simply skipped over them and continued on in numerical sequence. Other cards in the index were marked "classified," and I would not have been able to obtain the papers to which they referred.
But the reports I was looking for were not even cited in the index, although references to them in scientific journals indicated that they had once existed. Classified or not, these documents had been removed from the record.
That afternoon press accounts of the Rockefeller Report to the President on CIA Activities said, "Beginning in the late 1940s, the CIA began to study the properties of certain behavior-influencing drugs (such as LSD) and how such drugs might be put to use in intelligence activities."
Further, according to the report, "The primary purpose of the drug program was to counter the use of behavior- influencing drugs clandestinely administered by an enemy, although several operational uses outside the United States
were also considered."
"The drug program," the report went on to say, "was part of a much larger CIA program to study possible means for controlling human behavior. Other studies explored the effects of radiation, electric shock, psychology, psychiatry, sociology, and harassment substances."
As it would do two years later, the press played up the drug angle and ignored the other experiments. The CIA had been actually experimenting with all kinds of mind-
control techniques for twenty-odd years.
It gave me little comfort, but it reaffirmed my sanity, to read in the report that "unfortunately only limited records of the testing conducted in these drug programs are now available. All the records concerning the program were ordered destroyed in 1973, including a total of 152 separate files."
As I left NTIS, George Orwell's prophecy in 1984 came to mind: "Who controls the past controls the future. Who controls the present controls the past." How long would it be before our society would perfectly mirror that state Orwell envisioned when he said: "All that was needed was an unending series of victories over your own memory. 'Reality control,' they called it ... 'double-think.' "
In 1984, the government continually changed its past by
creating new historical fictions to justify its present. I won-
dered if we had already gone beyond 1984, where, as Orwell said, "truth is falsehood," and "ignorance is strength."
Five days after the Rockefeller Report was released, the public flap began. The children of Dr. Frank Olson were informed by the CIA that their father had been the individual the Report cited as the "employee of the Department of the Army who was given LSD without his knowledge while he was attending a meeting with CIA personnel working on the drug project." Olson had died when he fell, jumped, or
somehow exited from a twelfth-floor hotel window in New York, while still under the influence of what was then billed as the most powerful mind-altering drug known to
man.
For twenty-two years the cause of Olson's death had been concealed. His family had been led to believe that he had committed suicide because of a mysterious, unexplained "mental breakdown." At no time after Olson's death was his family offered a true explanation of the real circumstances which had caused it. Eric, the eldest son of Dr. Olson, said, "I'm very angryat the CIA because they let us grow up thinking our father had inexplicably committed suicide." Young Olson said
that his family had decided to sue the government, not only out of a desire to collect monetary damages but because "we think there's more information involved in this. It's also a way of holding the CIA publicly accountable for what they did."
The Olson family discovered that an individual damaged while in government employ cannot sue the government.
But this didn't stop them. They asked the Senate to vote them a special bill of recompense for the death of the head
of their household. On May 18, 1976, the full Senate approved S.B. 3035 by voice vote and sent it on to the House. Senate Bill 3035 specifically authorized appropriations totaling $1.25 million to be paid to the Olson family. The
House of Representatives, being more conservative at the time, cut the Senate's generous award and the Olson family eventually received only $750,000. A similar case, tried in a civil court, might have brought the Olson family as much
as three million dollars.
Months before Olson plunged to his death, Harold Blauer, a professional tennis player, died after being given repeated doses of experimental psychochemicals by the
army at the New York State Psychiatric Institute in New York City. For years the Blauer family had been trying, to no avail, to find out the true cause of Harold Blauer's death. In the wake of the Olson scandal, the army relaxed its cover-up and finally surrendered Mr. Blauer's medical file to his daughter, Mrs. Elisabeth Barrett.
The chemical identities of the drugs he had received were not given; the drugs were listed only by number. The numbers were said to represent various hallucinogens, but
because of "national security" it has never been revealed what the chemicals were that killed Harold Blauer
The crucial part of the army's medical report stated: "Prenarcosis:—apprehensive—considerable persuasion re- quired—injection administered at 9:53
A.M.; postnarcosis:—9:59, subject so restless has to be restrained by nurse—out of contact with reality—arms flailing—sweating profusely; 10:01, rapid oscillation of eyeballs; 10:11, body rigid all over, 10:15, stimulant administered; 10:20 to 11:45, deep coma; 11:50, artificial respiration administered; 12:15, doctor pronounces subject dead; 12:30, hospital authorities notified; 3:30, body transferred to city morgue."
Harold Blauer died without ever knowing what drugs he received. And from the words in the report— "considerable persuasion required"—it looks as though he
hadn't volunteered, either. Frank Olson died without really knowing he'd been given a drug. It had been slipped into his drink and he was told it was LSD only after the mind-bending effects had begun.
Both Blauer's and Olson's deaths were covered up by the excuse of "national security." Their families were deliberately misled about the cause of death. No monetary compensation was offered except for the pensions or allotments due the families under normal circumstances.
In the wake of these personal tragedies, increasing public pressure led other government agencies to make their confessions. The army announced that since 1956 it had tested LSD on nearly 1,500 unwitting servicemen, and on several thousand more volunteers, a total of 6,940 in all. At the same time the army made this disclosure, it requested permission from the Defense Department to conduct further
tests with at least two new drugs—drugs which were many times more powerful than LSD. Permission was granted with the stipulation that the "guinea pigs" be volunteers
only.
Within days of the army's admission of drug testing, the Department of Health, Education and Welfare revealed that it had administered LSD to about 2,500 prisoners, mental patients, and paid volunteers between 1954 and 1968. HEW said further that it had given seven and a half million dollars in grants to more than thirty university re-
searchers who independently ran LSD tests on human subjects.
What was not revealed until much later was that the CIA had used every possible military and civilian agency or government, as well as a number of universities and private research groups, to test LSD and other drugs, plus a whole array of psycho-technologies in an all-out search for reliable methods of controlling the human mind.
But the CIA's record was pretty good; for out of all the thousands of individuals who were given LSD or other drugs without their knowledge, only three are known to
have died.
In 1955 a new drug-testing program was begun at the Edgewood Army Chemical Center. Volunteer soldiers were recruited but were not told what drugs they would be given, nor that men had died as a result of similar experiments. They were told they'd suffer only temporary discomfort. Seven thousand soldiers underwent the Edgewood
Arsenal's tests. Five hundred eighty-five men were given LSD; the rest were administered other unspecified drugs. Dr. Gerald Klee was one of the first psychiatrists to work on the drug-testing program for the army. When
questioned by television crews as to how the volunteers had been recruited, he said that he didn't really know. They had come from all over the country, believing only that they were going to the Chemical Center to be used as subjects in chemical experiments.
"Most of them were not highly educated, and even if they had been told exactly what they were to be given, they wouldn't have understood it," Dr. Klee said. "The advantage to them was time off to get away from some place they didn't want to be, to be near their family, girlfriends, what- ever, and they had a pretty good life while they were there, as a matter of fact. They spent very little of their time in the experiments and had a lot of free time . . ."
Wendell Queen was an army sergeant in 1964 when he volunteered for the drug experiments at Edgewood. Years later, when the Olson case was made public, Mr. Queen tried to find out what drugs he had been given. He ran into a wall of security. The army stated that it had no record that he was ever given drugs.
But Sergeant Queen remembers differently. He had been given a drug that penetrated his skin, not through injection but simply by being placed on his arm with an eye dropper.
"They just took a small drop and put it on my arm, and my arm became inflamed and kinda itchy, something like a bad mosquito bite," he said. He was not told what drug it
was. He was told only that the effects would be temporary.
Several hours afterwards, he began to float. "I began to feel kinda happy and the room started turning around,"
Sergeant Queen related. "I had lost all my senses. I had no sense of balance or sense of the environment around me.
. . . Later on that night I really got paranoid and if anybody would come close to me I would think that they were going to kill me ..."
Sergeant Queen had "flashbacks" for several months after that experiment when he would relive the states of mind he had experienced on that day.
"My roommate told me later that one night I woke up screaming and hollering 'don't kill me, don't kill me.' He said I became so violent that I began tearing my bed up,"
Sergeant Queen said.
Sergeant Queen remembers that at Edgewood he tried making a joke about being a human guinea pig. The medic administering the test didn't appreciate his sense of humor.
"He said that the doctors were the only human guinea pigs around there because they took every new drug first. He said that they always got a bigger dose than anyone else
ever did."
According to the army, their LSD testing program came to an end in 1967. An army spokesman promised a follow- up study on the 585 men who had been given LSD, but
actually carried it out with only thirty-five officers—and superficially, at that. Still, the army maintained that there had certainly been no LSD deaths since Olson and Blauer.
Once again it was not telling the whole truth. George Danald, a colonel at the Army Chemical School in Fort McClellan, Alabama, agreed to become a guinea
pig in 1959. He believed in progress, and he believed that without experimentation and research there could be no progress. Thus, when the opportunity presented itself to him, he readily submitted to an injection of what was said
to be LSD.
Immediately after he took the drug, according to his wife, "his overall characteristics seemed to change, his attitude changed, mannerisms changed, and I'm sure a great
deal more that I didn't notice at the time."
A year after Colonel Danald's psychedelic experience he it was his habit to pick up his daughter Dawn promptly after school. One day he didn't meet her and Dawn walked
to the Officers' Club looking for him. His car was in the
parking lot, so assuming her father was inside, she went into the club and asked if anyone had seen him. When no- body seemed to remember that he'd been there that day, she went up to their apartment on the floor above and knocked on his door. There was no answer, so she went in.
The sitting room was littered with papers. She walked into the bedroom and noticed that the twin beds were apart. When she turned on the lights, she saw her father's
body slumped at the foot of the bed.
In shock, she went to her room next door and tele phoned her mother, who was at work. "Mommy, I found Daddy," she said. "He's on the floor and he looks awful
white."
Colonel Danald had been dead for five hours when Dawn found him. He had taken his own life by putting a .25 caliber bullet through his temple. The pistol was still in his hand.
Colonel Danald did not have a history of mental instabil ity. Until the time of his experience at Fort McClellan, he had never had a depressed moment. The only clue his family had to his apparent mental anguish was that, a few
months before he died, he had once threatened to kill himself in a family argument. No one had paid any attention to that since he had been such a stable person in the past.
Mrs. Danald believes that her husband's death was caused by the mind-bending effects of the experiment, but she has so far been unable to prove her case. She and her family have received no compensation except the benefits which would normally accrue to a lifetime army officer.
Mary Ray was a research assistant at a psychiatric hospital which held military contracts to test LSD from 1958 to 1969. She helped doctors conduct experiments on more than 900 people. Some of them were mental patients. In 1966 she offered herself for LSD testing. Her description is typical of a "bum trip."
I was in a state of becoming the universe. I became objects," she said. "I was no longer a person. Then, I got to a state of absolute terror. The closest thing I can remember being like that was as a child, when I was given ether . . it was the feeling like just before losing consciousness."
But Mary was able to bring herself back from the LSD void: "I realized that I was a person, out of this billowing black seething weirdness, this horror . . .
"I looked down and I saw my arms which were two white rivers with black threads and they were my veins. I realized that, and I felt that if I tried really hard, somehow
I could sever the veins. I realized even though I was not really a person that I could end all this living nightmare, this hell, by cutting my veins.
"Then I concentrated on this problem for what seemed centuries, because time did not exist. It was a strange time distortion. I tried desperately to try to kill myself. There is
no question in my mind, that if I had had some sort of sharp instrument, and if I were alone, I would have killed myself . . ."
The doctors and medics in attendance were helpless.
"No one seemed to know how to handle the situation. No one knew what to do. It seemed like they were kids playing
scientists."
Mary Ray reported no amnesia, and no recurring after-affects. She never felt another overwhelming compulsion to commit suicide, nor any compulsion to keep her experience secret.
In June of 1958, William F. Chaffin was a sergeant in the U.S. Air Force, stationed at Dover Air Force Base in Delaware. He had been a basic training instructor in bio-
logical, chemical, and radiological (CBR) warfare earlier in his career and thought, when he read the bulletin offering volunteers a thirty day tour of duty at Edgewood Arsenal, that it would be easy duty. It would be a nice break in his dull routine and a thirty-day leave at government expense. He assumed that he'd be involved in a program much like the one he'd taught in basic military training on chemical and
biological warfare tactics and defenses.
On September 10, 1975, before a joint session of the Senate Subcommittee on Health and the Senate Subcommittee on Administrative Practice and Procedure, Chaffin
testified to the lasting effects of his volunteer tour of duty at Edgewood.
He told the committee that upon his arrival at Edge-wood, he was placed in a barracks with approximately thirty' other volunteers. Daily, some of the volunteers
were taken to various points on the base, given gas masks, and used in experiments involving DDT and other relatively mild chemicals. But at first Chaffin was simply
ordered to report to a certain station each morning, and then he would be released for the remainder of the day to pursue his own interests.
Today Chaffin cannot say with any certainty how long this procedure went on. He can't remember whether he was there for one week, two weeks, or three
weeks before he was actually used in a test.
"At some point around the middle of the month of July [1958]," Chaffin told the committee, "myself and four or five other individuals were taken to a hospital on the base.
We were, at that time, taken into a room and a psychologist or psychiatrist—I cannot remember which—who I believe was associated with the University of Maryland, in-
formed us that we would be administered a drug or a substance in distilled water. We were further informed that this drug or substance would be odorless, tasteless, and colorless. We were asked to perform certain tests prior to the ingestion of the substance. My best recollection of these tests is that we were simply asked to estimate certain amounts of elapsed time by any means other than a watch or clock. We were then taken back to our various wards and a short time thereafter, I was given a beaker of colorless, odorless, and tasteless substance by an orderly or an
attendant.
"I have no recollection whatsoever that I was informed of the nature or qualities of the substance. Certainly, no reference was made to any possibility of detrimental psychological or physical effects on myself, or my future family, by taking of the substance.
I cannot estimate adequately the length of time that elapsed after I took the drug until I first began to notice the effects, but my best recollection is that it was in the nature
of one-half hour.
"At that time, I remember being taken back to the psychiatrist or psychologist and again asked to estimate various lengths of time by any means except observing a clock or watch. It is extremely difficult for me to describe ade-quately what occurred in the next hours of that day. I have, to this day, distinct recollections of vivid and colorful events that made no sense whatsoever to me. I have distinct recollections of either myself hallucinating or other individuals hallucinating and imagining that they were seeing certain objects and things. I do not recall if they were in fact
hallucinating, or if I was simply imagining they were.
"I was obsessed with a feeling that I can only describe as utter and total depression. I don't think these words adequately convey the meaning of that which I experienced,
but I simply do not have the words to set forth the occurrences of that day.
"Later, I was released from the hospital. I cannot recall if this was after a period of twelve hours, twenty-four hours, or thirty-six hours or more. It is simply impossible
to adequately determine what lengths of time elapsed."
Shortly thereafter, Chaffin returned to his base. His life returned to its usual routine, but for some reason, he found it extremely difficult to talk to anyone. He could not even bring himself to tell his wife about his Edgewood experience.
"Since that time," Chaffin said, "I have experienced what I believe to be LSD flashbacks on at least three separate occasions. The feelings that encompassed me on those three different occasions were again what I can only describe as a total depression accompanied by nearly uncontrollable desire to take my life . . ."
After Chaffin's return, his wife became pregnant. In November of 1958, she miscarried. The Chaffins' doctor informed them that in all likelihood the fetus had been deformed. "I do not know at this time if this was attributable to LSD which I was administered at Edgewood, Maryland, or not. We do not at this time know if various other problems which have arisen in one of my children are directly attributable to LSD or not. Conversely, we do not at this time know that there is no relation
.*
"After the ingestion of the substance in July of 1958," Chaffin said, "my personality and behavior began to hange [emphasis added]. After seven years of marriage, I was certainly not an individual that tended to depression.
However, after the ingestion of LSD, I have undergone, as I mentioned earlier, several occasions of the same total and extreme depression that occurred when I was given the LSD initially. Additionally, my wife has related to me one incident that occurred and which I have no recollection of whatsoever. This incident involved my actually taking a gun and attempting to leave our home for the purpose of
taking my own life."
Then Chaffin told the Joint Committee, "I would like to state for the record that I believe that the United States Air Force was always extremely fair to me in my military career. I enjoyed my military career and consider myself to be a loyal member of the United States Air Force, retired.
I must also state that the trauma that I have undergone as a result of being surreptitiously administered this drug is something I consider to be totally out of keeping with my concept of the service. I can only hope that the Committee
will take every means available to make sure that the other individuals who were administered LSD receive notification and help."
Army records show that William Chaffin was given a drug known only as EA1729. On August 5, 1975, after the Olson disclosure, Chaffin wrote a letter to the army stating that he thought he might have been given LSD. He requested the medical follow-up the army had promised. Michael V. Johnston of the Army Surgeon General's office responded to his letter. "In checking our records," Johnston wrote, "we find that you did receive LSD in the army research program. Medical consultants in the Office of the Surgeon General are now making plans for a follow-up study of persons who took LSD. You will be contacted within the next few months and invited to be examined . . ."
Chaffin was called in for a physical subsequently but he feels the examination was inadequate. He has only the army's word that the drug he received was LSD. Probably it was not. LSD is not known for its abilities to induce amnesia, to cause depression, or to place a lock on the tongue. If anything, LSD could be used in interrogation to loosen the mind and the tongue.
Until that day in Edgewood, William Chaffin had always had a firm grip on reality. Either he was given one of several drugs far more powerful than LSD, and with different properties to affect the mind, or he was given LSD and put through some extreme behavior modification procedure which programmed him to remain silent, and later, after his connection with the Edgewood experiment had been severed, to wish to take his own life.
* Actually there is no conclusive scientific evidence that ingestion
of even large amounts of LSD-25 can cause genetic malformation.
There is only evidence that if laboratory animals and eggs are saturated with a pure concentration of LSD, chromosomal damage can Occur.
OPERATION MIND CONTROL
Walter Bowart was born in Omaha, Nebraska, in 1939. He was awarded a McMahon journal-ism scholarship to the University of Oklahoma and has since worked as an editor, publisher and writer. His articles have appeared in many journals including The East Village Other, the underground newspaper which he founded in 1965.
Walter Bowart lives in Tucson, Arizona, with his wife and three children.
Published in the U.S.A. by Dell Publishing Co., Inc. 1978
First published in Great Britain by Fontana 1978
Copyright © Walter Bowart 1978
Copyright © in the Foreword, Richard Condon 1978
Printed in Great Britain by
William Collins Sons & Co. Ltd, Glasgow
This book is dedicated to those who are obedient to authority. May they follow in the path of Daniel Ellsberg, L. Fletcher Prouty, Victor Marchetti, John Marks, and George OToole, become responsible, and break free from the chains of command.
“ I know of no safe depository of the ultimate powers of society but the people themselves, and if we think them not enlightened enough to exercise their control with a wholesome discretion, the remedy is not to take it from them, but to inform their discretion by education” …. Thomas Jefferson
“In the technotronic society the trend would seem to be towards the aggregation of the individual support of millions of uncoordinated citizens, easily within reach of magnetic and attractive personalities effectively exploring the latest communication techniques to manipulate emotions and control reason,” …… Zbigniew Brzezinski, National Security Advisor to USA President Jimmy Carter.
Chapter Seven
THE MKULTRANS
Following the release of the Rockefeller Report, John D. Marks, author and former staff assistant to the State Department Intelligence Director, filed a Freedom of Information Act appeal on behalf of the Center for National Security Studies requesting documentation from the CIA.
Marks requested documentation for the evidence cited in the Rockefeller Report on the CIA's mind-control activities conducted within the United States.
Seven months later, Marks was given more than 2,000 pages of top-secret and "eyes only" documents by the CIA's Information Review Committee. These pages were
said to be the bulk of the information upon which the Rockefeller Commission had based its report. Exempted from release were portions of or entire documents which
contained information said by CIA officials to pertain to "intelligence sources and methods which the Director of the Central Intelligence has the responsibility to protect from unauthorized disclosure pursuant to section 102 (d) (3) of the National Security Act of 1947." But in the Xeroxed pages Marks obtained was a statement to the effect that within a few hours of his resignation (forced by the disclosures of the Watergate and Church Committees), Director Richard Helms ordered the records shredded and burned.
The remaining documents, which were judged by the CIA to be "safe" to keep for subsequent release, were all highly sanitized. They contained few names of participating individuals or organizations and none of the details of the minds of American citizens.
In addition to offering a superficial review of the CIA's involvement in research on mind control, the documents Marks obtained gave the Agency's own officially censored version of what had happened to Dr. Frank Olson.
According to the CIA, at a "liaison conference" with Fort Detrick personnel at Deep Creek Lake, Maryland, on the eighteenth and nineteenth of November, 1953, Dr. Ol-
son and seven other men were given LSD in glasses of Cointreau, an orange-flavored liqueur. The unsuspecting "guinea pigs" were told twenty minutes later that they had
been given LSD.
Olson suffered "serious aftereffects," and later the same day, he was sent at CIA expense to New York City with an escort, Dr. Robert V. Lashbrook. There he was taken to see a psychiatrist, Dr. Harold A. Abramson. After five days of observation and treatment, Dr. Abramson decided that Olson had to be hospitalized. Arrangements were made for his admittance to a private sanitarium near Rockville, Mary-
land.
Following that consultation with Abramson on November 22, Olson and Lashbrook returned to their rooms at the Statler Hotel and retired for the evening. At 2:30 A.M.the next morning, Lashbrook was awakened by a loud crash. According to the "eyes only" investigation report, he went into Olson's bedroom and found him missing. The window, "glass and all," and the blinds were missing. Lashbrook assumed that Olson had dived through them.
Before Lashbrook notified the hotel desk he called Dr. Sidney Gottlieb, the chief medical officer of the CIA drug project, and informed him of Olson's fate. Lashbrook then called the desk man who called the police.
When the police from the Fourteenth Precinct arrived, Lashbrook told them that Olson was employed by the U.S. Army. He also told them that he, too, was a government employee and a friend of Olson's, but nothing else. Police, however, found Lashbrook in possession of government identification, including a CIA badge, and made note of this identifying data. The CIA and the Department of Defense quickly took over liaison with the police and succeeded in covering up the cause of Olson's "suicide."
Three months later, CIA Director Allen W. Dulles wrote three notes of reprimand and sent them to the chiefs of the Technical Services Staff, Technical Operations, and Chemical Division. The "eyes only" reprimand to the Chief of the Chemical Division said, "I have personally reviewed the files from your office concerning the use of a drug on an unwitting group of individuals. In recommending the unwitting application of the drug to your superior, you apparently did not give sufficient emphasis to the necessity for medical collaboration and for proper consideration of the
rights of the individual to whom it was being administered.
This is to inform you that it is my opinion that you exercised poor judgment in this case." It was signed, "Sincerely, Allen W. Dulles, Director."
There was no change of operations. The research on mind control continued unabated.
According to the documents obtained by John Marks, the CIA mind-control program was run under four different project names. "In 1949 the Office of Scientific Intelligence (OSI) undertook the analysis of foreign work on certain unconventional warfare techniques, including behavioral drugs, with an initial objective of developing a capability to resist or offset the effect of such drugs. Preliminary phases included the review of drug-related work at institutions such as Mount Sinai Hospital, Boston Psychopathic Hospital, University of Illinois, University of Michigan, University of Minnesota, Valley Forge General Hospital, Detroit Psychopathic Clinic, Mayo Clinic, and the National Institute of Health.
"This first project, code-named Project BLUEBIRD, was assigned the function of discovering means of conditioning personnel to prevent unauthorized extraction of information from them by known means. It was further assigned to investigate the possibility of control of an individual by application of special interrogation techniques, memory enhancement, and establishing defensive means for preventing
interrogation of agency personnel."
In August, 1951, Project BLUEBIRD was renamed Project ARTICHOKE, and was subsequently transferred from the Office of Scientific Intelligence (OSI) to the Office of Security (OS). OSI, however, retained the responsibility for evaluating foreign intelligence aspects of ARTICHOKE.
In 1953, the OSI proposed that experiments be undertaken to test LSD on Agency volunteers. Records do not indicate however, whether or not such experiments were made. According to the information released, OSI's involvement in
Project ARTICHOKE ceased in 1956.
The emphasis originally given ARTICHOKE by the OS became focused on the use of drugs such as sodium pentothal in connection with interrogation techniques and with
the polygraph. During this period there was an informal group known as the Artichoke Committee which had representatives from OSI, OS, Medical Services, and Technical Services. True to form, only brief records were kept, sothat the details of the exchanges of this committee are still secret.
A CIA memo to the Director of Central Intelligence dated July 14,1952, cited a successful application of narcohypnotic interrogation undertaken by a team of representatives from the CIA. This memo revealed that by that date
two successful interrogations had already been conducted using drugs and hypnosis. The subjects were Russian agents suspected of being double agents. The cover was called "psychiatric-medical" (they were admitted to a hospital).
The control methods were by narcosis, by hypnosis, and by a combination of both. The subjects were regressed by hypnosis and made to relive past experiences. When the interrogation was completed posthypnotic suggestion succeeded in giving the subjects amnesia of the actual interrogations.
The interrogations were regarded by the CIA as being very successful.
"In each case," the CIA memo read, "a psychiatric- medical cover was used to bring the ARTICHOKE techniques into action. In the first case, light dosages of drugs
coupled with hypnosis were used to induce a complete hypnotic trance. This trance was held for approximately one hour and forty minutes of interrogation with a subsequent total amnesia produced by posthypnotic suggestion. In the second case (an individual of much higher intelligence than the first), a deep hypnotic trance was reached after light medication. This was followed by an interrogation lasting for well over an hour. However, a partial amnesia only was obtained at this time, although a total amnesia was obtained for a major part of the test. Since further interrogation was desired, a second test was made on this individual in which the ARTICHOKE technique of using a straight medication was employed. On this test, highly successful results were obtained in that a full interrogation lasting two hours and fifteen minutes was produced, part of which included a remarkable regression. During this regression, the subject actually 'relived' certain past activities of his life, some dating back fifteen years while, in addition, the subject totally accepted Mr. (deleted) [the case officer and interpreter at this time] as an old, trusted, and beloved personal friend whom the subject had known in years past in Georgia, USSR. Total amnesia was apparently achieved for the entire second test on this case."
The memo revealed that sodium pentothal and the stimulant desoxyn were the drugs used to aid the hypnotictrance. The memo continued: "For a matter of record, the
case officers involved in both cases expressed themselves to the effect that the ARTICHOKE operations were entirely successful and team members felt that the tests demonstrated conclusively the effectiveness of the combined chemical-hypnotic technique in such cases. In both cases, the subjects talked clearly and at great length and furnished information which the case officers considered extremely
valuable."
According to Agency Inspector General Chamberlain, "There is reference in papers in the records held by the Office of Security, of something referred to as an ARTICHOKE Team travelling overseas in 1954, with indications of operational applications to individuals representing a Communist Bloc country. There is no record of the operation or its results."
A summary of a conference on July 15, 1953, offered a clue to other kinds of operations conducted under ARTICHOKE. The report, addressed to the Chief of Security, CIA, said, "Mr. (deleted) then discussed the situation of a former Agency official who had become a chronic alcoholic and who, at the present time, was undergoing operative treatment in (deleted) for a possible brain tumor. This
individual had called the Agency prior to the operation and warned that when given certain types of anesthetics (sodium pentothal), previously he had been known
To talk co-herently. The matter was taken care of by placing a representative in the operating room and by bringing the various personnel participating in the operation under the Secrecy Agreement. Mr. (deleted) stated that the subject did talk
extensively under the influence of sodium pentothal and revealed internal problems of the Agency. Dr. (deleted) added that he was acquainted with the details in the case.
"(Deleted) then commented that this type of thing had been a source of great concern to himself and others in the operations work and stated that he hoped that the ARTICHOKE efforts to produce some method that would perhaps guarantee amnesia on the part of those knowing of Agency operations in vital spots would be successful. He stated that some individuals in the Agency had to know tremendous amounts of information and if any way could be found to produce amnesias for this type of information—for instance, after the individual had left the Agency—it would be a remarkable thing. Mr. (deleted) stated the need for amnesia was particularly great in operations work. Mr. (deleted) and Mr. (deleted) both explained that work was continually being done in an effort to produce controlled amnesia by various means.
"Mr. (deleted) called attention to the fact that at the
preceding conference, Colonel (deleted) had advanced the idea of testing new methods, new chemicals, and new techniques (and combinations thereof) on certain carefully selected employees of the Agency, probably individuals in the
training groups . . ."
One of the documents John Marks obtained was dated July 30, 1956. Under the heading "Schizophrenic Agent" the memo stated that bulbocapnine, an alkaloid, could
cause catatonia or stupor from its affects on the central nervous system and the cerebral cortex. The report stated: "We desire to have certain psycho-chemical properties tested on man, using the bulbocapnine which we were fortunate to obtain from (deleted), a sample being enclosed herewith. More bulbocapnine is available if needed."
Along with the sample was the request that subjects be tested for "loss of speech, loss of sensitivity to pain, loss of memory, and loss of will power."
Another memo in 1956 authorized psychiatrists in universities and state penitentiaries (the names were deleted) to test these drugs on unwitting subjects.
An even earlier memo said "it was essential to find an area where large numbers of bodies would be used for research and experimentation. Dr. (deleted) stated that in
connection with the testing of drugs, he was quite certain a number of psychiatrists all over the United States would be willing to test new drugs, especially drugs that affect the mind ..."
ARTICHOKE evolved to become Project MKULTRA which, according to CIA documents, was "an umbrella project for funding sensitive projects . . . approved by Allen Dulles on April 3, 1953. Cryptonym MKDELTA covered . . . policy and procedure for use of biochemicals in clandestine operations . . ."
Besides drugs, MKDELTA and MKULTRA experimented with radiation, electroshock, psychology, psychiatry, sociology, anthropology, harassment substances, and what were called "paramilitary devices and materials."
Contacts were made with individuals at prominent hospitals and drug "safe houses" under Bureau of Drug Abuse control. Through the Bureau of Narcotic and Dangerous
Drugs (BNDD) and federal institutions such as prisons, drugs could be administered to unsuspecting individuals.
One hundred thirty-nine different drugs, including various amnesia potions, were first tested under laboratory conditions (see Appendix B). Then, beginning in 1955, the
most promising drugs were given to unwitting subjects "in normal social situations" through the informal arrangement made between the CIA and the BNDD. The CIA Inspector General's report indicates that this part of the mind-control
program was terminated in 1963, but that a project to test various drugs "in an inquiry into improvement of learning ability and memory retention" did continue until 1972.
Document 32 in the MKULTRA file, sheds a more direct light on the CIA's involvement in mind-control research. The "Memorandum for the Record" was written by an unidentified intelligence officer. It is reproduced below in its entirety.
17 January 1975
MEMORANDUM FOR THE RECORD SUBJECT: MKULTRA
1. The following represents the best of my unaided recollection regarding the MKULTRA program. I was first briefed on it in 1962. At that time it was in the
process of a significant decrease in activity and funding. As Chief, Defense and Espionage (C/D&E), I continued to decrease funds significantly each year until the program was phased out in the late 1960s.
2. MKULTRA was a group of projects most of which dealt with drug or counter-drug research and development. The Director Central Intelligence (DCI) and the Deputy Director of Plans (DDP) were kept informed on the program via annual briefings by Chief Technical Services Division (C/TSD) or his Deputy.
Most of the research and development was externally contracted and dealt with various materials which were purported to have characteristics appealing for their
covert or clandestine administration under operational conditions. The objectives were behavioral control, behavior anomaly production and counter-measures for
opposition application of similar substances. Work was performed at U.S. industrial, academic, and governmental research facilities. Funding was often through
cut-out arrangements. Testing was usually done at such time as laboratory work was successfully completed and was often carried out at such facilities as the (deleted) and the (deleted). In all cases that I am aware of, testing was done using volunteer inmates
who were witting of the nature of the test program but not the ultimate sponsoring organization.
3.As the Soviet drug use scare (and the amount of significant progress in the MKULTRA program) decreased, the program activities were curtailed significantly as budgetary pressure and alternate priorities dictated.
4. Over my stated objections the MKULTRA files were destroyed by order of the DCI (Mr. Helms) shortly before his departure from office CI OFFICER By Authority of 102702
As for the unidentified intelligence officer's claim that the experiments "in all cases that I am aware of were performed on "volunteer" and "witting" subjects, one can only suggest that this man may not have had the "need to know" about the unwitting subjects. Records of court proceedings indicate that many "guinea pigs" in federal institutions were not fully informed of the long-range consequences of drug-enhanced behavior modification.
One such experiment on human "guinea pigs," conducted at the California Medical Facility at Vacaville, involved the use of the drug anectine, a strong muscle relaxant which leaves the victim totally without involuntary muscle control. The body lets loose its waste, breathing stops, and without proper attendance, death can result.
Whether or not the subject dies, he experiences the feeling that he is dying. According to chief Vacaville psychiatrist Dr. Arthur Nugent, anectine induces "sensations of suffocation and drowning. The subject experiences feelings of deep horror and terror, as though he were on the brink of death."
While in this condition a self-styled therapist scolds him for his misdeeds and tells him to reform or expect more of the same. Dr. Nugent told the San Francisco Chronicle, "even the toughest inmates have come to fear and hate the drug.
I don't blame them, I wouldn't have one treatment myself for the world."
Writing about the anectine therapy program, Jessica Mitford noted that of those given the drug, nearly all could be characterized as angry young men. "Yet some seem to
have been made even angrier by the experience, for the researchers said that of sixty-four prisoners in the program, nine persons not only did not decrease, but actually exhibited an increase in their overall number of disciplinary in-
fractions."
Experimentation with drugs and behavior modification became so widespread in prisons and mental institutions that in the middle and late 1960s court dockets became
crowded with lawsuits filed on behalf of the "human guinea pigs" who were victims of such research. By 1971 the number of lawsuits had reached such proportions that the Senate Subcommittee on Constitutional Rights began an investigation. Three years later, the Senate Committee on the Judiciary, chaired by Senator Sam Ervin, released a report entitled "Individual Rights and the Federal Role in Behavior Modification." It was largely ignored by the press, yet it revealed some interesting information.
Two years before the CIA and its subcontractors owned up to their mind dabbling, a large number of behavior modification projects were already underway. The report disclosed that thirteen projects were run by the Defense Department; the Department of Labor had conducted "several experiments"; the National Science Foundation conducted "a substantial amount of research dealing with understand- ing human behavior"; even the Veterans' Administration participated in psychosurgery experiments, which, in many cases, were nothing more than an advanced form of lobotomy.
One of the largest supporters of "behavior research" was the Department of Health, Education and Welfare, and its subagency the National Institute of Mental Health. The subcommittee said that HEW had participated in a "very large number of projects dealing with the control and alteration of human behavior." Largest of all the supporters of behavior modification was the Law Enforcement Assistance
Administration (LEAA) which, under the Department of Justice, funded hundreds of behavior modification experiments. All the above agencies were named in secret CIA
documents as those who provided research "cover" for MKULTRA.
The subcommittee found that controls and guidelines, where they existed, were at best loose. The poorly organized and loosely accountable research operations included
not only traditional conditioning techniques, but also more advanced modifiers such as chemotherapy, aversive therapy, neurosurgery, stress assessment, electric shock, and the well known form of psychological indoctrination popularly called
"brainwashing."
Another of the documents released to John Marks was one dated February 10, 1951 entitled "Defense Against Soviet Mental Interrogation and Espionage Techniques." It
began: "International treaties or other agreements have never controlled the experimental development and actual use of unconventional methods of warfare, such as devices for subversive activities, fiendish acts of espionage, torture and murder of prisoners of war, and physical duress and other unethical persuasive actions in the interrogation of prisoners."
According to this document, the Technical Services division of the CIA contracted with officials of what was then known as the Bureau of Narcotics to have mind-
influencing drugs given to unwitting subjects. The CIA felt that the drugs needed to be tested in "normal life settings," so that the "full capabilities to produce disabling or discrediting effects" of the drugs would be known.
With the full approval of Allen W. Dulles, an arrangement had been made with the Bureau of Narcotics whereby the CIA financed and established "safe houses" in which federal narcotics agents could dispense the drugs and record the reactions of those who took them. No CIA men were present when the drugs were administered. The report did not reveal the number of "unwitting" subjects given drugs nor the identities of any but Olson. But it did acknowledge, for the first time, the scope of the cryptocracy's interest in mind control.
The CIA Inspector General, Donald F. Chamberlain, was stimulated by Olson's death to investigate the above cited drug program himself. In a summary dated February 5, 1975, he wrote "Records do not permit a description of such relationships as may have existed between these various activities; it is apparent that there was some sharing of information between these various components in the Agency, and some overlap in time, but there also are indications of independent approaches to the problem."
Naturally, the CIA allows itself to be questioned and examined only by loyal employees. But even the in-house inspector general could not avoid reporting that the CIA had had a recurring interest in behavioral drugs for more than twenty-five years. The earliest record of this interest dated to the post-World War II period, when the CIA, heir to the OSS mind control research and perhaps the victim of its own motivating propaganda, thought that the Soviets were using drugs and other behavior-influencing techniques.
In 1949, Irving L. Janis of the Rand Corporation, wrote: "Defense against these [mind control] actions will depend largely upon knowledge of enemy capabilities. Reports of
experimental and actual use of illegitimate interrogation techniques by the Soviets to obtain intelligence and court confessions against the interrogatee's will indicate clearly the need for medical investigation," the report claimed.
"The implications referred to above embrace several categories. The behavior of defendants in Soviet courts and in those of the satellite countries, together with the whole pattern of Soviet trial procedure, makes it essential for us to consider Soviet use of drugs, hypnotism, hypno-narcoanaly-sonics."
The report continued, "There is documentary evidence to support the belief that the Soviets have been conducting medical research, have actually used various techniques, and have made provision for large-scale productions of uncommon drugs known for their speech-producing effects ..." Only a few drugs with which the Soviets were
supposed to be experimenting are named. No hard evidence is presented that they were in fact experimenting with such drugs. The report goes on to point to the trial of Joseph Cardinal Mindszenty, who was accused of collaborating with the enemy (the United States), as an example of the Russians' use of drugs in obtaining forced confessions in court procedure. "Behavior patterns, rapport, symptoms of residual effects of treatments, and the physical condition of the defendants all indicate the use of drugs. Several documents refer to memorized testimony and departures from
text, indicating forced false confessions."
It was later learned that the elicited confessions were false. By Mindszenty's own admission, they were not induced by drugs or sophisticated techniques of mind control; they were simply forged, and rather poorly forged at that. Mindszenty's foggy mental state at the trial had resulted from psychological indoctrination, isolation, and interrogation, and generally can be regarded as standard police procedure, for most countries of the world.
The report clearly stated that "the use of these drugs does not usually result in amnesia of past interrogations unless the victim's mental faculties have been destroyed by their effects." Thus, even if drugs were used on Mindszenty, by the CIA's own conclusion he would have remembered getting the drugs and something about the sub-
sequent interrogation sessions. The fact was he remembered neither. It is surely not a coincidence that the CIA "eyes only" report which claimed Mindszenty was narcohypnotized was issued the same year that Edward Hunter, the CIA "propaganda specialist," released Brainwashing in Red China.
Most newspaper reporters would never go to press on the kind of sourceless, generalized information provided in the CIA report; yet are we to believe the cryptocracy had launched a thirty-odd-year research and development project based on evidence which amounted to hearsay?
Another CIA report uncovered by Marks, "Defense Against Soviet Medical Interrogation," revealed the alarming statistics that "although susceptibility to narco-hypnosis varies from person to person, skilled operators can readily hypnotize about twenty-five (25) per cent of a given group of average persons." It added "at least eighty (80) percent, however, would be susceptible following the use of certain
drugs ..."
This second document also discussed the plan of the CIA's organization of "a Special Defense Interrogation Program." In addition to outlining the use of drugs and hypnosis, the report brought up two other mind-bending possibilities: electroshock and ultrasonic sound.
"Psychiatrists in many nations," the report said, "have used insulin and electric shock as methods of choice under certain circumstances in their psychiatric work. Electric
shock is more rapid than any of the above techniques [drugs or hypnosis]. It is instantaneous. It can be applied with or without the recipient's knowledge. Amnesia of interrogations equals that of hypnosis. If the enemy uses elec- tric shock for interrogation purposes and the victim is available after recovery from the shock, highly trained specialists should be able to reveal the past use of electric shock by electroencephalographic analysis."
The report went on to recommend that groups within the CIA, the armed forces, and the FBI be organized and coordinated to give high-level direction to this project. "Civilian capability for solution of some of the problems should be utilized," the report said. "Close liaison between the CIA and the Armed Services has been established, but it is not as effective as it should be. Liaison within the Armed
Services appears to be inadequate, and they do not seem to be aware of some civilian sources of knowledge. Liaison with the FBI on this subject may be described as 'cooperative,' although somewhat mutually evasive. A satisfactory guiding organization could be set up under high-level direction for the development of an integrated program. If feasible, a committee to accomplish this purpose should be appointed." The report concluded by recommending that "a technical committee should include medical intelligence representatives from the CIA, Navy, Army, Air Force, probably the FBI and ad hoc Government and non-Government consultants."
From the first days of Project BLUEBIRD, and throughout all the ensuing CIA projects the goal was the same— find answers to the following questions:
"Can accurate information be obtained from willing or unwilling individuals?
"Can Agency personnel (or persons of interest to this Agency) be conditioned to prevent any unauthorized source or enemy from obtaining information from them by
any known means?
"Can we obtain control of the future activities (physical and mental) of any individual, willing or unwilling, by application of [mind-control] techniques?"
Beyond the laboratory and operational research on unwitting subjects, the CIA set up training teams which included polygraph operators, interrogation specialists, hypnotists, and others in what was a long-range, all-out effort to develop reliable mind-control and counter-mind-control techniques. In all, fifteen separate research areas were defined by the CIA planners.
Most of the drug projects came under the operating authority of the U.S. Navy. At Bethesda Naval Hospital, under the direction of a Dr. Gaefsky, the drug project that
was begun in 1947 continued until 1972. The CIA reports defined the project as one which sought to "isolate and synthesize pure drugs for use in effecting psychological entry and control of the individual"
(italics added).
Also under the navy's direction was a project headed by a Dr. Ellson at the University of Indiana called "Detection of Deception." This project was aimed at determining the
physiological changes which occur when a person is engaged in deception. Mechanical and electrical devices were developed to measure these changes.
At the University of Rochester, again under navy direction, a Dr. Wendy investigated morion sickness. The CIA report describes that study as one to determine "the effect
of drugs on the vestibular function of the ear and the development of side effects which indicate the possibility of psychological entry and control."
Besides mind-control drugs and techniques, also investigated were tools which might be effective in compromising individuals. One report stated that in spite of the intensive research, as late as 1960, "no effective knock-out pill, truth serum, aphrodisiac, or recruitment pill was known to ex-ist." Towards that goal under the auspices of the U.S. Army Surgeon General's Office, a Dr. Beecher at Harvard
University was given $150,000 to investigate "the development and application of drugs which will aid in the establishment of psychological control."
And, under air force guidance, a Dr. Hastings at the University of Minnesota was engaged to research the effects of LSD on animals. His research area, as defined by
CIA, also included the use of electric shock in interrogation, with particular emphasis placed on the detection of prior use of electric shock and the "guaranteed amnesia" it
produced.
According to the documents, the investigation of hypnosis as a mind-control tool was kept under the aegis of the CIA. Their prime research interest was the "investigation of the possibilities of hypnotic and post-hypnotic control."
While MKULTRA was the code name for the research and development period of mind control, MKDELTA was the code name for the operational phase, during which all of the techniques of mind control were applied to individuals.
What followed next was the MKULTRANS, acting out their "mindless" roles at the behest of the cryptocracy.
Chapter Eight
THE MATA HARi OF MIND CONTROL
Candy Jones was a sex symbol during World War II.
Born Jessica Wilcox, with her catchy stage name and shapely legs she rose to a standing second only to Betty Grable as America's most popular pinup. Like other pinup girls, she was a favorite of the troops at the front, and she felt it a duty to entertain them near the battlefields. After her advertised beauty faded and she could no longer serve to raise the morale of the troops with her appearance, she served her country in another way. She served under MKULTRA as a hypno-programmed CIA courier for twelve years.
While on a USO tour in the Pacific in 1945 Candy contracted a case of undulant fever and, shortly thereafter, malaria. On top of that, she caught the contagious fungus
known as "jungle rot." Within a week, her hair had begun to fall out, and her complexion had turned a sickly yellow.
The combination of these diseases sent her to a military hospital in Manila, where she met a young medical officer whom she identifies only by the pseudonym "Gilbert Jen-
sen." He would, later, offer her the opportunity to become a CIA courier.
In 1959 Candy started a modeling school in New York.
She rented office space in a modern skyscraper across the hall from an office occupied by the one-time heavyweight boxing champion, Gene Tunney. One night Candy noticed a "cleaning lady" fumbling for keys to open Tunney's door.
The next day Tunney reported that his office had been burglarized, but that nothing important had been stolen.
Later the same week Candy observed a young couple approaching Tunney's door. She watched as the young man took out a set of keys and went through the same trial-and-
error process that the cleaning lady had performed a few nights earlier. Candy went into the hallway and asked the young man what he was doing. He told her that he was
supposed to meet Tunney there. Candy informed him that Tunney had left hours before and was not expected back that evening. The couple hurriedly left.
The next day Candy told Tunney about the incident. He was not alarmed nor did he even seem to be interested that a second burglary of his office had been attempted.
One day later, in the lobby of her building, Candy ran into a retired army general she'd known in the South Pacific. The general had not known her well in the past, but
now he was more than courteous. He mentioned that he was on his way to have lunch with Tunney so Candy invited him to her office first and showed him around. Then
she brought him across the hall to Tunney. Tunney seemed quite surprised that Candy had known the general, and, after a brief conversation, the two men went to lunch and
Candy continued with her business.
A few days later Candy was visited by a man who introduced himself as an FBI agent. He asked her about the burglary of Tunney's office, and Candy told him what she
had told both Tunney and the superintendent of the building. The FBI man then unexpectedly went over to the window ledge and picked up a microphone Candy had obtained from Allen Funt of "Candid Camera" fame. The agent wanted to know what use Candy had for the microphone. She explained that she used it to tape her models'
voices to help them develop their speech. The agent said that he'd been looking for just such a microphone to use in a surveillance job on Fifty-seventh Street. He asked Candy if she would mind if he borrowed it. Flattered that she'd been asked to help the FBI, Candy offered it for as long as it was needed. The FBI man thanked her and left with the microphone.
When he returned a month later, he was accompanied by another agent. After making casual conversation for a few minutes, the FBI men asked Candy if she would allow
them to have some of their mail delivered to her office.
There would be letters addressed to fictitious names in care of her modelling school. Some of the letters, he said, might be mailed from Europe and addressed to her, or to a specified fictitious man's name. If that happened she was supposed to call a number and report the arrival of the mail.
Candy, once again flattered, said she'd be happy to help.
Two weeks after Candy took the job with the FBI, Gene Tunney moved out of his office. The general, however, kept in touch with her all during that year. He invited her to several parties, and even sent her a Christmas card.
In the summer of 1960, Candy received a letter at her apartment from the first FBI man, and the next day the general called her at her office. Somehow he knew that she
was taking a trip to speak at the all-male Tuesday Night Supper Club in Denver, and afterwards going on to San Francisco to attend a fashion show. The general wondered
if, since she was going to California anyway, she would mind carrying a letter from a government agency. He told her the letter was to be delivered to a man who would call at her hotel and identify himself.
Again flattered to be called upon to serve her country, Candy agreed to act as a courier. The important letter was hand-delivered to Candy's office a few days after the general's phone call. There were two envelopes—a large one inside of which were her instructions and a smaller one which contained the actual letter. Candy carried the letter with her to Denver, then on to San Francisco where she
waited for her contact.
Within a few days she received a call at her hotel from a man who identified himself as Gil Jensen; it was the same man who had been Candy's doctor in the Philippines.
Jensen invited her to dinner that evening at the Mark Hopkins Hotel. During dinner Candy brought up the subject of the letter, but Jensen avoided the subject, saying that
they could better talk about it at his office the next day.
Candy protested that she had to go back to New York the next day, but Jensen would not take no for an answer.
He told her that it would be worth her while to stay on for a few days. "There's some interesting work you could do for the Central Intelligence Agency, Candy, without interfering with your business."
He told her that the work could be quite lucrative and since at that time she needed money, she decided to stay and find out what the CIA was offering.
The next day a car picked Candy up at her hotel and drove her across the Bay Bridge to the Oakland office of Dr. Jensen. That was the beginning of what Candy's biographer Donald Bain (who told Candy's story in the book The Control of Candy Jones) described as twelve years of adventure which would eventually take her to the Far East as a covert operative of the CIA.
"She would be harassed, badgered and even tortured."
Bain wrote. "Her role was small, a carrier of messages, and the fact that she chose initially to perform such duties, for pay renders the misfortunes that befell her 'occupational hazards.'
"What Candy hadn't bargained for, however, was be-coming a human guinea pig in a secret CIA scientific project in which mind control was the goal.
"She was an unwilling and unknowing laboratory subject for twelve years, and only her chance marriage saved her from the final stage of her adventure—her own suicide as choreographed by Dr. Gilbert Jensen."
In 1973 Candy Jones married an old friend, "Long John" Nebel, the host of a New York all-night radio talk show. Candy had met John in 1941, at the height of her career, when he was working as a free-lance photographer assigned by a magazine to photograph her. After losing contact with each other for more than a decade, they accidentally renewed their acquaintance and were married twenty-eight days later.
On their wedding night, John noticed that his bride was suddenly acting out of character. She had left the bed and gone into the bathroom to look in the mirror. When she returned, John said, "I saw somebody who only resembled the woman I'd married." He stressed the word "resembled" because, although the body which walked out of the bathroom belonged to Candy, the being inside it did not. Her voice was cold and distant, and her expression was cruel.
Soon the strange bitter mood passed and the warm and loving Candy returned.
The next evening Candy's strange "mood" returned.
John naturally became curious about his wife's psychohistory and began asking questions about her past. Candy told him about her contact with the FBI in 1959. She also told him that from time to time she would still have to take little trips for the government.
On June 3, 1973, John and Candy came home early in the morning after doing one of his all-night talk shows.
Candy tried to sleep, but found that she could not. She tossed and turned and when she complained to John of her sleeplessness, she was near tears.
John told Candy that he'd read that hypnosis could relax insomniacs, and although he never had tried to put anyone into the trance state, he'd read a lot about it and he suggested perhaps they ought to try it. Candy laughed and said, "I can't be hypnotized, John." But a short while after John began to hypnotize her, Candy was deeply asleep.
Although John had no way of knowing it then, Candy was already a highly suggestible subject since she had been hypnotized on many previous occasions by the CIA. Because of this, whenever John sought to induce trance in Candy, she rapidly became relaxed and was able to get a full night's natural sleep.
One night, while under John's hypnosis, Candy suddenly and spontaneously began to relive her childhood. During these age regressions, she revealed many terrible incidents in what had been, obviously, a lonely and troubled past. In dreamlike monologues she related how her father had abused her. Once when she was eleven he'd crushed her fingers, one by one, in a nutcracker because she wouldn't cry when he was about to leave.
Candy's portrayal of her mother depicted a person only a little less cruel than her father. A calculating woman, she often locked Candy inside a closet as a form of punishment.
In several hypnotic monologues Candy revealed how she had developed an alter ego named Arlene to defend her from the blows of her formative years. Later, John was to
discover that the despicable personality which he had observed taking over his wife's consciousness on their wedding night was the same alter ego she'd developed in her
childhood.* John Nebel began tape-recording his wife's hypnotic monologues.
* Bain fails to say whether or not Candy's alter ego playmate
was a manifestation of true schizoid behavior, or if Jensen developed
a monster from a harmless childhood fantasy.
One day, while under hypnosis, Candy told John about working with Dr. Jensen in California. She revealed that Jensen worked for the CIA and she did, too, but John was not interested in the CIA story.
John became interested, however, when his wife described how Dr. Jensen had tried to hypnotize her. According to Candy, when Jensen had suggested that she submitted
to hypnosis and she had told him with great certainty that she couldn't be hypnotized, he had agreed with her that this was probably true, judging from what he knew of her
personality.
John had read that the best way to deal with a subject who believes he cannot be hypnotized is first to agree with him, then to proceed to demonstrate how a hypnotist might try to induce trance. John's subsequent hypnotic sessions with Candy verified that that was exactly what Jensen had done. But he'd gone one step further.
According to the memories dredged up from Candy's subconscious, Jensen had regularly given her injections of "vitamins." John thought these might actually have been hypnotic drugs. Although Candy had probably always been a good hypnotic subject, narco-hypnosis provided access to greater depths in her already pliable personality.
When John began asking Candy about Jensen in her • conscious state he found that she could provide little information about him. She could only recall visiting Jensen on that first trip for the CIA. She had no memory of what had happened in his office, nor of the events of her life which immediately followed that visit. John began to fear that the CIA doctor still possessed a hold over his wife's mind.
Over the course of many hypnotic sessions with Candy, John Nebel gathered up her fragments of memory and wove them into a picture of a satanic CIA doctor. But,
reports Donald Bain, "the major difficulty in dredging up this material is that Candy Jones was programmed by Jensen not to remember, and this programming proved frighteningly effective."
John later discovered that on that first visit, Jensen had obtained from Candy the important piece of information that she had had an imaginary playmate named Arlene.
This single fact provided the basis for the methodical splitting of her personality, for it was Arlene that Jensen wished to cultivate as a courier, not Candy.
Candy's willingness to carry messages was the extent of her conscious cooperation with the CIA.
But from the first visit to Jensen's office Candy had become an unwitting victim of Operation Mind Control.
But from the first visit to Jensen's office Candy had become an unwitting victim of Operation Mind Control.
Jensen had her sign a security oath which officially made her an employee of the government, and as such she forfeited her right to legal compensation for the harm done her by the ruthless mind-control operation.
Jensen also placed her against a large sheet of paper and traced her silhouette. Then he photographed her and asked her to pick a pseudonym for a new passport. She suggested her actual middle name, Arline.
In answer to Jensen's questions she revealed that her imaginary playmate had spelled her name A-r-1-e-n-e. Jensen said that he didn't care which way she spelled it and asked her to pick a last name as well. Candy suggested the name Grant, which was the last part of her grandmother's name,
Rosengrant and "Arlene Grant" was agreed upon. It would be an easy name for Candy to remember since that was the very name she had given her alter ego in childhood.
As time went on, John found that he was talking more to Arlene than to Candy. In one session John asked Arlene if she thought Jensen had in any way crippled her. Arlene
scornfully replied that Candy had not wanted to be programmed, but that she "didn't know what end was up."
John asked Arlene who had developed her, and she replied, "Mother Jensen. He hatched me like a mother hen."
Jensen had told her to come up through Candy's stomach, she said. He'd say, "A. G.! A. G.!" and Candy would experience a severe stomach pain before Arlene took over her personality. When she refused to come when she was called, Jensen would give Candy an injection, and one day he miscalculated and gave her three injections, which put Candy to sleep for fourteen hours. Jensen had quite a scare because he had a difficult time reviving her.
Under John's hypnosis, Candy revealed that she had been given a number of drugs by Jensen: possibly aminazin, reserpine, and sulfazin, as well as the "truth drugs" sodium amytal and sodium pentothal. She was programmed not to allow any doctor except Jensen to treat her, and never to allow anyone to give her thorazine, the powerful
tranquillizer.
The details of Candy's role as a mind-controlled CIA courier were pieced together from hundreds of hours of tapes of her hypnotic monologues. She worked for the CIA under her professional name Candy Jones, under the name Arlene Grant, and under her given name, Jessica Wilcox.
Candy was first ordered to lease a post-office box at Grand Central Station in the name of Jessica Wilcox in August of 1961. Candy maintained this box until 1968 or 1969 and paid for it herself. Mail seldom arrived at the box, but when it did Candy would take it to her office and hold it for an unidentified man who always made the pickup, or sometimes, a phone call would order Candy to deliver certain letters to various locations around the city.
Slowly it began to dawn on Candy that some of the people she was delivering mail to might be just the kind of people who could kill her for reasons of their own. To protect herself, she wrote a letter to her attorney and put two copies in safe deposit boxes at different banks. The letter stated that for reasons she couldn't disclose she often used the names Arlene Grant, Jessica Wilcox, and Candy Jones.
She wanted to put on record the fact that these different names all referred to her. In the event of her death, she wrote, whether it was due to accident or sudden illness,
whether it happened in the United States or outside the country, there should be a thorough investigation. She wrote that although she was not at liberty to divulge her
sideline activities, she was not performing illegal, immoral, or unpatriotic acts.
Candy holds that assumption to this day, even after hearing her own voice under hypnosis tell tales of physical torture, of illegal entries and exits from the country, and of the most shocking kind of abuse at the hands of the CIA.
Candy probably still would do almost anything out of this hypno-cultivated sense of patriotism.
Eventually John tried to get his wife to see a psychiatrist, but she refused, saying that if she did so she would get very sick and might even have a convulsion. Evidently Jensen had told her this. Even talking about possible therapy gave Candy severe stomach cramps.
Candy had been programmed so that she would not only be protected from foreign intelligence operations, but from everyone, the CIA included. Jensen planned to use her for some evil design of his own.
Candy Jones was, in fact, not one, but two zombies.
Candy and Arlene, sibling rivals trapped inside the same They would talk
To each other but never about each other to anyone but Jensen. They travelled together on CIA assignments, Candy Jones being the person who acted within the United States, and Arlene Grant, the persona who took over once the air plane left the country.
Usually when Candy arrived in San Francisco from New York she would immediately go to Jensen's office. There she would change clothes, don a black wig, and pick up her fake passport in the name of Arlene Grant. Jensen would call forth the Arlene personality and send her off to South-east Asia to deliver her messages. In his book, Donald Bain writes that Arlene often carried an envelope, but he wonders, wisely, if in fact there was anything in the envelope.
The possibility is strong that Candy carried her secret messages within her mind, locked behind posthypnotic blocks which could be released only by hearing the proper cue.
In 1966 she was sent on several missions to Taiwan, where three businessmen were her contacts.
On her first mission to Taiwan, Arlene was met at the airport by one of them. She immediately offered him the envelope, but he insisted that she accompany him to his
home, which turned out to be a large and institutional-like structure located on an impressive estate twenty miles outside Taipei. In front of the house a long row of trees lined the driveway which circumscribed a lush green lawn. There were other buildings on the property some distance from the main house.
As he escorted Arlene into the house she noticed two Chinese women dressed in lab coats on the lawn. She asked him who these women were, and he explained that they
were only household help. During that first three-day visit, the man entertained Arlene royally. He took her to extravagant dinners and on an extensive sightseeing tour of the
island.
When she returned to San Francisco, Jensen met her at the airport and drove her back to his office. There he gave her an intravenous injection of drugs and restored her to
the Candy Jones personality. She turned in her Arlene Grant passport and put her black wig, dark makeup, and clothing in a closet in Jensen's office On that trip she also turned over to Jensen several rolls of exposed film which she had taken on her sightseeing tour. On her return to New York, she found her staff at the modelling agency very upset because she had forgotten to tell anyone where she was going or how long she would be gone.
A month later, Candy was again summoned to San Francisco. Jensen put her through the same procedure as before, having Arlene Grant emerge and travel to Taiwan.
Again, the same man met her at the airport and took her to his country home. Again she stayed for three days. But this time she was not a guest but a prisoner.
Candy recalled, through John's questioning under hypnosis, that she was hooked up to an electric box of some kind and was shocked repeatedly on her shoulders, arms,
and breasts. The Chinese grilled her about the contents of the envelope she'd just delivered. She protested that she did not know anything about its contents, but that answer did not satisfy her torturers.
When she wouldn't change her story, they turned to questions about Dr. Jensen. Arlene maintained that she did not know Dr. Jensen. Obstinately, she stuck to her programmed cover story, even though she was severely and repeatedly shocked.
Although the real event had taken place almost ten years earlier, the physical impressions revived by reliving these experiences under her husband's hypnosis were so strong that her lymph system responded protectively and pumped fluid to her skin producing blisters in the exact places where the electrodes had been attached.
According to Candy's recollection, the torture stopped only after the Chinese man talked with someone on the telephone. Following his conversation he unstrapped her from the chair and seemed most friendly and apologetic. He told her that the electrodes had been used not to torture her but to try and jog her memory. After lunch he drove her to the airport and put her on a plane for San Francisco. She remembers that on the return flight she wore gloves in order to hide the blisters. She also recalls that her hands smelled of sulfuric acid, although she has no recollection of having
been burned with it.
At San Francisco, Jensen met her and gave her the customary injection after they reached his office. He told her that the torture had been a mistake, the result of a typo-
graphical error in the message she had carried.
In 1968 Candy was again sent to Taiwan. Normally an individual would not knowingly and willingly place herself in a position to be tortured a second time, but Jensen's control over Candy was so complete that she did his bidding without the slightest hesitation.
The final trip to Taiwan brought her into contact with other Taiwanese. She delivered her envelope, this time to a girl in an art gallery. She remembers that after the girl took the envelope from her, she spit in her face. Under hypnosis Candy could not recall any reason why the girl had done so.
After delivering the message, Arlene was picked up by the same man and driven to his home. Again she was tortured with electrodes and questioned about the contents of
the message she'd delivered. When she would not, or could not, answer, her torturers put her hand in a box which contained a scorpion. This apparently was supposed to be a scare tactic, for when the scorpion bit her, the torturers immediately stopped the shocks and gave her antibiotics and administered other medical treatment.
Candy told her husband that on another occasion her thumbnails had been cut to the quick in an attempt to make her talk. She remembered that this had taken place
on January 24, 1968. On still another occasion, something had been put in her ears to cause pain. But throughout all this torture, Jensen's programming held. She said nothing.
In another hypnosis session Arlene told about getting dizzy in a Taiwan hotel after having one drink. She began to sweat profusely and went to a bathroom which had a
little dressing room and a bed in it. An attendant accompanied her and took her clothes and hung them up since they had become drenched with perspiration. She was given a dressing gown and allowed to lie down. Eventually a doctor came to see her. He gave her an injection and she drifted off to sleep.
After the doctor left the room, the female attendant came over and began to pinch her on different parts of her body, asking her where "the papers" were. When the attendant began to pinch Arlene's nipples, she fainted from the pain. The woman persisted, repeatedly pulling her to a sitting position and severely pinching her nipples.
When the woman finally left the room, Candy remembers, she tried to crawl under the bed to hide. The doctor came back and gave her another injection. The next day
when she awoke and dressed, she was courteously escorted to the airport by her torturers as if nothing had happened.
When she got back to Jensen's office, she reported the incident to him. He seemed most concerned about it, but when he asked to see her bruises, she refused to show him her black and blue nipples.
On a number of occasions Candy was sent to the Central Intelligence Agency's training ground called "The Farm."
Known to the outside world as Camp Peary, it appeared to be an ordinary military installation. There Candy learned how to search a room, and various guerrilla warfare tactics including how to commit undetectable arson. She was taught how to use a poison lipstick to take her own life, and how to use the same lipstick to kill someone else by sticking a pin inside it, then jabbing the intended victim.
She learned how to use acid as a defensive and offensive weapon. She learned how to fire various weapons, how to climb ropes, and how to write coded messages on her fingernails and cover them with polish. The training at "The Farm" was known as 3-D: "Detect, Destroy, and Demolish."
At one point Candy told her husband of an especially outrageous incident which took place at CIA headquarters in Langley, Virginia. She had been taken to an amphitheater where more than two dozen CIA men were gathered to witness a performance of Dr. Jensen's stable of zombies,
There were eight subjects scheduled for the performance and Candy was the first.
In a deep hypnotic trance, she was made to lie naked on a table. The table was wheeled before the CIA audience and Candy was introduced to the group as Laura Quidnick. She wore her Arlene wig during the entire performance.
Dr. Jensen demonstrated his complete control over the prone, disrobed figure of Candy Jones. He lit a candle and told his nude subject that she would not feel a thing. Then he shoved the burning candle deep into her vagina.
Several of the witnesses tried to break through Jensen's control, but they all failed. "Candy is perfect," Arlene told John. "Jensen proved in Virginia how impossible it was to break his control."
Piecing together such fragmented incidents of Candy's secret CIA past, John Nebel discovered that his wife had been programmed to commit suicide once Candy was no longer useful to the CIA. The self-destruct program was to be activated in Nassau. She was to check into the Paradise Beach Hotel on December 31, 1972. She'd stayed at the hotel many times before on normal business trips, so there was nothing unusual about that. But on this occasion Arlene was primed to spontaneously take over Candy's body upon receiving a phone call from Jensen. She was programmed to walk Candy's body to a steep cliff overlooking the sea and there to make a high dive. This was to be the last dive of Candy Jones' life, for from that location her body would certainly have crashed into the rocks on the beach below.
It was extremely fortunate that Candy married John Nebel on the very day she was supposed to check into the hotel. The marriage, by putting off the Nassau trip, had
short-circuited Jensen's program of suicide, which was scheduled for the same month.
But today, despite John's help in countering much of Jensen's programming, Candy is still not completely free of Jensen's control over her mind. Still, whenever she looks into a mirror, she feels Arlene struggling to take over her consciousness.
Although Candy told Jensen that she was through working for the Agency in the middle of 1972, more than six months after she and John were married a strange phone call was recorded on their telephone-answering machine.
The message was: "Japan Airlines calling on the 03 July at 4:10 P.M.
. . . Please have Miss Grant call 759- 9100 ... She is holding new reservation on Japan Airlines Flight 5, for the sixth of July, Kennedy-Tokyo, with an open on to Taipei. This is per Cynthia that we are calling. Thank you."
A check with Japan Airlines disclosed that the number 759-9100 was indeed the reservation number for the airline. There was, however, no record in the airline's computer of the reservation or a record of who made it. Neither was there a reservation clerk named Cynthia, or anyone else at the airline by that name. The "per Cynthia"phrase may have been a code which was supposed to trigger Candy's automatic program, or it may have been a thin disguise for the Agency represented by Cynthia's first and last two letters.
Today, Candy's controlled mind and John Nebel's sense of patriotism still prevent the whole truth of the story from emerging. For some reason John Nebel, Candy Jones, and Donald Bain conceal the real names of Candy's programmers. In Bain's book the name Gilbert Jensen is said to be a pseudonym.
Another doctor, who supposedly conditioned Candy to hate and distrust people, is given the name "Dr. Marshall Burger" in the book, though at one point there is a footnote stating that Nebel wondered if Burger wasn't a cover name for the California hypnotist, Dr. William Jennings Bryan, …. Bryan, as noted in an earlier chapter, was the hypnotist and physician who offered the long-distance, instant diagnosis that Gary Powers had been "Powerized" by the Soviets. He was formerly a hypnotist for the air force and has been linked to the CIA. He was also the technical consultant for the film
The Manchurian Candidate.
According to the April 22, 1969, Los Angeles Times, the California State Board of Medical Examiners found him guilty of "unprofessional conduct in four cases involving sexual molesting of female patients." For this offence Bryan
was only placed on five years' probation—the lightness of the penalty might well have been accomplished through his connections with the CIA.
Alan W. Scheflin, an attorney who for five years has been researching the subject of mind control for his book The Mind Manipulators,
says he has evidence which suggests that the Nebels and Donald Bain may be concealing the fact that the "doctor" who programmed Candy is the same doctor who programmed Lee Harvey Oswald, James Earl Ray, and Sirhan Beshara Sirhan.
In early 1976 Candy Jones and I both spoke on a KSAN radio special on mind control. I was interviewed via telephone and Candy was interviewed in the studio. We did
not meet, but KSAN provided all the participants with duplicate tapes of the program.
On the KSAN program Candy Jones and Donald Bain both insisted, despite my own evidence and arguments, the testimony of Jessica Mitford, and the evidence provided by two other investigative reporters, that Candy had been only a human guinea pig used for experimental purposes. Then records of the CIA mind-control project clearly show, how-ever, that during the 1960s the cryptocracy's mind control had gone far beyond the experimental stage. On that radio show, Candy Jones herself revealed that Sir William Stephenson (A Man Called Intrepid) believed that she was no guinea pig. She reported that Stephenson wrote her that as far back as the early days of World War II he had used zombie agents like her in the service of British Intelligence.
Shortly after the program was aired I called Nebel's office to try and make contact with Candy or John. They had ignored my previous letters and my calls were taken by
their producer, who tried to help me, but finally had to report that the Nebels were not interested in being inter- viewed. I subsequently learned that neither would they
grant an interview to John Marks of the Center for National Security Studies. They turned him down as flatly as they'd turned me down.
My attempt to clarify the question of whether or not Dr. William Jennings Bryan had anything to do with programming Candy Jones was also frustrated by his avoidance of me. I persisted in trying to get an interview with him until
March of 1977, when Dr. Bryan died prematurely at the age of fifty, allegedly of a heart attack. He was a rather flamboyant man who toured the country holding "conferences" where he would lecture on the uses of hypnosis in police interrogation. He died at one such conference in Las Vegas, Nevada, only months after his name was raised in connection with Candy Jones.
A few of the questions which beg for the Nebels' answers are:
What are the real names of the men who programmed Candy?
Why weren't they included in the book?
What are Candy's and John's personal political affiliations?
Why are they not outraged by Candy's manipulation?
Why are they attempting to protect the guilty and justify the rape of Candy's body and mind by the "national security" rationale?
In light of Candy's disclaimer, and the Nebels' refusal to clear up these questions,
I can only ask the reader to decide whether or not Candy Jones was a courier in a fully operational sense,
or only an experimental guinea pig, as she still maintains.
Chapter Nine
THE SLAVES WHO BURIED
THE PHARAOH
bowart_operation_mind_control.pdf
OPERATION MIND CONTROL
Walter Bowart was born in Omaha, Nebraska, in 1939. He was awarded a McMahon journal-ism scholarship to the University of Oklahoma and has since worked as an editor, publisher and writer. His articles have appeared in many journals including The East Village Other, the underground newspaper which he founded in 1965.
Walter Bowart lives in Tucson, Arizona, with his wife and three children.
Published in the U.S.A. by Dell Publishing Co., Inc. 1978
First published in Great Britain by Fontana 1978
The CIA uses thought reform, programming, and indoctrination on its own employees. Patrick J. McGarvey, a veteran of fourteen years in U.S. intelligence service, de-
scribed the cryptocracy's more ordinary indoctrination procedures in his book
CIA: The Myth and the Madness.
McGarvey said that his indoctrination was carried out in a classroom which was "right out of The Manchurian Candidate.
It was a cavernous room not unlike a nineteenth century surgical exhibition pit."
That training, he said, consisted of "an admixture of common sense, insanity, old-time religion, and some of the weirdest lectures you can imagine." The most important
result of this early training, as far as the CIA was concerned, McGarvey said, "was the attitudes they managed to inculcate" among the recruits.
"Many among us believed in the intelligence establishment simply because we were part of it. This attitude lingered for years among us, and today, in middle age, most
of us still talk about the mind-bending job they did on us during the training period. I am convinced that this manipulation of attitudes has been responsible for keeping silent the many men who have since left the craft of intelligence.
Because of my indoctrination, I still get a visceral twinge— and have qualms of conscience about writing this."
McGarvey was referring to behavior modification when he said, "CIA has a wonderful informal system of rewards and punishments for the faithful and unfaithful."
Other fragments of information have leaked through the memory blocks and security oaths of former CIA employees. They can be found scattered throughout the "true confessions" literature of former spooks. They offer further glimpses of the CIA's interest in mind control—but they are only glimpses.
"The most impressive part of this initial CIA indoctrination," writes Miles Copeland, "is the attitude toward loyalty, security, precision, attention to detail, and healthy suspicion that it manages to implant in the minds of the trainees ... The fact is that this aspect of the indoctrination has been designed by some of the nation's best psychologists, employing the most modern techniques of 'motivational research.'
Certainly it achieves its purpose. The psychologists resent the insinuation that they are engaged in 'brainwashing,' arguing that the effect of what they have contributed to the training is exactly the opposite of brainwashing as practiced by the Chinese. Instead of conditioning a person so that he can accept only 'approved' ideas, it sharpens his instincts and critical faculties so that he can recognize specious political reasoning when he encounters it. Also the psychologists believe their course imparts a strong sense of mission, which is lacking in other branches of government."
Despite the CIA psychologists' defense of their reverse "brainwashing," terrible damage has been suffered by the people who have matriculated from the CIA's mind-control projects. Those techniques employed for indoctrination and "loyalty training" of CIA personnel are but the beginning of a mind-control operation which is the most effective security device short of assassination.
Institutionalized secrecy came to America on the eve of World War II. From the beginning, psychology was both the most important external weapon against the Nazis and Japanese and the internal control mechanism for the war-time government.
Psychological warfare was used in World War I, but by the beginning of World War II it had taken on a new dimension. Previously the inspiring, depressing, persuasive,
or misleading messages of propaganda had been delivered to target populations via the printed page or by word of mouth. In World War II, for the first time it became possible through radio to address the entire population of a country at the same time. The effects of propaganda, so magnified, became an important tool in warfare.
After the war, electronic propaganda became the staple weapon for waging the Cold War. Persuasion, argument, propaganda, and indoctrination went out over the airwaves not only to "enemy" populations but to our own civilian
populations as well.
The full story of the OSS and the beginnings of the CIA was not known until 1976 when a government report, The War Report of Strategic Services, was declassified. In 1940 Gen. William J. Donovan was appointed President Franklin D. Roosevelt's special emissary.
Upon his return from a Mediterranean tour he reported that "neither America nor Britain is fighting the new and important type of war on more than the smallest scale. Our defenses against political and psychological warfare are feeble, and even such gestures as have been made toward carrying the fight to the enemy are pitifully inadequate." Donovan urged the President to prepare for combat in the field of irregular and unorthodox warfare, as well as in the orthodox military areas.
Five months before the Japanese attacked Pearl Harbor, President Roosevelt added one more new bureau to the New Deal bureaucracy. It was tagged COI, perhaps a fitting acronym for the publicity-shy Office of the Coordinator of Information. Its leader was, of course, William J. Donovan.
Donovan has been called "a queer figure who comes off three-quarters Machiavelli and one-quarter boy." According to Anthony Cave Brown, he recruited "Communists to kill Krauts. He feared and distrusted Communists in places where they counted. In Italy and France, he could never quite make up his mind what to do politically; and, since political belief was the clandestine's primary motive, his policies often failed and, even when they succeeded, led to interminable muddles. Likable, even admirable on occasions, he was in fact an Elizabethan man, swaggering about capitals in beautiful cord, displaying a fine calf for a riding boot, but forever dependent really upon the British for the finesse which that secret struggle demanded."
The British Secret Intelligence Service had developed espionage and intelligence to a fine art during World War I.
The British Secret Intelligence Service had developed espionage and intelligence to a fine art during World War I.
They were already masters of sabotage, guerrilla warfare, political warfare, deception, crypto-analysis, irregular maritime warfare, technical intelligence, and secret intelligence when World War II began. During that war they took intelligence into the vanguard of psychology, using drugs and hypnosis to program couriers to carry secret messages locked behind posthypnotic blocks.
The British were the first to employ a financing device known as the "Secret Vote," or unvouchered funds. This was money made available without recourse to legislation
and accounted for only by personal signature. As Anthonyb Cave Brown observed, "plainly, almost unlimited opportunities for fraud existed in this arrangement."
Donovan's COI copied the unvouchered funds financing idea, as well as many others, from the British. He put great emphasis on the psychological warfare arm of intelligence.
The British had also emphasized "psy-war," but Donovan promoted it to the-degree that he made the psychological warfare division the central control organ of the entire espionage agency.
In 1941, after the birth of COI, President Roosevelt asked Donovan to make specific proposals for the implementation of his ideas for psychological warfare and the
development of an intelligence plan. Donovan submitted to the White House a paper entitled "Memorandum of Establishment of Services of Strategic Information." In it he clarified his idea of the relationship of information to strategic planning in total war.
Pointing out the diplomatic and defense inadequacies of the then-existing intelligence organization, Donovan said,
"It is essential that we set up a central enemy intelligence organization which would itself collect either directly or through existing departments of government, at home and abroad, pertinent information." Such information and data should be analyzed and interpreted by applying the experience of "specialized, trained research officials in the related scientific fields (including technological, economic, financial and psychological scholars)." He emphasized that "there is another element in modern warfare, and that is the psychological attack against the moral and spiritual defenses of a nation."
In June, 1942, the Office of Strategic Service (OSS) was created to replace COI. Some time passed between the formation of the OSS and the issuance of its charter. The delay was created by Donovan's controversial idea that the psychological warfare unit should be in charge of the entire intelligence operation. The intellectuals hovering around OSS argued with the Joint War Plans Committee about what exactly psychological warfare was, and who should direct it in the name of the United States of America.
Finally a definition was agreed upon. The official definition of psychological warfare read: ". . . it is the coordination and use of all means, including moral and physical,
by which the end is to be attained—other than those of recognized military operations, but including the psychological exploitation of the result of those recognized military
actions—which tend to destroy the will of the enemy to achieve victory and to damage his political or economic capacity to do so; which tend to deprive the enemy of the support, assistance, or sympathy of his allies or associates
or of neutrals, or to prevent his acquisition of such support, assistance, or sympathy; or which tend to create, maintain, or increase the will to victory of our own people and allies and to acquire, maintain, or increase the support, assistance,
and sympathy of neutrals."
And, as Donovan had wished, the Joint Chiefs of Staff decreed that "All plans for projects to be undertaken by the Office of Strategic Services will be submitted to the Joint U.S. Chiefs of Staff through the Joint Psychological Warfare Committee for approval. The Joint Psychological Warfare Committee will refer such papers as it deems necessary to the Joint Staff Planners (JSP) prior to submission to the "
Joint U.S. Chiefs of Staff. The Joint Psychological Warfare Committee will take final action on all internal administrative plans pertaining to the Office of Strategic Services.""
The lifespan of OSS was less than three years. During that short period of time it developed psychological warfare into an effective weapon against the minds of civilian and military populations foreign and domestic alike. To wage effective psychological war the OSS needed background information on United States citizens. Thus the burglary of Private files was sanctioned. The pattern of illegal clandestine activities within the United States, which became public knowledge with Watergate, began in 1945 when the OSS broke into the office of Amerasia magazine, an alleged
Communist publication. The OSS illegal entry was followed by a legal FBI search three months later, but no evidence that Amerasia was engaged in subversive activity was ever found.
Throughout the war Donovan never lost sight of the factthat while OSS was a wartime expedient, it was also an experiment to determine the nature of a peacetime U.S.
intelligence structure in the postwar period. Eventually OSS did provide the framework for the peacetime intelligence service through which the United States continued the bitter moral and territorial struggle against the Communists.
By a small, humorous twist of fate, it was on October 31, 1944—Halloween, the traditional day for spooks and dirty tricks—when President Roosevelt once again turned to Donovan for his views. The President asked Donovan to develop a plan for the organization of an intelligence service which would function after the cessation of hostilities.
In November, Donovan submitted to the President his proposal for the creation of a "central intelligence service." In his memorandum, Donovan proposed liquidation of OSS once the wartime necessity had ceased. He was anxious, however, to preserve the intelligence functions developed by OSS, so he repeated his original COI concept of a central authority, reporting directly to the President, which would collect and analyze intelligence material required forb planning and implementation of national policy and strategy-
"Though in the midst of war," Donovan wrote, "we are also in a period of transition which, before we are aware, will take us into the tumult of rehabilitation. An adequate
and orderly intelligence system will contribute to informed decisions. We have now in the Government the trained and specialized personnel needed for the task. This talent
should not be dispersed."
On September 20, 1945, OSS was officially terminated by Executive Order 9620. "Research and Analysis" functions and "Foreign Nationals Recruiting" were transferred to the Department of State. The remainder of the OSS functions were transferred to the Department of War. That same day, the new President Harry S Truman sent a letter to Donovan informing him of the executive order to close OSS, and thanking him for his outstanding service.
The President wrote, in part, "You may well find satis-faction in the achievements of the Office and take pride in your own contribution to them. These are in themselves
large rewards. Great additional reward for your efforts should lie in the knowledge that the peacetime intelligence services of the Government are being erected on the foundation of the facilities and resources mobilized through the Office of Strategic Services during the war."
Hidden behind the President's compliment was the fact that Donovan was shut out from the formation of the CIA because of a major character flaw: he had a strong dislike of organization. Whether Donovan was really the right man for the job of chief of America's first intelligence service is debatable. Success in covert operations depends upon an efficient bureaucracy and good judgement in authority.
In many cases Donovan displayed neither. At heart he was an activist who did not even like the personalities of conventional administrators. Stewart Alsop said that he ran OSS "like a country editor."
"In every respect, OSS was Donovan's child," OSS historian R. Harris Smith wrote. "He nourished the agency in its infancy, and it bore the stamp of his personality."
That stamp carried over into the new peacetime intelligence agency, the CIA, the first in American history.
But while Donovan was the grandfather of the cryptocracy, its techniques and much of the rationale behind them were the work of the Dulles brothers. The following
review of the Dulles' rise to prominence shows the manner in which cryptocrats form their liaisons.
On the evening of the day South Korea was invaded, President Truman had hastily returned to Washington from his home in Independence, Missouri. He gathered his principal advisors together at the White House to discuss the emergency. Unanimously, his advisors recognized the gravity of the situation and agreed with Gen. Omar Bradley, then the head of the Chiefs of Staff, who said the intelligence reports indicated Russia was "not yet ready for war, but in Korea they are obviously testing us, and the line ought to be drawn now."
Quickly, Truman ordered Gen. Douglas MacArthur to provide military protection for the delivery of arms to the South Koreans and to evacuate American dependents. He
instructed the military chiefs "to prepare the necessary orders for the eventual use of American units." On the fol-lowing day he said he was convinced that "the Republic of Korea needed help at once if it was not to be overrun."
Truman was given CIA reports which indicated that Korea was a repetition, on a larger scale, of the Berlin blockade. The intelligence reports further indicated that North Korean Communists would eventually prove to be a threat to Japan, Formosa, and the American base on Okinawa. It was the first time the "domino theory" was used.
The President, acting on the advice of the CIA, ordered MacArthur to give immediate naval and air support to the South Korean army, without allowing him to order his
troops to cross the Thirty-eighth Parallel. (This act of drawing a political rather than a strategic boundary set the precedent in Asia for the use of the same tactic later in the
Vietnam campaign.)
MacArthur's zeal and military instinct disposed him to blindness concerning such arbitrary boundaries. His expressed urge to attack China with nuclear weapons eventually led to his unprecedented dismissal by Truman. MacArthur may have had the knowledge and the skill to win the Korean conflict unconditionally, but such a military victory in the light of history did not fit into the long-range war of attrition the cryptocracy supported as a tool of the military-industrial complex, against the Communists.
Domestic politics also served to compound the power of the new cryptocracy, which was then cutting its teeth in Southeast Asia. In 1952, when Dwight D. Eisenhower was elected President of the United States, he appointed John Foster Dulles as Secretary of State, and allowed Foster's brother Allen, who was then the CIA's "deputy director for plans"—the clandestine operations branch of CIA—to take
over directorship of the CIA one year later.
According to Townsend Hoopes, who served in both the Truman and Johnson administrations, though the seeds were sown by Truman, it was under the Eisenhower administration that the Cold War was "pervasively institutionalized in the United States." He described the Cold War's chief manifestations as ". . . a strident moralism, a self-righteous and often apocalyptic rhetoric, a determined
effort to ring the Soviet Union and China with anti-Communist military alliances, a dramatic proliferation of American overseas military bases, and a rising flow of American military equipment for foreign armies accompanied by American officers and men to provide training and advice.
The posture of imperative, total confrontation," he said, "thus came to full development during the Eisenhower period. By 1960, the United States government was not only positioned and determined to restrain the major Communist powers, but also determined—through an implicit extension of logic and the inertial momentum generated by a large and powerful military-foreign affairs bureaucracy—to control the pace and character of political change everywhere.""
In the chill of the Cold War, few Americans remembered that John Foster Dulles had been pro-Nazi before Hitler invaded Poland. No one thought, either, to question the
fact that while John Foster Dulles was running the State Department, and therefore dealing with friendly governments, his brother Allen was running the CIA, which he
once described as a State Department for dealing with unfriendly governments. No one seemed at all disturbed by the Dulles dynasty, and only a handful of people realized to what extent the Dulles brothers held power in the Eisenhower administration.
Lieutenant Colonel L. Fletcher Prouty (USAF) was the Pentagon's chief briefing officer assigned to the White House during the Eisenhower administration. He worked
closely with Allen Dulles in coordinating military support for the various clandestine political operations undertaken by the CIA.
Lieutenant Colonel L. Fletcher Prouty (USAF) knew the intimate working arrangements of the Dulles brothers and of the cryptocracy they were
building.
Lieutenant Colonel L. Fletcher Prouty (USAF) knew the intimate working arrangements of the Dulles brothers and of the cryptocracy they were
building.
In his book The Secret Team, Colonel Prouty gave a glimpse of how the Dulles brothers "worked" the President: "That evening, before his usual tennis game on his
backyard court, Allen Dulles dropped by his brother's secluded house just off Massachusetts Avenue and discussed the operation [which involved an amphibious plane and a Polish pilot to be run under a CIA business cover].
Foster agreed that Eisenhower would go along with it.
He walked over to the wall lined with bookshelves and picked up the special white telephone that connected directly with the White House operator. All he said was 'Is the man busy?'
"Foster Dulles opened with, 'Boss, how did you do at Burning Tree today? . . . Well, six holes is better than nothing . . . Yes, I've been talking here with Allen. He has a proposal he wants to clear with you. He feels it is very important, and it will lift the morale of Frank's boys.
[Frank Wisner was then Director of Intelligence Clandes- tine Operations.]
You know, since Korea and Guatemala you haven't had them doing much. Will you see him tomorrow morning?
Fine. How's Mamie?
O. K. boss, I'll speak to Allen . . . 9:30 . . .
P. Thank you—good night!'
"There was not much left to do," Prouty said,
"the flight would be scheduled."
A relevant analysis of "the brother act" is provided by David Wise and Thomas Ross. "[The Dulles brothers] embodied the dualism—and indeed the moral dilemma—of
United States foreign policy since World War II … Foster Dulles reflected the American ethic; the world as we should like it to be. While he took this public position, his brother was free to deal with nastier realities, to overturn governments and to engage in backstage political maneuvers all over the globe with the CIA's almost unlimited funds . . .
"This is not to say that the same two-sided foreign policy would never have evolved had the director of the CIA and the Secretary of State not been brothers. It very likely
would have. But the natural friction between the objective and methods of the diplomats and the 'spooks,' between the State Department and the CIA, was to an extent reduced because of the close working relationship of the Dulles brothers. There was consequently less of a check and balance."
John Foster and Allen Dulles had worked together before coming to government. Foster was the star attorney of the international law firm of Sullivan and Cromwell. He persuaded his partners to take Allen in "to soften up customers," which Allen had a great gift for. Eventually, Sullivan and Cromwell sent Allen to Berlin to negotiate private affairs with the German industrial barons before the war.
After the war broke out, he was sent to Switzerland with OSS, where, under cover, he used his former business contacts inside Germany to supply information for his many
spectacular single-handed intelligence coups against the Axis.
Though Allen Dulles was more gifted as a diplomat than his elder brother Foster, it was Foster who can be considered the mastermind of the Cold War Aberration.
Foster played upon the fear of Communists and implemented the world-policing foreign policy of the Pax Americana which eventually led to our involvement in Vietnam. It was his Cold War campaign at home that made citizens tremble in fear of Communist attack and their children crouch under school desks in atomic air-raid drills. It was John Foster Dulles, in the company of men like Senator Joe McCarthy and Richard Nixon, who presented the specter of the Communist menace to the American public. They convinced the nation that the communists were about to unleash a global war and even a direct nuclear attack upon the United States.
During Eisenhower's 1952 campaign for the presidency, he promised to "peacefully bring about freedom for the captive nations." John Foster Dulles later repeated Eisenhower's promise, omitting, however, the word "peacefully."
Lest we judge John Foster Dulles unfairly by the standards of our own time, it must be said that, to his mind, there must have seemed to have been good reasons for in-
voking the Communist threat. As Senator Frank Church's (1976) Senate Committee to Study Governmental Operations said: "The extent to which the urgency of the Communist threat had become shared perception is difficult to appreciate."
More likely, there was another, more insidious reason for the Cold War: the economy. A glance at a historical graph of the American business cycle will show that since
the Civil War, economic depressions tend to precede and follow U.S. wars. Dulles' generation came to power in World War II after having suffered the longest and deepest depression in American history. It could be considered natural for them to overreact to the recessions of 1945-46 and 1949-50 by fomenting war—hot or cold—to feed the military-industrial base of the economy. The research and development of death-dealing technology created the need for unprecedented secrecy. The instrument of keeping those secrets was the cryptocracy.
The Cold War strategy proved to be economically successful. Without having to risk a full-scale nuclear war and simply by arming the world against communism through
weapons marketing, propaganda, and the psychological warfare of the Cold War scheme, the United States achieved a capital goods boom unequaled in modern history. In the most simple terms, arms constituted the bulk of United States exports from World War Two to the present and figured as the single most important industry whichn maintained the United States trade balance.
The central core of the Dulles brothers' American containment policy grew from the CIA's covert operations and propaganda efforts. The mood of those times is reflected in a top-secret report submitted by the second Hoover Commission to President Eisenhower in September, 1954, and made public by former CIA man Harry Rositzke. The report urged the United States to make its ". . . aggressive covert psychological, political, and paramilitary organization more effective, more unique, and if necessary, more ruthless than that employed by the enemy . . . We are facing an implacable enemy whose avowed objective is world domination by whatever means and at whatever cost.
There are no rules in such a game . . . We . . . must nlearn to subvert, sabotage, and destroy our enemies by more clever, more sophisticated, and more effective methods than those used against us . . ."
According to Rositzke "The next year a National Security Council directive reaffirmed the Executive's commitment to covert operations. It instructed the CIA to continue creating problems for 'International Communism,' to reduce its strength and its control worldwide, and to 'in crease the capacity and the will of peoples and nations to resist International Communism. It specifically reaffirmed CIA's authority to develop underground resistance and facilitate covert and guerrilla operations.' "
Although the Cold War is generally said to date from 1948, with the Berlin Blockade and the Greek civil war, John Foster Dulles contributed to its architecture before he
came to office in 1953. He epitomized the fearful gestalt of his generation, took hold of the floundering Cold War strategy, and molded it with his personality. He was fond
of quoting Alexander Hamilton, who wrote in the Federalnist Papers, "safety from external danger is the most powerful director of national conduct." Hamilton's statement, when taken at face value, seems quite innocent. But in the context of John Foster Dulles' materialistic and puritan up bringing, it is not difficult to see how he construed it to mean something quite different than Hamilton intended.
Hamilton's thoughts gave Dulles the moral rationale to try to motivate national political, industrial, and economic conduct by posing an overwhelming external danger—the threat of a nuclear war initiated by the "international Communist conspiracy."
If, at the end of World War II, the growth of our economy, still the strongest and richest in the world, did depend upon the military-industrial complex for sustenance, then Dulles' Cold War saved the U.S. from certain recession.
Without the threat of communism, what could the free world have armed against? And if the health of the U.S. economy continues to depend on that merger of military
and industrial interests, then we may well expect to see efforts at detente collapse and the Cold War resume as the already inflated armaments industry expands.
In his farewell address to the nation in 1960, President Eisenhower issued his famous warning about the military- industrial complex:
"Our military organization today bears little relation to that known of any of my predecessors in peacetime—or, indeed, by fighting men of World War II or Korea. Until the latest of our world conflicts, the United States had no armaments industry. We annually spend on military security
alone more than the net income of all United States corpo-
rations.
"Now this conjunction of an immense military establishment and a large arms industry is new in the American experience. The total influence—economic, political, even spiritual—is felt in every city, every state house, every office of the federal government. We recognize the imperative need for this development. Yet we must not fail to comprehend its grave implications. In the councils of government, we must guard against the acquisition of unwarranted influence, whether sought or unsought, by the military- industrial complex. The potential for the disastrous rise of
misplaced power exists and will persist.
"We must never let the weight of this combination en- danger our liberties or democratic processes. We should take nothing for granted." Eisenhower accurately predicted the course of history.
"The prospect of domination of the nation's scholars by federal employment, project allocations, and the power of money is ever present and is gravely to be regarded.
"Yet, in holding scientific research and discovery in respect, as we should, we must be alert to the equal and opposite danger that public policy could itself become the captive of a scientific-technological elite."
The Cold War was World War III—a war waged largely with words. Yet the men who had won World War II with advanced weaponry were less artful in the use of the
new psychological warfare. As the Cold War escalated, propaganda was followed by sabotage, assassinations, "para- military" covert operations, and limited "police actions."
America had traditionally been a free and open society.
But after the war, U.S. leaders held in their hands an awe- some technological superiority. While being the love object of government, the new technologies, especially nuclear energy, made the leaders fearful of losing their monopoly.
That fear gave rise to the belief that new secret agencies and operations were needed to guard against technological thefts by foreign governments. The Cold War was a "secret" war in more ways than one.
The psychological war, originally waged only against "enemy" countries, was nevertheless created at home. It was used within the United States, against beliefs and free thought, by a secret bureaucracy which is still supported by
all the power of the federal government, but which operates outside the chain of government command. It is a secret bureaucracy become paranoid—a cryptocracy mad with world power.
Although the Central Intelligence Agency has long been the convenient symbol for all those who have committed atrocities in the name of national security, the secret bueaucracy, the cryptocracy, does not consist solely of the
CIA. It is as well a vast network of alliances between individuals
in a number of government agencies normallythought to be outside the intelligence field.
Since the cryptocracy violates every constitutional principle as a matter of course, and commits every crime known to man in the interest of "national security," it can not entirely rely on the patriotism of its agents to keep its secrets. Therefore, no single individual is told more than he has a "need to know."
The cryptocracy is a brotherhood reminiscent of the ancient secret societies, with rites of initiation and indoctrination programs to develop in its loyal membership the special understanding of its mysteries. It has secret codes and oaths of silence which reinforce the sense of elitism neces sary for the maintenance of its strict loyalty. It is automated, organized in the mode of a computer, where all have access to general knowledge and the most obvious aims and goals, but where the individual is isolated by tribal rituals and compartmentalization.
It is a technocratic organization without ideology, loyal only to an unspoken, expedient, and undefined patriotism.
Its members are anonymous. Its funds are secret. Its operational history is secret. Even its goals are secret. It is a degenerative disease of the body politic which has grown rampantly, spreading so invisibly that after nearly four decades its existence is known only to a handful of "decision makers."
The cryptocracy is designed to function like a machine.
The cryptocracy is designed to function like a machine.
It also has the feelings of a machine—none at all. But, unlike a machine, it does have ambition. To it, human beings are so much cheap hardware who perform certain set functions which produce certain predetermined results. They are valued relative to cost and efficiency.
The cryptocracy is the perfect cybernetic organism—pure logic at the planning level—nothing but automatic response in the field.
The cryptocracy is the perfect cybernetic organism—pure logic at the planning level—nothing but automatic response in the field.
If a prospective agent cannot be recruited by an appeal to patriotism, he is bribed. If he cannot be bribed, he is blackmailed. If he refuses to be blackmailed, he is "programmed." If all these fail, he is killed, for it must not be known that he had ever been approached—so important is "national security."
It is sometimes hard to determine whether the cryptocracy is working for or against the interests of the U.S. President, to whom its constituent agencies are supposed to be accountable. Many of its crimes, now a matter of public record, would indicate that it has often worked against, the President. It has, we know, worked against the U.S. Constitution and the American people. It has needlessly caused the death of innocent people who were working for it, just as it has tortured and murdered those who have stood in its way. Documented atrocities and criminal blunders have
been revealed by congressional investigations, yet no one has been brought to trial.* Little congressional, judicial, or executive action has been taken to limit its power or ferret out its leaders. Figureheads have been changed, but the
Organization and the National Security Act which has bred this cancer remains in essence unchanged.
The cryptocracy serves big business and spends a good deal of time and energy supplying American corporations with industrial intelligence. These favors, offered only to those companies friendly to the cryptocracy, may be repaid by such things as political campaign contributions to candidates who are either sympathetic to or compromised by the cryptocracy. In the past the cryptocracy has supported both foreign and domestic politicians with such campaign contributions.
The "old boy network" of retired cryptocrats working within major corporations plays an important role in the cryptocracy's international influence. Secret funds are
shunted not only from one agency of government to another, but also from agency to corporation and then, under cover of the corporation's legal business activities, throughout the world, wherever expediency dictates.
Through its authorized functions, the cryptocracy controls the United States government. It feeds the executive branch "intelligence reports" which are often slanted and sometimes falsified, so that the policy decisions which result will be those which fit the cryptocracy's game plan.
Like a fifteenth century Machiavellian princedom that has been computerized and automated, the cryptocracy has systematically manipulated the American consciousness.
Like a fifteenth century Machiavellian princedom that has been computerized and automated, the cryptocracy has systematically manipulated the American consciousness
By justifying its existence by citing an exaggerated danger from communism, it has justified its own totalitarianism by convincing key politicians that fire must be fought with fire. The practices of the cryptocracy, once officially sanctioned only in operations outside the U.S., have become internalized. Those practices have included spying, stealing, blackmail, and murder, even within the borders of the country it is supposed to protect and defend.
There is nothing hypocritical about the KGB's employ-ment of totalitarian, police-state tactics. The Soviet equivalent of the CIA, the KGB, is an extension of the Soviet political system, which is totalitarian. Neither is there anything hypocritical about the Chinese use of "brainwashing" on American POWs in Korea. The Chinese have "brain-washed" three and a half million of their own people, though generally they used techniques less drastic than starvation, sleep interruption, and isolation. But the U.S. cryptocracy is the ultimate hypocrisy, subversive to its own government's democratic structure. It operates with methods which are not permitted in most democracies and certainly not permitted by the Constitution of the United States.
In war, a successful campaign greatly depends upon the element of surprise. Since the beginning of human disputes, nwarriors have found it desirable to keep their strengths and weaknesses concealed.
The use of new technology has been both the strength and the surprise which so often has determined the out- come of war. The first elephant to be outfitted with spikes
and used in battle was as great a terror to the bow-and- arrow warrior as the atomic bomb was to the Japanese.
The cryptocracy has long known that the only way it can maintain the upper hand in the global power game is to stay in the vanguard of technology. To that end it has employed all the research and development the federal government can buy.
Since World War II the cryptocracy has used electronic technology to manipulate foreign peoples as well as the American people through a campaign of carefully planned Misinformation, disinformation, and propaganda. The cryptocracy's existence depends upon such manipulation of Public belief. Since it cannot openly argue its cause, it relies upon persuasion and indoctrination to accomplish its goals
and win support for its ends.
The existence of the cryptocracy also depends upon absolute secrecy. Without it they are powerless. Thus the cryptocracy's attempt to control information at its source— the human mind.
* Since the completion of this book, former CIA Director Richard Helms was given a two-year suspended sentence and fined $2,000 for lying to the United States Congress about the CIA's involvement in the overthrow of Chile's Allende government
It was the CIA which instigated and directed the initial research, and with an invisible hand, kept each group of scientists isolated from the other. Each group researching mind control was kept apart from other groups conducting simultaneous interfacing experiments, so that no one except the Agency would be able to put all the pieces of the puzzle together.
Bases for mind-control techniques already existed in scientific literature, but in a fragmented, incomplete, and un- assimilated state. The cryptocracy enlisted the aid of scientists who then developed these fragments into usable
techniques. These scientists worked independently, each on only one small part of the overall plan. And, by and large, they were ignorant of the intended use of the final product of their research.
Operation Mind Control was not the plan of a mere cult of intelligence; it did not stop at intelligence gathering, but went on to instigate active operations on its own. Those
conspiracies against freedom which were revealed by the investigations into Watergate, the intelligence community, and multinational corporations are minor compared to the conspiracy of mind control which has developed in this country. Although the first victims of Operation Mind Control were, perhaps, especially suitable personality types for such use, with the advances being made in the psycho-sciences all but a few of us may eventually be victimized.
The power of mind control resides in its use as a superior security technique; as such it is almost as foolproof as that employed by the great Pharaoh of Egypt, who, entombed with the slaves who carried him to his final resting place, had those same slaves killed and buried along with him so that all knowledge of access to the tomb would remain secure for centuries. Mind control arranges that "slaves" of the intelligence community—witnesses, couriers, and assassins—are "protected" from their own memories and guilt by amnesia. These "slaves" may be left alive, but the knowledge they possess is buried deep within the tombs of their own minds by techniques which can keep the truth hidden even from those who have witnessed it. It
is the ultimate debriefing, the final security measure short of assassination.
The conspiracy of mind control veils the secret of all secrets. It hides the cabal which possesses its power, so that, even if the CIA and the other intelligence agencies
were closed down tomorrow, the cryptocracy would continue to function, for as with the Mafia, "once you are a member, you're a member for life." The power of mind control, and ultimately of the cryptocracy that uses it, re-sides with those who have culled the fruits of psycho- science since the late 1930s; they now possess the mature
body of knowledge upon which the coercive art is built.
To review the labyrinth of events: Out of the natural fear of technology grew an unnatural reliance on secrecy. Secrecy led to covert control and produced a well-organized institution of national security. Institutionalized secrecy directed covert research and produced Operation Mind Control, the ultimate technology of secrecy and control.
Chapter Ten
BRAVE NEW WORLD
IN A SKINNER BOX
bowart_operation_mind_control.pdf
OPERATION MIND CONTROL
Walter Bowart was born in Omaha, Nebraska, in 1939. He was awarded a McMahon journal-ism scholarship to the University of Oklahoma and has since worked as an editor, publisher and writer. His articles have appeared in many journals including The East Village Other, the underground newspaper which he founded in 1965.
Walter Bowart lives in Tucson, Arizona, with his wife and three children.
Published in the U.S.A. by Dell Publishing Co., Inc. 1978
First published in Great Britain by Fontana 1978
The cryptocracy's search for reliable mind-control methods was one of the most far-reaching secret projects ever undertaken. In addition to research and development in drugs and hypnosis, CIA funds and cryptocracy guidance gave impetus to a number of behavior modification projects carried out in federal prisons and mental institutions. Most of the projects were arranged secretly so that recipients of the funds would have no way of knowing that the CIA was backing the research.
Even if they had known of the CIA's involvement, their interest in behavior modification probably would not have been dampened. Previously called conditioned reflex therpy behavior modification, in the sixties and seventies, was,becoming the most popular tool of psycho-science since Sigmund Freud asked his first patient to lie down on the couch.
Behavior modification is based on conditioning, but "conditioning" is a big word for a simple form of learning in which a reaction is evoked by an outside action. The
reaction is called a response; the outside action is called a stimulus.
In 1927 Pavlov won the Nobel Prize for bis discovery of a method of making dogs salivate at the ringing of a bell. Salivating dogs were not much good to anyone, and it was not for making dogs drool that Pavlov was so honored. He was honored with the world's most prestigious award for making dogs drool on cue.
He called his process "conditioning." The dogs' involuntary response, he called a "re-flex." Pavlov's discoveries provided the breakthrough which behavioral science
needed to begin to control the human mind.
Pavlov had begun in 1906 by seeking a simple model of the activity of the brain. He decided that the salivary reflex in dogs could be just such a model, so he raided the dog pound and cut holes in the animals' cheeks to implant mea-
suring devices for the flow of saliva. By regularly ringing a bell just before feeding the dogs, he found that the stimulus—the sound of the bell- intrinsically unrelated to food, began to evoke the salivation that had initially been observed only when the dogs were eating. His patient studies revealed that the quality, rate, and frequency of salivation changed depending upon the quality, rate, and frequency of the stimuli. Pavlov's experiments with dogs have been repeated numerous times by different scientists with the same results. Science now agrees that when a hungry dog is given a
piece of meat immediately after a bell rings, and when this procedure is repeated a number of times the bell alone will produce the flow of saliva almost as if the bell and not the meat were activating the glands. When the bell rings, not only will a properly conditioned dog salivate but his ears will stand up, he'll turn toward the food source, and even make anticipatory chewing movements. Conditioned re- flexes in dogs, however, are a long way from the conditin ing of volitional thinking in humans.
But Pavlov established the groundwork by which any- one's emotional stability (Pavlov called it "perpetual equalibration") and sanity could be reliably balanced or
unbalanced.
To that end the Soviets, and later the People's Republic of China, employed Pavlov's new science for the creation of the totalitarian state.
While the general public in the West may continue to associate behavior modification with Pavlov's conditioning of dogs, the science is actually an ancient one In its mod-
ern form it has its roots in the works of Descartes who, in 1664, put forward the idea that every activity of an organism is the reaction to an external stimulus. Experimental
studies to test Descartes' idea did not begin until several centuries later. Then, simultaneously experimentation began in a number of different countries.
At the same time Pavlov was experimenting with dogs in Russia, John B. Watson was experimenting with humans in the United States. Watson was the founder of the behaviorist school psychology in the 1920s. His most notorious accomplishment was his series of experiments on an eleven-month-old infant known to history as Little Albert.
Watson showed Little Albert a white rat and the child reacted naturally and tried to pet and cuddle the animal. After Albert had established a playful rapport with the rat,
Watson began to aversely condition the lad. Each time the rat would come into Albert's view, Watson would beat the floor with a steel bar and produce a deafening sound. Quite naturally, whenever Albert heard the sound he would jump
with fright. Eventually Albert associated the loud sound with the white rat and became frightened of it. Every time the rat came into his view he would begin to cry.
Albert became so aversely conditioned to the rat that he would exhibit fear whenever any small animal came into his view. He became so conditioned that he reacted with
equal fear to rabbits, dogs, and a sealskin coat—in short, to anything with fur.
Quite proudly Dr. Watson exclaimed, "Give me the baby, and I'll make it climb and use its hands in constructing buildings of stone or wood . . . I'll make it a thief, a
gunman or a dope fiend. The possibilities of shaping in any direction are almost endless. Even gross differences in anatomical structure limits are far less than you may think . . . Make him a deaf mute, and I will still build you a Helen Keller . . . Men are built, not born."
Watson saw things, as Pavlov did, in physical and chemical terms. He was not interested in anything beyond overt and observable behavior. And Watson was only the first in a long line of American psycho-scientists who were to take the mechanistic path to control of the mind.
Pavlov and Watson's classical conditioning did not, however, go far in producing a reliable science of mind-control.
In the late thirties Harvard psychologist Burrhus Frederick Skinner discovered new principles of conditioning which allowed more complete control.
Skinner came up with what he called operant conditioning.
It was based on the idea that reinforcement (the repetition of either a positive or a negative response to an action) was at the root of all learned behavior. The distinction between Classical And Operant conditioning was made only because different techniques were used to elicit the responses. In essence, the effects of either kind of conditioning were the same.
The three most common methods of modern behaviour therapy are operant conditioning, aversion therapy, and de- sensitization. Operant conditioning is the reinforcement of certain be- havior by reward (usually food), often accompanied by simultaneous sound or light stimulation. Reinforcement is contingent upon the occurrence of the response, and the reinforcing mechanisms are often built into the environment. When rats are used as subjects, the device to be operated is a bar which, when depressed, delivers the reward of food or water. In this situation the behavior which is reinforced is the pressing of the bar. It makes no difference how the bar is pressed, whether the rat presses the bar with its paw, nose, or tail. Once the bar is pressed, the operation has been performed and the animal is rewarded. The dependent variable in operant conditioning is the response rate—the number of times the bar is pressed. Response rate, or the frequency of the response, is an important factor in judging the success of the operant conditioning.
Aversion therapy is a technique in which an undesirable response is inhibited by a painful or unpleasant reinforcement such as electric shock, noxious odors, or any technique which produces fear and avoidance. It is an ancient form of counter-conditioning, or punishment, which has been widely used in the treatment of homosexuality, stuttering, and alcoholism.
In desensitization the subject is first trained to relax beyond his normal state. He is then presented with images which evoke mild anxiety. At first the images are very
mild, and they are repeated until the subject shows no anxiety. Then a stronger image is introduced and the process is repeated. Finally the subject becomes desensitized to even the strongest image. Desensitization has been used to relieve people of phobic fears and anxieties. Skinner began his experiments by building a number of
boxes in which pigeons were required to run mazes and press levers to receive the rewards of birdseed. By manipulating the way the reward was given, Skinner found that he could control the rate and the style of the lever pressing.
Eventually Skinner was able to get pigeons to bob and weave in prescribed ways. He was even able to get birds to distinguish colors by having them peck only at levers of
specific colors for food. He soon learned to obtain just about any kind of behavior he desired from a number of different animals.
Skinner concluded that every action is determined by the environment and that all behavior is "shaped and maintained by its consequences." The behaviorists' mechanistic view of man was summed up by Skinner when he said, "If by 'machine' you simply mean any system which behaves in an orderly way, then man and all other animals are machines."
Skinner's subsequent research, however, showed that behavior which is supported by continuous rewards stops when the rewards are withheld. Further experimentation
showed that by shifting from continuous to intermittent rewards, the behavior could be kept going even though the rewards became less frequent. This discovery made behaviorism a practical science, for now it could explain how behavior was maintained in the real world.
With unshakable faith in his own science, Dr. Skinner built a large box with a glass window on one side. It was a soundproof cage, much like the ones he'd used in experiments with pigeons and monkeys. But this box was for children, and into it Skinner put his own child.
This "Skinner box" was about as large as a spacious crib.
The temperature of the box was carefully controlled, and Skinner testified proudly that "crying and fussing could always be stopped by slightly lowering the temperature."
With the soundproof box, Skinner was "never concerned lest the doorbell, telephone, piano, or children at play wake the baby . . ." And, he added, "soundproofing also protects the family from the baby."
Apparently Skinner's scheme to produce "socialized" children was not so successful. In the opinion of the kindergarten teacher of Skinner's youngest daughter, who had re-
ceived the "benefits'* of spending her early childhood in her daddy's box, she was not an obedient automaton, but a rather independent and even rebellious child.
Some- how Skinner's programming of his offspring must have failed in his own terms, for it would appear from his writings that Skinner's ideas are quite in line with the
dreams of the cryptocrats who would seek to control us all.
In his popular work Beyond Freedom and Dignity, Skin- ner wrote: "The problem is to free men, not from control, mbut from certain kinds of control, and it can be solved only if our analysis takes all consequences into account. How people feel about control . . . does not lead to useful distinctions."
Skinner is not only concerned with controlling individuals, he desires to build a controlled society, ruled from crib to coffin by behavior modification. "The intentional design of a culture and the control of human behavior it implies
are essential if the human species is to continue to develop," he said.
Today B. F. Skinner is the center of a personality cult.
He is the guru and founder of the modern psychophilosophy which holds that it is morally and ethically permissible to change the behavior of others as well as to modify others' belief. About belief Skinner writes, "People must believe that what they are doing has some chance of obtaining what they want or avoiding something to which they are averse. But the chances are in the contingencies.
The relation of beliefs to other conditions, such as wants and needs, can be easily stated: to say that desires enter into the causation of beliefs is simply to say that the probability of behavior with which a belief is associated depends not only upon reinforcement but upon a state of deprivation or aversive stimulation."
Aversion stimulation was the process upon which the Cold War faith was built. The Cold War faith, in turn, loosed the cryptocracy upon the world to murder, maim,
or rape the minds of any who posed a real threat to its goals of "defending the free world from communism."
In the words of Lewis Andrews and Marvin Karlins, "The world is, in a sense, one large 'Skinner box' . . .'
And if this is not already true, it soon may be, because there are behaviorists at work in practically every federal and state institution, as well as in the private sector.
Using federal and state institutions for testing purposes provided many benefits to the cryptocracy. They functioned as recruitment centers, where selected criminals
were released to the custody of career spooks who could apply their skills in undercover work. Prisons were also
valuable testing grounds.
Philip Hilts, describing the attitude prevalent in both the cryptocracy and prison bureaucracies, wrote: "There are three possibilities for criminals. The first is deterrent: Keep them from doing it again. The second is punishment:
Knock the hell out of the bastards; they deserve it. The third is treatment: They're defective; let's fix them."
Be- haviorists who work the prison circuit hold that the last is the only humane way of reducing recidivism. Perhaps. But one also begins to sense in such theorizing a preview of what is to come for the whole society.
"These behavioral engineers are growing mightily in num-
bers and influence, nourished by a law-and-order administration that though riddled by corruption itself, can still deliver the material goods," wrote David Rorvich. "They are not out to change the world but to make man adjust to it; they seek results, not understanding. A thick-skinned lot they are, not loath to admit the crudity of some of their techniques, claiming results that would take the more ele-gant psychotherapies and social reforms years to attain . . .
What the world needs now in the service of 'curing' its deviant and miserable masses, proclaim the new psychotechnologists, is not more prison reform, urban renewal,
and nude group gropes but a few well-placed corrective kilovolts in the collective brain."
The California Medical Facility at Vacaville was the center of a number of behavioral research projects funded by various agencies, including the Veterans Administration, HEW, the Bureau of Prisons, private drug companies, and others. Many of these agencies were fronting for the CIA.
In 1973, there was a "flap" in the press over the testing of drugs by these agencies under the guise of behavior modification. It was revealed that tranquilizers, depressants, sedatives, narcotic antagonists, and hypnotics were being tested in the hospitals and prisons (see Appendix B).b Dr. Leo E. Hollister, a medical investigator for the Vet- erans Administration, defended the practice: "The exemplary Medical Facility at Vacaville is one of the few places in the country where such [drug] studies are possible . . .at a time when the demands for such facilities are increasing, in response to an urgent public health problem, it would be sad to see them denied to responsible and highly reputable clinical investigators."
It is debatable whether you can characterize the scientists who participated in all the projects as "responsible and highly reputable." It appears from the evidence that some
may rather have been, as Philip Hilts playfully suggests,
". . . hunchbacked wart-infested evil scientists . . ."
Perhaps the greatest danger to freedom of thought and behavior is posed by the breed of psycho-scientists who call themselves "behaviorists."
While most psychologists once concerned themselves with the study of human thought and the rich life of the mind, the behaviorists believe that man's problems can best be understood by studying his actions.
What a man thinks, sees, feels, wants and knows— everything that a man
is, behaviorists believe, can be most easily understood in terms of what he
does.
Behaviorism would appear to be a predictable expression of materialistic cultures, East and West, which value externals above all else. You will seldom hear a be-
haviorist speak of "will" or even "mind." These are considered unscientific, subjective terms. Instead, the behaviorists speak only of "reflexes" which are reinforced by conditioning from the environment.
They look forward to the day when they can conclusively prove that conditioning begins at the moment of conception, and that reflexes are ultimately the very stuff of what was once called the soul!
The science of behaviorism portrays the human being as mechanistic protoplasm. The most avant- garde behaviorists have developed an unholy alliance with biochemists who together are exploring genetics, hoping to find the key for breeding selected behavioral characteristics. Certainly a person born with all his limbs will behave differently from a person who is born with genetic damage and without limbs. But beyond that, what some behaviorists are looking for is a genetic factor which controls anger, docility, and other personality tendencies. While many new scientific insights have come from behaviorism, so have many new dangers—especially to the freedom of choice. , "The day has come," said Professor James V. McConnel, head of the Department of Mental Health Research at the University of Michigan, "when we can combine sensory deprivation with the use of drugs, hypnosis, and the astute manipulation of reward and punishment to gain almost absolute control over an individual's behavior." Dr. McConnel expressed the sentiments of behavior modifiers who, like cryptocrats, believe that mankind's salvation resides in he control of individual behavior in an engineered society.
But engineered by whom? "... We want to reshape our society drastically,"
McConnel said, "so that all of us will be trained from birth to want to do what society wants us to do. Today's behavioral psychologists are the architects and engineers who are shaping the Brave New World of Tomorrow."
In the practical American way—stripped for action—the psychology profession appears to be turning away from psychotherapy and is becoming dependent upon the time- and labor-saving practical mechanics of behaviour modification depending upon principles developed largely through laboratory experimentation.
Voluntary as well as involuntary actions can be conditioned.
Once a reflex is trained into a subject, he becomes an automaton, responding to the artificial stimulus to which he has been programmed.
When light shines into the pupil of the eye, it contracts, and when the light is removed, it dilates. This pupillary reflex is involuntary; the individual has no conscious control over it, but it can be conditioned.
C. V. Hudgins demonstrated this by conditioning the pupil to a bell using a light as the unconditioned stimulus.
He would turn on the light, which shone directly into the subject's eyes at the same instant he rang a bell. The light made the pupil contract every time just as meat made Pavlov's dog drool.
Hudgins then taught his subjects to use their own hands to operate the bell and light mechanisms. Then he would say "contract" and the subject would press the switch.
When he said "relax" the subject would relax and turn off both bell and light. After only a few hours' training, Hudgins found that he could do away with the bell, the hand switch, and the light. He had only to say the word "contract," and the pupil would contract.
A modern apologist of conditioning, Andrew Salter, asserts that hypnosis in essence is the same as conditioning.
Salter said that after he had conditioned the reader of his book to contract his pupil, as Hudgins had done, he would take him to an ophthalmologist.
"Doctor," Salter would declare, "here is a splendid hypnotic subject. I control this person so thoroughly that at my command his pupil will contract, and perceptibly."
"Come now," the doctor would say, "you know very well that pupillary contraction is involuntary. You need light for that."
Salter would then tell his conditioned reader "contract," and the reader's pupil would obey every time, and the doctor would be perplexed.
"How do you like hypnotism?" Salter would ask the doctor.
"It's amazing," he would answer, but his interest would diminish after Salter explained how, paralleling Pavlov and Hudgins, the reader's pupil had been conditioned. "Well," he would say, "come back next time when you have some real hypnotism."
"Our doctor is wrong," Salter said. "There, in the conditioned reflex, he had seen the essence of hypnosis. (And parenthetically, when we see that the essence of hypnotism is conditioning—or quite loosely, that the essence of the 'unconscious mind' is conditioning—we are in a strategic position to develop a sound understanding of the deepest wellsprings of human behaviour) ."
The cryptocracy, having discovered the wonders of hypnosis, drugs, behavior modification, and even more revolutionary electrical and sonic manipulations of the brain, learned how to reliably control individual behaviour.
Whether or not the Constitution protects the individual's free thought and speech, and whether one regards mind control as bondage or a necessary tool for social engineering, one must recognize that the power to control the mind exists—and is being used.
Did Philip Hilts know how close he'd come when he offered his chilling description of the crypto-behaviorists? He wrote: "Suppose a dozen controllers with that incurable
twitch for power are meeting, now, in some secret mountain cabin. There, amid piles of rat-behavior charts, rows of cumulative recorders, and reams of human-foibles data, they are designing an environment. They are creating blue- prints for a system that would produce the most terrible, violent, and antisocial people possible.'
Chapter Eleven
A SCHOOL FOR ASSASSINS
bowart_operation_mind_control.pdf
OPERATION MIND CONTROL
Walter Bowart was born in Omaha, Nebraska, in 1939. He was awarded a McMahon journal-ism scholarship to the University of Oklahoma and has since worked as an editor, publisher and writer. His articles have appeared in many journals including The East Village Other, the underground newspaper which he founded in 1965.
Walter Bowart lives in Tucson, Arizona, with his wife and three children.
Published in the U.S.A. by Dell Publishing Co., Inc. 1978
First published in Great Britain by Fontana 1978
The cryptocracy recruited their assassins from among people who had already demonstrated a violent nature, people who had few reservations about taking human life.
No homicidal maniacs were recruited because they could not be controlled. The cryptocracy needed killers who would not murder on impulse, but only upon command.
Once selected, the assassin candidates were turned over to the military, where, under the guise of "combat readiness" training, they underwent a complete program of conditioning. Graduates of the program would forever after act with ruthless efficiency. They would eliminate local political leaders in a foreign country, or undertake "search and destroy" missions in violation of national and international
laws. They would be given the cover that would allow them to enter the Foreign Service; or they would pose as embassy marine guards.
In July, 1975, the Sunday Times in London quoted a U.S. Navy psychologist who admitted that U.S. Naval Intelligence had taken convicted murderers from military
prisons, conditioned them as political assassins, and then placed them in American embassies around the world. This admission came shortly after the Senate Intelligence Committee had scolded the CIA for plotting a number of political assassinations around the world. From the congressional reports, however, one got the feeling that the cryptocracy was being chastised not for the assassinations it had successfully accomplished, but for those which it had attempted, but failed. The attempts on the life of Fidel Cas-tro drew the greatest notice from the congressional com-
mittees and the press.
According to the Sunday Times story, naval psychologist Lt. Comdr. Thomas Narut was assigned to the U.S. Regional Medical Center at Naples, Italy. When he
first made public the navy's part in programming assassins, he was attending a NATO conference in Oslo on "Dimensions of Stress and Anxiety." In attendance at that conference were 120 psychologists of all descriptions and from many countries. Many of them were involved in research on how to improve man's ability to cope with stress, but none of them felt compelled, as Narut did, to discuss their work so fully or so frankly.
The stated objective of the conference was to exchange information on how soldiers and people in difficult jobs could cope with stress. Dr. Narut's talk was on "The Use
of a Symbolic Model and Verbal Intervention in Inducing and Reducing Stress." His speech began with a plug for the navy. He knew, he said, that many of the scientists present had often encountered problems in their purely scientific research because of the military's inclination to research that would yield quick and useful results. He sympathized with those who had trouble getting subjects, funds, or both,
out of the military for their purely scientific research. But things were different
in the navy he said.
In the navy, Narut bragged, there were plenty of captive personnel who could be used as guinea pigs. In the navy there was a computerized record of each man's background
and psychological profile, so that a quick selection of men with suitable psychological inclinations for experiments could be made. Navy psychologists not only had access to computerized records, but also to psychological tests and background data on a large number of people. In the navy, Narut said, funds were plentiful, and there were no problems with transporting subjects for study to nearly any
place in the world. Narut stated proudly that the U.S. Navy provided scientists with the most advanced research facilities in the world.
A Canadian psychologist at the conference later remarked, "Narut's message was loud and clear—'Join the navy and study the world.'"
In his brief discourse, Dr. Narut did no more than hint at the work he had been doing in teaching "combat readiness units" to cope with the stress of killing. Later, how-
ever, during private questioning with a small group of listeners (reporter Peter Watson of the Sunday Times,
A former psychologist, among them), Narut unfolded the amazing story of the navy's programming of assassins on an assembly-line basis.
In his mid-thirties, Dr. Narut had just completed his doctoral dissertation on the question of whether certain films provoke anxiety, and whether forcing a man to do
irrelevant tasks while watching violent films would help him cope with the anxiety they produced.
When pressed by Watson to explain the details of this kind of conditioning, Narut said that he had worked with "combat readiness units" which included men being programmed for commando-type operations and for undercover placement at U.S. embassies. These, Narut said, were "hit men and assassins" (Narut's words) made ready to kill in selected countries should the need arise. Dr. Alfred Zitani, an American delegate to the conference, was very surprised by Narut's disclosure. "Do you think Dr. Narut realizes what he has just said?" Zitani asked. "That kind of
information must be classified."
The conditioning of Narut's assassins was accomplished by audio-visual desensitization, a standard behavior modification process. These men were "desensitized" to mayhem by being shown films of people being killed or injured in a
number of different ways. At first the films would show only mild forms of bloodshed. As the men became acclimated to the scenes of carnage, they would see progressively more violent scenes. The assassin candidates, Narut explained, would eventually be able to dissociate any feelings they might have from even the goriest scenes they
viewed.
Narut said that of course U.S. naval psychologists would have first selected the candidates for training by their psychological makeup. Those selected for assassination assignments were often from submarine crews and paratroops.
Others were convicted murderers from military prisons who had already shown a proclivity for violence.
Still others were men who had been given awards for valor.
World War II Medal of Honor winner Audie Murphy was a subject of extensive research.
The best killers, according to Narut, were men whom psychologists would classify as "passive-aggressive" personalities. These were people with strong drives that were
usually kept under tight control. Such types were usually calm, but from time to time would exhibit outbursts of temper during which they could literally kill without remorse.
Narut said that through psychological testing, he and his colleagues were looking for more such men, for further conditioning.
Among the tests used by the navy to determine violent natures was the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory, which is used widely by educators and businessmen to determine psychological qualities of students and employ- ees. The tests consist of hundreds of questions designed to measure such personality traits as hostility, depression, and psychopathy.
According to Narut, the men selected by the tests, or by evidence of past violence, were taken for programming to the navy's neuropsychiatric laboratory in San Diego, California, or to the Naples medical center which employed
Dr. Narut.
Audio-visual desensitization was the major technique used in programming the assassins. Psychological indoctrination completed the programming by instilling the desired prejudicial attitudes.
The audio-visual desensitization began with the subject strapped into a chair with his head clamped so that he could not look away from the screen.
A special mechanism prevented the subject's eyelids from closing.
The candidate was then shown a film of an African youth being crudely circumcised by fellow members of his tribe.
The youth was circumcised with a blunt knife, painfully and without anesthetic.
This well-known film is used widely in psychological experiments to create stress.
Afterwards the candidate was asked about details of what he had seen. He was asked, for example, to describe the color of the belt on the doctor's trousers, or the motif on the handle of the knife that cut off the foreskin.
The next film showed a man in a sawmill, where planks were sliced from huge logs. In the operation of the saw the man slipped and cut off his fingers.
As the films progressed in gruesomeness, the reactions of the candidate were measured by sensing devices.
Heartbeat, breathing rate, and brain waves were recorded, very much as on a polygraph. If the physiological responses, which might have been great in the beginning, slowed down and resumed normal patterns as the more bloodthirsty scenes were viewed, the candidates were judged to have completed this stage of conditioning.
The last phase of conditioning, Narut said, was to indoctrinate the candidates to think of their potential enemies as inferior forms of life.
By this stage, the candidates would have already been selected for assignment to particular countries.
They would be shown films and given lectures which portrayed the customs and cultural habits of the foreign countries in a biased fashion. The people of those countries would be portrayed as enemies of the United States and were always spoken of in demeaning terms.
They were often presented as if they were "less than human." Their customs were ridiculed, and local leaders were presented as evil demagogues, even if they were legitimatev political figures.
According to Dr. Narut it took only a few weeks to indoctrinate susceptible candidates by this process. Those who were not susceptible to the conditioning were dropped
earlier in the program and returned to other assignments.
Narut admitted that he did not have the necessary "need to know" as to where all the programmed men were sent, although at one point in his conversation with Peter Watson, Narut specified that programmed assassins have been installed in the Athens embassy.
He said that his busiest time was when a large group of men went through such training towards the end of 1973, at the time of the Yom Kippur War.
After the Oslo conference interview, Watson returned to London to file his story.
Writing up the details, he found a few points which needed clarification but he could not reach Narut either at his home or in his laboratory in Naples.
Watson then asked the U.S. embassy in London to comment on the information Narut had volunteered.
The embassy passed the buck to the U.S. Navy.
Within a few days the Pentagon issued a categorical denial that the U.S. Navy had ever "engaged in psychological training or other types of training of personnel as assassins.
"They also denied that any such training had ever taken place either in San Diego or in Naples. They said they too had been unable to contact Lieutenant Commander Narut, but they did confirm that he was on the staff of the U.S. Regional Medical Center in Naples as a psychologist. But Dr. Zitani later offered to testify about what Narut had told him to "appropriate authorities." Watson was also approached later by a psychologist in Los Angeles who said he had seen the Pentagon denials so thought Watson would like to know that he had lent the San Diego psychologists a copy of his film on circumcision which was used in the desensitization conditioning.
A few days later Narut was located. He flew to London to discuss the matter ostensibly with Watson's paper, the Sunday Times, but instead he held a press conference saying only that he had been talking in "theoretical and not practical terms." He then flew back to the Naples base.
After his return to Naples, U.S. naval headquarters in London offered the official explanation for Narut's statement: Narut had "personal problems." A few days later
Watson was able to contact Narut at the U.S. hospital in Naples, but he refused to elaborate on his disclosure.
During the Oslo conference interview, Narut had said several times that what he was saying about the assassins was "coming out anyway."
He was referring to the congressional disclosures about CIA assassination plots.
But the fact that the navy had been operating along lines similar to the CIA was not known to the public nor has it subsequently been admitted.
The details of the story that Lieu- tenant Commander Narut related have been strongly andb categorically denied in all subsequent queries of the navy.
It came as no surprise to many that the navy had been interested in psychological research to help its men cope with "stress." Several years before, one of the organizers of the Oslo conference, Dr. Irwin Sarason, had been approached by the navy to work on projects similar to Narut's. At the time, the navy had said nothing to him about
programming assassins; it said it wanted him to adapt his work for applications to "spies."
In response to that request, Sarason devised a film which showed how successful students asked questions in school.
The film was shown to a group of juvenile delinquents for a period of time until they, too, learned how to pose the right questions. As a result, over the next two years they did much better in their studies and got in trouble less. The control group who had
not seen the films did just as poorly in school as they'd always done and were just as delinquent.
Since his "symbolic modeling" study had been successful, Sarason wanted to continue his research and applied to the Office of Naval Research for more funding. A few
weeks after his application was received, Sarason was called by a navy official who asked him if he would object to having his work classified. Sarason wondered why, and the navy official told him his research would be most valuable to the navy's neuropsychiatric laboratory in California,as spies were being trained there to resist interrogation.
The naval official said that if Sarason would allow his work to be classified, he'd get all the funds he needed.
But Sarason was interested in the peaceful scientific nature of his work, not its military applications, so he refused to have the project classified. His goal was the exception rather than the rule.
The federal government supports most scientific research in the United States. Enough psychologists and other social scientists haven't asked questions about what their research is to be used for; their main objective has been to get the grant, so they could support themselves and their scientific curiosity. Since too many of them have been politically disinterested or naive, they have been easy prey for the cryp-
tocracy.
Lieutenant Commander Narut was therefore but one in a long line of psychologists being employed for psychological warfare and illegal clandestine operations.
Another such operation was the training of security officers at the Washington-based International Police Academy by psychologists and sociologists. The officers were
supposedly being taught interrogation techniques for Third World countries; actually it was a highly sensitive clandestine operation organized for the training of U.S. spies. Congress closed the Academy on January 1, 1974, after its real purpose was disclosed to the press.
Another, uncovered in the late 1960s, was "Project CAMELOT," purportedly a sociopolitical analysis of Chile, but actually designed to keep Chile free of Communist leaders by discrediting them. Project CAMELOT played an important role in the overthrow of Salvador Allende and his democratically elected leftist government.
In 1975 Congress questioned the navy about its development of a questionnaire to survey attitudes toward death.
Congressmen had learned that psychologists were eagerly working on such a questionnaire, known as the "Value of Life" study, that would allow the navy to assess a recruit's willingness and ability to kill from the very first day he
entered the service.
In still another government-funded experiment, psychologists working for the Human Resources Research Organization in Alexandria, Virginia, had conducted a brutal se-
ries of "stress-training" experiments in the early 1960s.
In one experiment army "volunteers" were taken on an airplane flight. Suddenly, the airplane's engines failed and the plane was forced to land abruptly on a rough airstrip.
The soldiers were later tested to see if this incident had caused a fear of flying. In another experiment soldiers were taken out and "lost" in a forest. Suddenly, a huge forest fire engulfed them, so that the men found themselves "off course" and surrounded by fire. These men were tested to see if that experience had given them a fear of fire.
In yet another experiment, soldiers were allowed to "stray" into an artillery target area. Shells were exploding all around them, and they had to get out of the area by
keeping cool and following orders. Since artillery shells fired from a distance of twenty-five miles away are hard to control, the explosions were created by detonating underground charges triggered by remote control from a lookout point. After the realistic shelling was over the men were tested to see if they suffered any discernible "shell shock."
During all these experiments the men were under visual observation. In some, they also wore telemetry devices which allowed scientists to measure their pulse rate, respiration, and other vital signs to determine the level of stress they were experiencing at the time they were exposed to the dangers.
As this battery of experiments became known to the outside world, public opinion and congressional pressure brought a stop to them. The military was not deterred,
however, from other kinds of cruel and dangerous experimentation; it continued its stress research in spite of the bad publicity.
While military "stress testing" may have developed useful insights into the psychology of warriors, its primary goal, as Lieutenant Commander Narut pointed out, was the programming of assassins. These experiments were most useful in programming those men who were already inclined to kill. Hypnosis was still
the only effective tool for motivating those who were not inclined to kill, then for
erasing the memory of their crimes or eliciting false confessions.
Alarmed by evidence found in the assassinations of John and Robert Kennedy and Martin Luther King, Dr. Joseph L. Bernd of the Virginia Polytechnic Institute in 1968 questioned leading authorities on hypnosis about the possible use of hypnosis to motivate assassins.
Bernd wanted to know if political influences could be induced by hypnosis; could people be hypno-programmed to operate unconsciously and take what seemed to be independent action? Could people be influenced to commit political assassination as a consequence of hypnotic influence?
In his query Bernd asked authorities to assume that a skilled hypnotist found a subject who was both a good hypnotic subject and highly capable in the use of weapons.
They were to assume that the subject also had a deep hatred for some political personality prominent in the news.
Bernd's first question to the authorities was:
"Could the hypnotist use hypnotic suggestion to persuade the weapons expert to kill the hated political personality at a time and under conditions suggested by the hypnotist?"
His second question was:
"Could the hypnotic suggestion of this action be achieved in a way which could leave the subject assassin unconscious of and unable to recall to consciousness the fact that his violent act was made as a consequence of hypnotic suggestion?"
The authorities who responded to Bernd's questions stated that they did think it possible to induce a subject to kill. One expert said, "... I would say that a highly
skilled hypnotist, working with a highly susceptible subject, could possibly persuade the subject to kill another human
..." Another expert went further, saying that it was possible through posthypnotic suggestion to make a subject unable to recall his act. "There could be a conspiracy," one expert wrote, "but a conspiracy of which the principal was unaware."
It may well be that Bernd hit a nerve in the cryptocracy.
His report, "Assassination and Hypnosis: Political Influence or Conspiracy," was never published.
But despite all the efforts of the cryptocracy, slowly, the secrets of mind control began to emerge. Soon there surfaced other evidence that there were indeed such things as
programmed assassins. One such assassin made bold headlines on the front page of a newspaper in the Philippines.
Chapter Twelve
THE FOUR FACES OF A ZOMBIE
bowart_operation_mind_control.pdf
OPERATION MIND CONTROL
Walter Bowart was born in Omaha, Nebraska, in 1939. He was awarded a McMahon journal-ism scholarship to the University of Oklahoma and has since worked as an editor, publisher and writer. His articles have appeared in many journals including The East Village Other, the underground newspaper which he founded in 1965.
Walter Bowart lives in Tucson, Arizona, with his wife and three children.
Published in the U.S.A. by Dell Publishing Co., Ic. 1978
First published in Great Britain by Fontana 1978
On March 2, 1967, twenty-four-year-old Luis Angel Castillo was arrested by the Philippine National Bureau of Investigation (NBI) on suspicion of conspiring to assassinate President Ferdinand Marcos in Manila.- In a series of interrogation sessions, the NBI and Philippine Army investigators gave him truth serum (at his request) and put him under hypnosis. During one of these sessions, Castillo revealed that he had been involved in an assassination four years earlier.
Castillo told the NBI, both under hypnosis and truth serum and also in a normal state, that he had been hypnoprogrammed to kill a man riding in an open car. Although
Castillo did not know the identity of his target, the scene of his supposed "hit" was in Dallas, Texas. The date was November 22, 1963.
After revealing this information, Castillo asked for political asylum in Manila. He was quoted in the Manila Times as saying, "I am afraid to go anywhere anyway. I am as
good as dead now."
"I don't know how I got into Dallas and how I got out," Castillo told reporters, "but I am sure I did not carry a gun."
The Manila Times story reported that Castillo had arrived in Manila carrying a Philippine passport which identified him as Antonio Reyes Eloriaga, a returning resident who had been expelled from America for overstaying his visa and stealing a car. While in the U.S. Castillo had travelled under the aliases Angelo Rodriguiz, Razo Hernandez, Mario Rodriguez, Ignacio Gonzales Gradjeda, and Antonio Eloriaga.
Castillo told investigators that a woman had given him his initial instructions in Dallas. According to Castillo, she was just one of many individuals who worked on him to place him in a deep hypnotic trance for the Kennedy job.
Castillo said that he had been a private in the Cuban militia, the Segunda Organization Defensiva in Santiago, Cuba, when he was initially chosen for training in espionage
work. He was subsequently trained by the Defensiva at a camp located about fifteen miles from the Bay of Pigs.
Among the members of the training cadre, Castillo said, were a communications expert, along with some other Cubans and a handful of Americans.
Three years later, on October 2, 1966, Castillo was arrested in New Mexico and charged with driving without a proper auto registration. His arrest was made under the
Eloriaga identity. Castillo was brought before New Mexico Justice of the Peace Elmer Bassett and sentenced to four days in jail. "The reason I gave him a jail sentence," Basett said, "was, I figured when a fellow has a hard time remembering what his name is, there's something wrong with him." After serving his sentence Castillo was turned over to U.S. immigration authorities because he had no proof of U.S. citizenship.
Bassett reported that "Castillo said he was from Madison, Wisconsin, but was born in the Philippines. He couldn't show that he was from the Philippines or that he wasn't."
Bassett also revealed that someone had called him a few hours after Castillo had appeared before him and asked that the man be released. "I don't know who it was," Bassett said, "I just told them I couldn't do that."
According to the NBI, Castillo had Antonio Eloriaga's Philippine passport on his person when he was arrested in Manila. Based on information provided by the intelligence service of the Philippine armed forces, the NBI had been searching for him since February. They had evidence that Castillo, in the guise of Eloriaga, had made contact with a guerrilla group that was constantly plotting to assassinate
Marcos and overthrow the Philippine government.
The NBI set to work grilling their captured suspect.
They knew something of his criminal past. They knew, for example, that he had been arrested in 1962 for carrying a concealed weapon; they also knew that two years later he had been sentenced to a state reformatory in Bordentown, New Jersey, for larceny. But nothing prepared them for the shocking story implicating him in the events of Dallas.
They asked Castillo to submit to a lie detector test and were surprised when he said that he preferred truth serum.
Suspicious of both his strange story and his behavior, NBI officials called in a psychiatrist to examine him. But even after the psychiatrist judged Castillo normal, the NBI investigators still refused to take Castillo's bizarre and contradictory story at face value.
Later, reporters connected with the Manila Times were equally dumbfounded by Castillo's strange behaviour.
One reporter described him as a "now-talkative, now reticent cloak-and-dagger man."
He clammed up when he was asked whether he was in the Philippines to help implement an assassination plot against President Marcos. In his truth serum statement, he claimed he had worked with a "cell of Reds" to end someone's life. But during his interview with the press he said, "neither do I admit or deny it."
When quizzed about Lee Harvey Oswald, he drew a blank.
As a member of the Warren Commission, Gerald Ford was queried by the Philippine authorities about Castillo's revelations concerning the JFK assassination. Ford said
that he would not comment on the Castillo story until hev had more information. A spokesman for the Dallas Police Department said that they had no record on Castillo.
Nevertheless, the U.S. embassy did agree to a closed-door meeting between embassy officials and NBI Director Serafin Fausto on the subject of Castillo. After the meeting, Fausto refused to comment further on the story, but he did tell reporters that, "although publication of the story has prejudiced investigation of the case, one good thing has come out of it; needed information is coming in from the
United States to shed light on the case."
Fausto also made it clear that leads obtained from the U.S. embassy justified continuing the investigation of Castillo's link to the assassination of President Kennedy.
After making an official request for assistance from the FBI, the NBI clamped a news blackout on the story, and nothing further was published in the press. Private investigations later revealed that Castillo was spirited out of the Philippines, but not before a series of hypnotic sessions had taken place, at the request of the FBI.
The FBI wanted to have Castillo, while under hypnosis, place the time of the Kennedy assassination. They wanted to know when Castillo had come to Dallas, what time he
arrived at the building, and from what location he was supposed to shoot. They wanted to know the time he left the building, the names of any people involved, and any information which might indicate how the plot was hatched, and by whom.
It came as a surprise to the NBI that the FBI also wanted Castillo questioned about the Boyeros airport, eight miles south of Havana, Cuba.
The FBI requested that the tightest possible security be kept on any testimony obtained from the hypnotic sessions.
In the last of three sessions requested by the FBI, Castillo was induced into deep hypnotic trance by the ordinary talking method in an NBI interrogation room in Manila.
While in that trance state he was questioned for more than three and one-half hours.
The hypnotist's report stated, "Initially, the subject indicated an admixture of desired susceptibility to hypnosynthesis but deep-seated resistance due to the presence of a
posthypnotic block. The total removal of this block may pave the way for maximum results."
The hypnotist reported that during the pretrance warm-up he examined Castillo and found little scars on his forehead, chest, stomach, and fingers. Castillo told him that the scars were the result of a car accident in the U.S., which happened when some men were chasing him while he was trying to deliver "an envelope of some kind."
Castillo mentioned that after the crash he'd awakened in bandages in a hospital bed.
Names which were presented to Castillo in the pretrance interview were repeated while he was under hypnosis. He recognized the names of several individuals who were then gaining notoriety in connection with New Orleans District Attorney Jim Garrison's JFK assassination investigation. But Castillo revealed that he knew some of the people by other names.
Throughout his recollections Castillo suffered stomach cramps, said he felt a "weight on his legs," and cried out in pain a number of times. Through the manipulations of the hypnotist, he was able to recall that on many different occasions he had been taken to a factory. He had always driven to the factory in a woman's car, and they had always entered through the front door. Castillo could not remember the exact location of the factory, other than that it was located "way outside Chicago." He spoke of a romantic relationship with the woman, but while one moment he spoke of her as "nice" and "kind," in the next breath he said that he hated her.
According to the hypnotist's report one thing was certain. Whoever the woman was, she "controlled the subject's activities and consciousness like a nightmare."
Eliciting information from Castillo was no easy task.
Over the course of many interrogations, the hypnotist discovered that Castillo could be taken to four different hypnotic levels. It appeared to the hypnotist that each level
came closer to the truth. He labeled these states "Zombie I, Zombie II, Zombie III, and Zombie IV."
Depending upon which "Zombie" state Castillo was in, his mannerisms and identity changed.
In the first state, "Zombie I," Castillo believed he was Eloriaga, and he told tales of anti-American espionage.
During "Zombie II," he took on the identity of a tough- talking CIA agent in trouble.
While in "Zombie III," again Castillo emerged as an agent whose coyer had been blown.
At this level, however, he experienced a compulsion to kill himself. On the day he was to have assassinated Marcos, Castillo responded to a program he had revealed in an earlier interrogation. He attempted suicide in his jail cell by swallowing a bottle of epoxy glue.
The "Zombie IV" state revealed that "Castillo's" true name was Manuel Angel Ramirez, a twenty-nine-year-old native of the Bronx, New York. In this state he had no recollection of his youth, except for a hazy memory of his father, who "Ramirez" believed was a highly placed official at "the Agency."
As "Ramirez," Castillo said that most of his life had been spent in training with, or on missions for, the Special Operations Group of the CIA. He remembered one training camp where he learned clandestine and martial arts.
Throughout the interrogations the theme of "programmed agent" emerged. Castillo's testimony under hypnosis was that of an individual whose identity had been completely erased and reconstructed several times over.
On May 30, 1967, Castillo spontaneously went from his normal state into a "Zombie" state. In answering Castillo's question about transfer from the hospital to jail, the hypnotist unknowingly said, "That depends entirely on the big chief, you know." Upon hearing these words, a blank look came over Castillo's eyes and all efforts to wake him were at first unsuccessful. The hypnotist then called out a series of phrases from Castillo's notebooks and found that the phrases "I will win if I don't lose my nerve" and "I must believe myself or no one else will believe me" awakened
him.
The next day was Castillo's birthday. The NBI planned to give him a birthday party as an excuse to get him drunk to see if his behavior changed. Castillo, it seemed, had a
huge capacity for liquor. Drunk to the eyeballs, he saluted one of the NBI agents and called him "Colonel." "Where do we fly tonight, Colonel?" he asked.
The agent quickly told him that he was to fly the same mission as the last one. Castillo said, "Haiphong," then drunkenly fell into bed. He dug his fingers into his throat and vomited. He cried out for a doctor and between vomit spasms, rattled out his mission to the hypnotist.
He said his real name was Manuel Angel Ramirez, his rank was sergeant, and he was assigned to the Strategic Air Tactical Command in South Vietnam.
He was in Saigon in January, 1966, he related, and had flown B-26 missions over Haiphong and Hanoi. He came to Manila, he said, to kill President Marcos in June, when the president would make a public speech. If his assassination attempt failed someone else would get Marcos before the end of 1968, Castillo added.
"I am dying," he groaned, and pleaded again for a doctor. He thought he was dying from a heart attack. "If I die today," he warned, "my secrets die with me."
When the NBI doctor arrived, he examined Castillo and pronounced him fit, except for his obviously drunken state.
He tried to give him a shot to calm him down, but Castillo protested violently. The doctor then asked him to take a pill, which he did without resistance.
Two days later, Castillo was given another medical examination by Dr. Alexis Guerrero of the NBI. A series of tests were given to measure his breathing rate, pulse rate, sweat production, and other functions. All of these tests were performed in "Zombie" states I, II, and III.
The doctor noted that in each state there was a vast difference in pulse rate, and assumed, because of what Castillo said, and the reactions of his heart and respiration, that he was experiencing some emotional agitation.
Sodium amytal was administered while he was in the"Zombie III" state. According to the hypnotist, Castillo did not even notice he'd been given the injection. Soon he be- gan to talk as he'd done previously while in the drunken state. "I'm Sergeant Manuel Ramirez of the Tactical Air Command," he said. When asked to reveal his base he said, "You'll never know," adding, "I am a pilot. I've flown a B-26."
"The NBI are suckers," he said a little while later. "They thought they arrested me. But there I was, waiting for them to get me. I know of a great plot. I am supposed to expose it, after I'm arrested. I know I will eventually return to my country [the U.S.].
I'll go through the motions of a trial, conviction, and jail as a criminal. After a couple of months, I will be released for my next assignment."
Awakened from the "Zombie" state, Castillo was told all about these various states and his strange behavior while in them. The hypnotist explained how he thought Castillo had been programmed. Castillo seemed baffled by this news.
He said that he was not told by anybody about being programmed. He said that "Papa" didn't even know about the "Zombie" state. He grew agitated, saying that if he were in the "Zombie" state he might even kill "Papa," and then "the Agency would go to blazes. Hell will break loose on the guy responsible for the Zombie."
Asked in a trance to identify "Papa," Castillo said that he was not just a "guy," but was his real father. He described him as having a moustache and smoking a pipe. He
said he was the only one who could send the Agency to "blazes" if he, Castillo, was killed on this mission. He said when he got back.
After more than forty hypnotic sessions lasting from one to five hours each, covering the period from April 3 to June 25, 1967, the hypnotist reviewed the data and sum-
marized it for the Chief of the Defense Intelligence Division of the National Bureau of Investigation. The summary report not only involved Castillo in the assassination of John F. Kennedy; it disclosed that Castillo was a hypno-programmed "Zombie" who would kill on cue.
The summary report stated: "The Zombie phenomenon referred to here is a somnambulistic behavior displayed by the subject in a conditioned response to a series of words, phrases, and statements, apparently unknown to the subject
during his normal waking state. While under the influence of such a Zombie state, the subject closed his eyes, rose bodily, walked, triggered a pistol, stared blankly, and fell to the floor with no apparent sense of physical pain. As far as could be determined experimentally, the Zombie behaviour had for its objective the assassination of President Ferdinand Marcos of the Republic of the Philippines."
The report also added: "Neither the presence nor the discovery of the Zombie states in our subject should be regarded as noble or unique. If anything, the only remarkable
character of the Zombie state in our subject is its deeply ingrained and systematic presentation, indicating a certain disturbing degree of conditioning."
In a lengthy summary, the NBI hypnotist and deprogrammer of Castillo recounted the details of exactly how he had uncovered the key that unlocked the programmed assassin's mind.
The letters "XBGUMIDUTYBX" were found scribbled on the white surface of a cigarette package which was in Castillo's possession at the time of his arrest. The paper had been folded carefully and tucked into the back of his watch. Castillo had told investigators that this piece of pa- per was given him by a man named Luis Mauricio.
Castillo said that Mauricio also gave him money. Mauricio was known to the NBI as a member of the Huk guerillas.
Placing Castillo in a trance, the hypnotist called out the series of letters on the cigarette package. Castillo did not react. He then tried calling out the letters, pausing at different places He found that when he paused between the G and the U, saying "XBG,UMIDUTYBX," Castillo would reply with "I am myself to kill."
The hypnotist then tried the letters one at a time, and then in different combinations.
While many of the combinations produced no response, the following were signifi-
cant:
When the hypnotist said "X," Castillo quickly answered, "Mauricio."
When the hypnotist said "BGU," Castillo slowly said, "I am myself."
When the hypnotist said "MI," Castillo answered, "to kill."
In another session the hypnotist experimented with saying "Luis Castillo" as a command. The hypnotist reported, "A pathetic sight takes place after this. The subject turns his pistol to his own temple and squeezes the trigger, as
many times as his name is repeated."
Whenever the hypnotist would say, "June 12, 1967, 12 o'clock," "June 22, 1967," "July 4, 1967," or "January 1, 1968," Castillo would invariably aim the pistol and squeeze the trigger.
The hypnotist found that after the preparatory command to put him in a trance, if Castillo's eyes were open and he saw a photograph of President Marcos, he would, with no verbal instructions, aim and repeatedly squeeze the trigger of his pistol, following the photo wherever it was taken around the room. If the hypnotist said the word "kill" while Castillo was following this program, he would drop heavily to the floor and remain motionless.
The hypnotist's report also includes Castillo's amazing story about his participation in yet another organized assassination attempt. Under hypnosis, Castillo said that the assassination had happened "before noon." He remembered being with a tall man, weighing about 190 pounds, with a hawklike nose, black hair, and Oriental eyes set in a long face. He spoke with a foreign accent which Castillo could not identify. He said that he remembered meeting the man along with four or five other men in an airport. They then drove together in a black car to a building. Castillo said that he thought the group included both Americans and foreigners, and he thought one man was Spanish When the group arrived at the building, Castillo said they climbed to a second-floor room which he described after some uncertainty as brown. The room contained
packing crates, a short brown table, a typewriter, and two "lift-up glass windows overlooking a street."
The first man opened a black suitcase, which Castillo described as a bowling bag with a zipper and lock. It contained a scope and pieces of a rifle, which he assembled.
He set the scope at 500 yards and gave the rifle to Castillo. Castillo did not seem certain about the make or caliber of the rifle, but finally said that he thought it was Russian.
The man told him to shoot a man in the back seat of an open car in the middle of the caravan. He said that the man would be seated with a lady or another man. A mirror
was to be flashed twice from a building across the street, so that Castillo would know when he was to shoot. When he saw the two flashes he was supposed to shoot at the next car coming into view. When he was questioned about the identity of the man riding in the open car, Castillo said that he did not know who the victim was.
After the man had assembled the rifle and had given Castillo his instructions, he went downstairs. Later he rushed into the room. "They got him already," he told Cas- tillo. "Let's get out of here." He then grabbed the rifle away from Castillo, dismantled it, and stuffed it and the scope into the black bag.
Castillo and the man rushed downstairs, got into a car with two other men, and drove away from the building.
They picked up a bald-headed, skinny man after they turned the first corner.
Three or four blocks later the car stopped and picked up another man.
Castillo said he was riding in the back seat between the first man and the man who had joined them at the second stop. As the car drove away from the scene of the crime, this second man gave Castillo an injection while he wasn't looking. He went immediately to sleep and woke up in a Chicago hotel room with the woman hypnotist.
He and the woman got into a blue car and drove toMilwaukee, Castillo said. While driving there, they heard the news of the assassination of John F. Kennedy on the
car radio.
Within a few days after the hypnotist submitted his final report, Castillo was out of the NBI jail and had left the Philippines for parts unknown. It was later uncovered
that Castillo was returned to the United States in 1967 and questioned by the FBI, whose spokesman said, "We talked to Castillo and he told us that he'd fabricated his story about the Kennedy assassination. Said he'd made it up in
Manila."
The official record says that Castillo was sentenced to six years in the Missouri Penitentiary for robbery in June, 1971. On August 1, 1974, he was released after serving thirty-seven months. Castillo's last known contact was with his mother shortly after his release from prison. Since then he has disappeared, from both his family and those researchers who would like to question him further.
If Castillo had indeed "made it up in Manila," as the FBI spokesman claimed, then he would have had to have had a phenomenal memory, an incredibly high tolerance to sodium amytal and alcohol, and virtuoso acting ability.
Neither the psychological profile nor the life history of Luis Angel Castillo supports the conclusion that he possessed any of these talents.
Chapter Thirteen
THE LONE NUTS
https://app.box.com/s/c0zrg5t2td
https://app.box.com/s/c0zrg5t2td
bowart_operation_mind_control.pdf
OPERATION MIND CONTROL
Walter Bowart was born in Omaha, Nebraska, in 1939. He was awarded a McMahon journal-ism scholarship to the University of Oklahoma and has since worked as an editor, publisher and writer. His articles have appeared in many journals including The East Village Other, the underground newspaper which he founded in 1965.
Walter Bowart lives in Tucson, Arizona, with his wife and three children.
Published in the U.S.A. by Dell Publishing Co.,
MKULTRA was fully operational when Luis Castillo was programmed. It was active that same decade when events blamed on three "lone assassins" changed the course
of history.
In a well-executed, mass indoctrination campaign employing all the honor, prestige, and power of the U.S. government, Americans were told over and over again that the
lives of John Kennedy, Martin Luther King, and Robert Kennedy were all taken by lone assassins—men operating without political motivation. These three assassins—Lee Harvey Oswald, James Earl Ray, and Sirhan Sirhan—conveniently left diaries, underlinings in various books, and other self-incriminating clues to establish their guilt.
The evidence gathered on the assassinations remains fragmented and incomplete. Any event of such magnitude as political assassination is bound to invite a large number
of interpretations. While there has not as yet surfaced any single, conclusive proof of a conspiracy, more than eighty percent of the American public believe there was a conspiracy. A string of circumstantial evidence, and a knowledge of the fundamentals of mind control invites further speculation.
In each case the method was the same—death by the bullet. In each case the circumstances were the same— murder in a public place in view of many witnesses. All three assassins were men whose personal histories can be interpreted to indicate that they were mentally unstable.
Evidence suggests that all three had been hypnotized at one time or another
But the similarity in their psychological profiles, and the "coincidence" of each having left a trail of evidence, did not seem suspicious to the government investigators of the assassination. That three assassins, from three different parts
of the country, with three different ethnic backgrounds (and three different victims in three different cities), could all have had the same modus operandi
did not seem improbable to the investigators. Those "coincidences" did not even
warrant their notice.
A good detective would immediately have suspected that the M.O. of each assassin was a cover laid down by a professional hit team.
The cryptocracy which grew up after World War II was composed of a cadre of professionals, trained during the war. Professional intelligence agents in both the KGB and the CIA are trained to stick to the cover story that works, and use it as long as it does work. Even if the cover story is blown, the agent is supposed to stick to it and, if necessary, die with sealed lips. The "lone nut" theory—that the assassins of King and the Kennedys had acted alone—and the evidence planted to support that theory, stands out as a typical professional intelligence "cover."
The modus operandi or method of a murder is the first of two major clues detectives use to solve crimes. The second clue is the motive.
Those who support the "lone nut" theory point to the fact that no clear political motive could be attributed to any of the three assassins. Yet even to a casual student of
history each of the three murders was of obvious political benefit to the extreme right: John and Robert Kennedy and Martin Luther King were all independent thinkers who
could not be bought off. They worked for expanded civil rights in a manner the right wing interpreted as being Communist, e.g., it involved government legislation
of civil rights. J. Edgar Hoover is known to have had a personal vendetta against Dr. King, and it has been reported that he lost no love for the Kennedy brothers. The Kennedys were not only on the wrong side of Hoover's FBI, they were on
the wrong side of the CIA as well. JFK fired several top intelligence officers (he asked for Allen Dulles' resignation) and at the time of his death he was privately talking about reorganizing the entire U.S. intelligence service. Robert Kennedy, as attorney general, was waging a tireless campaign against organized crime. His campaign cut across the alliance the CIA had formed with gangsters who had lost their gambling and drug concessions in Cuba. Robert Kennedy was a close friend of Dr. King, and one rumor persists that the assassins had issued a dire warning that RFK not run for president, and that King was sacrificed to show that the group meant business. A similar threat was issued against Ted Kennedy when he was entertaining presidential thoughts. Robert Kennedy's knowledge of the CIA-Mafia link and the CIA assassination teams might have been a motive behind the motive, assuming that fanatical right-wing operators were "contracted" for the "Executive actions" against the three.
The obvious results of all three assassinations would indicate that the extreme right wing, known to be widespread in the cryptocracy, had the most to gain. By their deaths, the civil rights movement was severely crippled, the conflict in Vietnam escalated, and the corrupt leaders of the cryptocracy stayed in power.
More recently a rumor has been put forth by CBS News and others that Castro and/or the KGB were behind the assassinations. That theory smells like more disinformation
from the cryptocracy. The motives of the Communists seem much less clear than the motives of misguided patriotic right-thinking Americans. The cryptocracy was in a
better position to benefit from the deaths of the three char- ismatic and humanitarian leaders than were the Communists.
Following the assassination of President Kennedy, his successor appointed a now notorious commission to investigate the crime. Headed by Chief Justice Earl Warren, it included Sen. John Sherman Cooper (R., Kentucky), Sen. Richard B. Russell (D., Georgia), Rep. Hale Boggs (D.,Louisiana), Rep. Gerald R. Ford (R., Michigan), former CIA Director Allen Dulles, and John J. McCloy.
After nine months of deliberation, the Warren Commission concluded that Lee Harvey Oswald acting alone, had shot President Kennedy. Although Oswald was in turn assassinated by Dallas thug Jack Ruby, and although Ruby's connections with organized crime and the anti-Castro movement were well known, the Commission found no evidence of a conspiracy.
The twenty-six volumes of evidence which made up the commission's final report left so many questions unasked that by December, 1976, a Harris Survey concluded that
80 percent of the U.S. population did not believe the commission's conclusion.
From the beginning, the investigation was slanted towards proving that Oswald was guilty and that he had acted alone.
The commission had proceeded with haste to put to rest forever the question:
Was there a conspiracy behind the Kennedy assassination?
In its haste it had over-looked key facts and ignored witnesses who did not support
the foregone conclusion that there was no conspiracy—that Oswald was just a "lone nut."
Throughout the Warren Commission hearings there was conflicting testimony about Oswald. There was testimony that Oswald did not drive a car. There was other testimony that he did drive, and very well. Some of his acquaintances said he was a poor shot, too poor to have accomplished the feat of marksmanship in Dealy Plaza. Others said that he was a fine marksman. Some said, by turns, that he was a Communist, a pro-Castro and an anti-Castro sympathizer.
His own mother said that he performed undercover work for the U.S. government. Out of this mass of conflicting evidence, the Warren Commission simply took what was needed to support its foregone conclusion, and relegated the rest to published transcripts or to top-secret files in the National Archives.
There were so many conflicting descriptions of Oswald that many independent assassination investigators subsequently concluded that there must have been at least
Two Oswalds—the "real" one and an intelligence double. If, however, one considers that Oswald might have been controlled in the same way as Candy Jones or Luis Castillo— split into multiple personalities—another explanation for the conflicting descriptions of the assassin becomes credible.
He might have been an excellent shot in one zombie state, and in another he might have been blocked so that he could not even aim a rifle. In one state he might have had the ability to drive a car, while in another state he might have had a posthypnotic block so that he could not drive.
Oswald said that he didn't kill anybody.
His statement was recorded in the basement of the Dallas Police Station on the day after the assassination. Captured on film by a local CBS film crew, Oswald told reporters, "I positively know nothing about this situation here. I would like to
have legal representation." In answer to an inaudible question from one reporter Oswald said, "Well, I was ques- tioned by a judge. However, I protested at that time that I was not allowed legal representation during that very short and sweet hearing. I really don't know what this situation is about. Nobody has told me anything, except that I'm accused of murdering a policeman. I know nothing more than that. I do request someone to come forward to give me legal assistance."
"Did you kill the President?" another reporter asked.
"No," Oswald answered,
"I have not been charged with that. In fact, nobody has said that to me yet. The first thing I heard about it was when the newspaper reporters in the hall asked me that question."
Ten years after Oswald made that statement, George O'Toole applied a newly developed "truth detector," the Psychological Stress Evaluator (PSE), to the soundtrack of the film which recorded Oswald's protestation of innocence. The PSE, unlike the polygraph, does not have to be connected to the body to measure stress. It measures subaudible micro-tremors in the human voice which occur whenever an individual experiences even mild anxiety or stress.
The micro-tremors form a distinct pattern on the PSE chart and can then be compared to stress patterns in other parts of the statement. A deliberate lie, especially one
which involves personal jeopardy, stands out clearly from the other stress patterns that might represent situational stress or vague anxiety.
Oswald was in a situation of high stress that day. He had been grilled for hours by police. He had been manhandled and accused of killing not only a ponce officer but also the President of the United States.
Yet the PSE analysis of Oswald's statement showed that he exhibited far more stress when he was talking about not being represented by a lawyer than he did when he denied murdering the President or the police officer.
George O'Toole concluded, as have many other investigators, that Oswald was innocent. He could not have been consciously involved in the assassination as a fall guy—a patsy—or he would have shown stress in his answers to these key questions on the PSE.*
But what if he had been hypno-programmed so that he could remember nothing of his involvement in the assassination plot?
Then every lie-detector test in the world would prove him innocent, since consciously he would believe that he was innocent.
Hypnosis is the only reliable way to defeat a lie detector, whether it be a polygraph or the more advanced PSE.
Among evidence concealed from the commission was a CIA document obtained under the Freedom of Information Act in 1976, which quoted an unidentified CIA officer reporting to his superiors on Oswald. According to that memo, which had been written only three days after JFK's assassination, Agency officials had discussed interviewing Oswald for intelligence purposes in the early 1960s.
The same document revealed that Allen Dulles had secretly coached the CIA on how the Agency should deny having any connection with Oswald. According to one of the
memos, Dulles strongly recommended that CIA Director Helms deny under oath that the CIA had any material in its files which suggested an Agency relationship with Oswald. Later disclosures revealed that Oswald did indeed have a CIA "201 file."
In sworn testimony before the Warren Commission in 1964, Richard Helms applied the artful deception which came from a lifetime of CIA training; he testified that the
Agency had "never even contemplated" making any contact with Oswald prior to the assassination. That the CIA did make contact with him was never disclosed to the commission.
Despite the attempts of Allen Dulles to steer commission investigators away from other information which linked Oswald to both the FBI and the CIA, the rumor that Oswald had been sent to Russia as an intelligence agent persisted.
In an attempt to scotch that rumor, Dulles told the commission that it would be impossible for anyone to prove or disprove that Oswald had or had not been an agent or informer. He said, astonishingly, that Oswald could have been a CIA agent without anyone ever knowing about it!
During one meeting of the commission, Senator Russell asked Dulles, "If Oswald never had assassinated the President, and had been in the employ of the FBI, and somebody had gone to the FBI, would they have denied he was an agent?"
"Oh yes," the ex-CIA chief replied. "They would be the first to deny it."
"Your agents would have done the same thing?" Senator Russell asked incredulously.
"Exactly," Dulles answered.
At another juncture, John J. McCloy said that he had received several inquiries about the Oswald-agent rumor.
He asked Dulles point blank, "What is there to this story?" Dulles went in circles: "This is a terribly hard thing to disprove, you know. How do you disprove a fellow was not your agent?"
"You could disprove it, couldn't you?" Congressman Boggs asked.
Dulles replied, simply, "No."
"So I will ask you," Boggs continued, "did you have agents about whom you had no record whatsoever?"
"The record might not be on paper," Dulles said. "But on paper would have been hieroglyphics that only two people knew what they meant, and anybody outside the agency would not know and you could say this meant the agent, and somebody else could say it meant another agent."
The discussion then turned to U-2 pilot Francis Gary Powers.
Dulles explained that Powers was a different kind of agent. He had signed a contract with the CIA.
Alluding to the Oswald-CIA relationship, Boggs asked Dulles, "Let's say Powers did not have a signed contract but was recruited by someone in CIA. The man who recruited him would know, wouldn't he?"
"Yes," Dulles replied, "but he wouldn't tell."
"Would he tell it under oath?" Chief Justice Warren Wondered.
* Posing as a Look reporter, former CIA employee OToole conucted and recorded interviews with local police officials and FBI men who were the original investigators in the Kennedy case. Too many of their PSE patterns showed levels of stress which could only
be interpreted as having been the result of willful deception. In his book The Assassination Tapes, O'Toole offers the details of his PSE analysis, and concludes, not surprisingly, that there was a con-spiracy behind the assassination of John F. Kennedy
"I wouldn't think he would tell it under oath, no," Dulles replied matter of factly.
"Why?" asked Warren.
"He ought not to tell it under oath," Dulles said, offering Warren a lesson which years of legal training made him incapable of learning: the cryptocracy operates completely
outside of the law and, because of the power of the "national security" rationale, it operates completely above the law.
Dulles admitted later, while responding to a question from McCloy, that a CIA operative might not tell the truth even to his own superior.
"What you do," Boggs indignantly said, "is you make our problem, if this be true, utterly impossible because you say this rumor [that Oswald was a CIA agent] can't be
dissipated under any circumstances."
"I don't think it can," Dulles admitted, "unless you believe Mr. Hoover, and so forth and so on, which probably most of the people will."
Hoover, of course, had written a carefully worded response to a Commission inquiry about Oswald's FBI connections. He denied all association between Oswald and the
FBI.
Also ignored by the Warren Commission was information about the cryptocracy's attempts to assassinate Fidel Castro.
Dulles presumably knew about the plots which took place during his tenure with the Agency, but he remained mute. Richard Helms was the only CIA official on
active duty to have direct contact with the Warren Commission, and although he provided them with information on a number of things, he volunteered nothing about the unsuccessful plots against Castro—plots which would have been within the commission's "need to know" since they showed that the cryptocracy had practical experience in assassination planning.
Testifying before the Senate Select Committee to Study Governmental Operations with Respect to Intelligence Activities, Helms revealed how the cryptocracy evaded and withheld information from the Warren Commission.
His testimony illustrated the cryptocracy's contempt for the helpless commission, the American people, and above all the truth.
During the Church Committee's investigation of the CIA's involvement in assassinations, Senator Church asked Helms: "Since you had knowledge of the CIA involvement in these assassination plots against Castro, and knew it at the time ... I would have thought . . . that ought to have been related to the Commission, because it does bear on the motives, whatever else."
Helms: "... Mr. Allen Dulles was a member of the Warren Commission. And the first assassination plot happened during his time as director. What he said to the Warren
Commission about this ... I don't know. But at least he was sitting right there in [the commission's] deliberations and knew about this, and I am sure that the same thought
that occurred to you must have occurred to him."
Senator Morgan: "You were charged with furnishing the Warren Commission information from the CIA, information that you thought was relevant?"
Helms: "No sir, I was instructed to reply to inquiries from the Warren Commission for information from the Agency. I was not asked to initiate any particular thing."
Morgan: ". . . In other words if you weren't asked for it, you didn't give it?"
Helms: "That's right sir."
Nevertheless, despite the denials of Dulles and Hoover, the rumor persisted that Oswald had defected to Russia on a clandestine mission for the CIA. Some believed he had been uncovered by the KGB and subsequently programmed like the Manchurian Candidate to return to the U.S. and act as an unconscious "sleeper agent," a programmed assassin.
Following up on this rumor, J. Lee Rankin, General Counsel to the Warren Commission, wrote a letter to CIA Director Helms requesting all information the CIA had on Russian "brainwashing" capabilities.
In response, Helms claimed that there were "two major methods of altering or controlling behavior," and the Soviets were interested in both. He said the first was psychological and the second was pharmacological. "The two may be used as individual methods or for mutual reinforcement,"
Helms wrote. "For long-term control of large numbers of people the former method is more promising than the latter.
"In dealing with individuals, the U.S. experience suggests the pharmacological approach (assisted by psychological techniques) would be the only effective method."
Helms told the Warren Commission that while Soviet drug research was extensive,
it had consistently lagged about five years behind Western research.
That was an interesting admission, for in the MKULTRA files which were
declassified over a decade later the CIA was using the So-
viet success in mind control to motivate our own scientific
program.
Helms's memorandum told the commission that the Soviets had adopted a multidisciplinary approach to mind control, integrating biological, social, and what he called "physical-mathematical research" in attempts to control human behavior in a "manner consonant with national plans."
But while attempting to tell the Warren Commission what the Soviets were up to, Helms was, at the same time, revealing the cryptocracy's own intentions. His conclusions stated that "there is no evidence that the Soviets have any techniques or agents capable of producing particular behavioral patterns which are not available in the West." Appended to the memorandum (Commission Document 1113, reproduced here as Appendix A) were several hundred pages of reports on Soviet mind-control techniques and an extensive bibliography on brainwashing, which for some reason
remained classified even after the main body of the memo-randum was declassified.
The question of whether Oswald had been hypno-programmed was raised in another context when New Or- leans District Attorney Jim Garrison began his independent
investigations of the Kennedy assassination.
Garrison told an anxious press he was going to crack the Kennedy case wide open: "The plain fact is that our federal intelligence agencies are implacably determined to do whatever is necessary to block any further inquiry into the facts of the assassination.
"The arrogant totalitarian efforts of these federal agencies to obstruct the discovery of the truth is a matter which I intend to bring to light when we have finished doing the
job they should have done."
One of the central targets of Garrison's investigation was David William Feme, who was both a hypnotist and a CIA operative. Coincidentally, Ferrie had been in a New Orleans Civil Air Patrol group in the fifties with Lee Harvey Oswald. One witness said that Ferrie had been the man who had instructed Oswald in marksmanship.
When New Orleans police raided Feme's apartment, they confiscated a number of weapons, various drugs, and three blank U.S. passports—things that any good CIA operative would keep at his elbow. Much later researchers realized the importance of some of the evidence obtained in the raid—several voluminous abstracts on posthypnotic suggestion and a library on hypnotism.
A salesman for the Equitable Life Insurance Company, Perry Raymond Russo, told a New Orleans grand jury that Feme's apartment had been the scene of many "parties"
where hypnosis had been used as "entertainment." One evening, Russo said, Ferrie hypnotized a young man to whom he apparently had a strong homosexual attraction.
Another evening, Russo said, he himself hypnotized a young woman and made her immobile. He struck pins in her hand and burned her arms just to demonstrate the ex-
tent of the control he had over her.
At Russo's request, his story was tested by Garrison's investigators. Under both sodium pentothal and hypnosis, Russo told the identical story he had told to the grand jury.
He testified that he had been with Ferrie, a man named Leon Oswald, and a third man named Clem Bertrand in Feme's apartment during the summer of 1963. The three
had discussed an assassination attempt in which diversionary tactics were to be used.
Russo quoted Ferrie as saying that "there would have to be a minimum of three people involved. Two of the persons would shoot diversionary shots and the third . . . shoot
the 'good' shot." Ferrie said that one of the three would have to be the "scapegoat." He also said that Ferrie discoursed on the "availability of exit," saying that the sacrificed man would give the other two time to escape.
On February 23, 1967, a few days before Luis Castillo was arrested by the NBI in the Philippines, Garrison subpoenaed David Ferrie. That evening George Lardner of the
Washington Post went to Feme's apartment for an interview. Ferrie, in remarkably good spirits, told Lardner, "A President is no better than anyone else ... If I were killed, I'd expect my death to be investigated just as thoroughly."
Lardner left Feme at 4:00 A.M.
Seven hours and forty minutes later Ferrie was found in bed with a sheet pulled
over his head. He had been dead for several hours.
On the dining room table was a note which read in part:
"To leave this life is for me a sweet prospect. I find nothing in it that is desirable and on the other hand, everything that is loathsome."
Fifteen empty medicine bottles Uttered the apartment.
The medicine bottles had contained a prescription drug for a vascular disorder.
Garrison immediately jumped to the conclusion that Ferrie had committed suicide because of the subpoena. The autopsy, however, revealed that Ferrie had not died from an overdose of drugs, but from a ruptured blood vessel at the base of his brain.
Dr. Ronald A. Walsh, Louisiana State University School of Medicine pathologist, stated in his autopsy report that David Ferrie died of a "berry aneurysm." Several forensic pathologists later concluded that such an aneurysm could have been caused by a karate expert inflicting a blow to the back of the head in such a manner that no external damage would be discernible.
A number of Feme's friends began to fear for their lives.
One, Jack Martin, came out of hiding long enough to suggest that Oswald had been programmed by Ferrie to go to Dallas and kill the President. Immediately following the assassination, Martin had reported to Assistant District Attorney Herman S. Kohlman that Ferrie and Oswald had been friends, and that Ferrie had instructed Oswald in the use of a telescope sight on a rifle. But in 1963 no one followed up on Martin's story.
Another of Feme's friends was a Reverend Raymond Broshears, who had roomed with Ferrie three years before Feme's death. Broshears stated in a television interview:
"David admitted being involved with the assassins. There's no question about that."
The Warren Commission must have had Some suspicions about Ferrie, for in Volume 24, Exhibit 2038, of the War- ren Commission Report, NBC cameraman Gene Barnes is quoted as saying, "Bob Mulholland, NBC News, Chicago, talked in Dallas to one Fairy [sic]. . . . Fairy said that Oswald had been under hypnosis from a man doing a
mind-reading act at Ruby's 'Carousel.' Fairy was said to be a private detective and the owner of an airplane who took young boys on flights 'just for kicks' . . ."
* Bob Mulholland later came forward to say that he had been misquoted by the Warren Report.
What he had actually overheard were FBI agents saying that Ferrie might have been involved in the assassination with Oswald; he had merely relayed that information to his reporters in Dallas.
In any event, there was enough substance to the David Ferrie angle to cause both the FBI And the Secret Service to have interviewed him immediately following the assassination.
Yet there were no reports, official or otherwise, as to the outcome of that interview.
Those not disposed to believe in conspiracies against the American people by its own government might well ask,
"If there is a conspiracy by a cryptocracy, why wouldn't we, by now, have proof of it? Why wouldn't there have been at least one deathbed confession by one of the conspirators?"
Two such confessions to the JFK assassination conspiracy may well have been made—and overlooked.
* Ferrie did own an airplane, and he is alleged to have worked
for Guy Bannister, the New Orleans private eye and CIA contract
agent